Quarterlytics / Industrials / Residential Construction / Bellway

Bellway

bwy · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker bwy
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Residential Construction
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Bellway
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Better with 
Bellway

Bellway p.l.c.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Always  
striving  
for better

Better with Bellway encapsulates 
our philosophy as a responsible 
homebuilder. We strive to 
operate our business in an ethical 
and sustainable manner whilst 
creating better long-term value 
for the benefit of our customers, 
people, suppliers, shareholders 
and the wider community.

In This Report

About Us

Governance

Financial and 
Strategic Highlights

Who We Are

Strategic Report

Principal KPIs

Investment Case

Our Strategy

Our Business Model

Our Marketplace

Chair’s Statement

Chief Executive’s Market 
and Operational Review

Group Finance 
Director’s Review

Better with Bellway Overview

Better with Bellway Strategy 
and Priorities

Section 172 Statement

Key Stakeholder Relationships

Risk Management

Principal Risks

Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

Sustainability Accounting 
Standards Board (SASB)

Non-Financial and Sustainability 
Information Statement

4

6

10

14

16

18

24

28

30

34

38

43

63

64

75

79

84

91

96

1  All figures relating to completions, order book, 
reservations, cancellations, and average selling 
price exclude the Group’s share of its joint ventures, 
unless otherwise stated.

2  Bellway uses a range of statutory performance measures 
and alternative performance measures when reviewing 
the performance of the Group against its strategy. 
Definitions of the alternative performance measures, 
and a reconciliation to statutory performance measures, 
are included in note 28.

Chair’s Statement on 
Corporate Governance

Board of Directors and 
Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary 

Board Activities and Decisions

Board Leadership

Division of Responsibilities

Composition, Succession 
and Evaluation

Nomination Committee Report

Audit Committee Report

Remuneration Report

Sustainability  
Committee Report 

Directors’ Report

Independent Auditor’s Report

Accounts

Group Income Statement

Group Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

100

102

104

106

107

111

112

114

126

146

147

151

162

163

Statements of Changes in Equity 164

Balance Sheets

Cash Flow Statements

Accounting Policies

Notes to the 
Financial Statements

Five Year Record

Other Information

Glossary

Advisers and Group 
General Counsel and 
Company Secretary

Shareholder Analysis 
and Financial Calendar

166

167

168

170

209

211

213

214

4 

3  Underlying refers to any statutory performance measure 
or alternative performance measure before net legacy 
building safety expense and exceptional items (note 2).
Includes the Group’s share of land contracted through 
joint venture partners comprising nil plots (2022 – 237 
plots), with a contract value of nil (2022 – £12.7 million) 
across no sites (2022 – 1 site).
Includes the Group’s share of land owned and 
controlled through joint venture partners comprising 
935 plots (2022 – 962 plots).

5 

6  As measured by the Home Builders’ Federation using 
the eight-week NHBC Customer Satisfaction survey.
7  Comparatives are for the year ended 31 July 2022 or 
as at 31 July 2022 (‘2022’) unless otherwise stated.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

1

About Us

Financial and Strategic Highlights

Who We Are

4

6

2

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Bellway Assistant Site Manager 
with customers at Sheasby Park.

A
b
o
u
t
U
s

Better homes,  
better value

Evolving from a local family business to a FTSE 250 company, 
Bellway has been building exceptional quality new homes 
throughout the UK for more than 75 years, creating outstanding 
properties in desirable locations.

A street scene of our Roman Gate 
development in Melton Mowbray.

The Goldsmith showhome at 
Wavendon View, Wavendon.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

3

 
About Us

Financial and Strategic Highlights

Resilient financial performance

Summary
Resilient performance while maintaining operational strength in a challenging market.

Housing completions

Revenue

Underlying performance measures:

Gross profit (underlying)

Gross margin (underlying)

Operating profit (underlying)

Operating margin (underlying)

Profit before taxation (underlying)

Earnings per share (underlying)

RoCE (underlying)

Statutory and other measures:

Net legacy building safety expense

Profit before taxation

Earnings per share

Proposed total dividend per share

Net asset value per share

Net cash

Land bank (total plots)

Year ended 
31 July 2023

Year ended 
31 July 2022

10,945

11,198

£3,406.6m

£3,536.8m

£687.3m2,3
20.2%2,3
£543.9m2,3
16.0%2,3
£532.6m2,3
328.1p2,3
15.8%2,3

£49.6m

£483.0m

297.7p

140.0p
2,871p2
£232.0m2
98,1645

£787.0m2,3
22.3%2,3
£653.2m2,3
18.5%2,3
£650.4m2,3
420.8p2,3
19.4%2,3

£346.2m

£304.2m

196.9p

140.0p
2,727p2
£245.3m2
97,7065

Movement

(2.3%)

(3.7%)

(12.7%)

(210bps)

(16.7%)

(250bps)

(18.1%)

(22.0%)

(360bps)

(85.7%)

+58.8%

+51.2%

–

+5.3%

(5.4%)

+0.5%

Robust housing output and financial performance 
in line with our expectations
•  Near record housing completions of 10,945 homes 

Strong balance sheet and value-driven approach 
to capital allocation
•  Strong balance sheet, with year-end net cash of 

(2022 – 11,198), at an overall average selling price of £310,306 
(2022 – £314,399). 

•  Total revenue of £3,406.6 million (2022 – £3,536.8 million), 

£232.0 million2 (2022 – £245.3 million) and low adjusted 
gearing, inclusive of land creditors, of 4.0%2 (2022 – 4.4%) 
provides resilience and strategic flexibility. 

a reduction of 3.7%.

•  The Group’s programme of accelerating the construction 
of social homes partially offset weaker private demand, 
which was impacted by higher mortgage interest rates, 
cost-of-living pressures and the end of Help-to-Buy.

•  The overall reservation rate reduced by 28.4% to 156 per 

week (2022 – 218) and the private reservation rate decreased 
by 35.9% to 109 per week (2022 – 170), representing a private 
reservation rate per site per week of 0.46 (2022 – 0.70).

•  The underlying operating margin was 16.0%2,3 (2022 – 18.5%), 
with the reduction mainly reflecting the effect of build cost 
and overhead inflation, extended site durations because of 
slower reservation rates and the increased use of targeted 
selling incentives.

•  Underlying profit before taxation was £532.6 million2,3 

(2022 – £650.4 million) and in line with our expectations.

•  Underlying RoCE was 15.8%2,3 (2022 – 19.4%) with the 

reduction predominantly driven by the lower underlying 
operating margin.

•  The net asset value per share (‘NAV’) increased by 5.3% to 
2,871p2 (2022 – 2,727p), with the growth supported by the 
share buybacks undertaken during the year.

•  The proposed total dividend per share has been held 
at 140.0p (2022 – 140.0p), representing dividend cover 
of 2.3 times2,3 underlying earnings and in line with 
previous guidance.

•  In the current financial year and in line with Board’s 

previously stated target, underlying dividend cover will 
be around 2.5 times2,3.

•  The £100 million share buyback programme launched 
on 28 March 2023 is progressing well, with 3.8 million 
shares purchased at a cost of around £83 million as at 
1 October 2023.

•  Looking ahead, the strength of our land bank and 
balance sheet provide the Group with optionality, 
and the reinvestment of capital into compelling land 
opportunities will continue to be balanced with future 
shareholder returns.

4

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
A
b
o
u
t
U
s

Clear strategic priorities

High-quality land bank supports outlet opening 
programme and long-term growth ambitions
•  The strength of our overall land bank, which comprises 

98,164 plots5 (2022 – 97,706 plots), enables our land 
teams to remain highly selective with investment in the 
year ahead, without hindering the Group’s long-term 
growth ambitions.

•  Investment activity remains focused on securing land 

interests which offer compelling and enhanced financial 
returns and where possible, have significant flexibility in 
the contract terms. 

•  Bellway has a strong owned and controlled land bank 

which provides good visibility with regards to sales outlet 
growth in the current financial year and beyond. 

•  Reflecting the challenging market backdrop and the depth 
of our land bank, investment in new land was significantly 
lower than the prior year, with only 4,715 plots4 contracted 
(2022 – 19,089 plots) across 35 sites4 (2022 – 107 sites). 
We have also continued to review previously contracted 
land and decided not to proceed with the purchase of 886 
plots across 4 previously approved sites.

•  Further expansion of our strategic land bank during the 
year, which grew to 43,600 plots (2022 – 35,600 plots), 
underpins the Group’s longer-term prospects. 

‘Better with Bellway’ – our responsible and 
sustainable approach to business
•  Supported by several research projects underway across 
the business, strong progress has been made in laying 
the foundations for a lower carbon footprint as we work 
towards a significant reduction in the Group’s emissions 
by 2030.

•  Our ongoing focus on providing high quality homes and 

service for our customers has resulted in Bellway retaining 
its position as a five-star6 homebuilder for the seventh 
consecutive year.

•  We are delighted that our colleagues have raised over 
£3.1 million for Cancer Research UK over the last seven 
years, exceeding our target of £3.0 million.

•  The Group signed the Government’s Self-Remediation 
Terms (‘SRT’) in March 2023 and has also recently been 
confirmed as a member of the Responsible Actors Scheme 
(‘RAS’) by the Department of Levelling Up, Housing and 
Communities (‘DLUHC’). 

•  The SRT has provided improved clarity on the standards 

required for internal and external works on legacy buildings. 
As a result, we expect a step up in the level of remediation 
work carried out by our Building Safety division on legacy 
schemes in the current financial year.

•  We have provided an additional net £49.6 million in relation 

to legacy building safety, as an adjusting item, which includes 
a net £43.4 million charge in the second half. The charge in 
the second half includes a provision of £30.5 million in relation 
to an isolated design issue identified with an apartment 
scheme built 12 years ago in Greenwich, London.

Recent trading and outlook
•  Since the start of the new financial year, customer demand 
continues to be affected by mortgage affordability constraints, 
with reservations below the comparative rates in the 
prior year.

•  In the nine weeks since 1 August, overall weekly reservations 
were 133 per week (1 August to 2 October 2022 – 191) and 
the private reservation rate was 99 per week (1 August to 
2 October 2022 – 136).

•  The private reservation rate includes a bulk sale to a 

private rental sector investor, on compelling financial terms, 
comprising 71 homes (1 August to 2 October 2022 – nil). 
The private reservation rate per site per week in the period 
was 0.41 (1 August to 2 October 2022 – 0.58), including 
a contribution of 0.03 (1 August to 2 October 2022 – nil) 
from the bulk sale. 

•  The Group has a lower, yet still sizeable forward sales 

position with a value of £1,232.3 million2 as at 1 October 
(2 October 2022 – £2,093.8 million). The order book 
comprised 4,636 homes (2 October 2022 – 7,257 homes), 
of which 71% were exchanged (2 October 2022 – 71%). 

•  Given the reduced order book and prevailing lower 

reservation rates, there will be a material reduction in 
volume output in the current financial year. Based on the 
average private reservation rate per site per week of 0.46 
achieved in financial year 2023, the Group is targeting to 
deliver completions of around 7,500 homes (2023 – 10,945 
homes), and to end the year with a higher order book 
(2023 – 4,411 homes) to serve as a platform for a return to 
growth beyond the current financial year.

•  The Board notes however, that a wider than usual range 
of outcomes are possible, and the final volume outturn 
will depend on the trajectory of mortgage interest rates 
and the strength of demand in the autumn and spring 
selling seasons. 

•  Overall, headline pricing has remained firm across our 

regions, although targeted incentives continue to be used 
to attract customers and secure reservations. In financial 
year 2024 we currently expect the overall average selling 
price to be around £295,000 (2023 – £310,306), with the 
moderation from 2023 primarily reflecting a higher 
expected proportion of social housing completions 
and a continued use of incentives.

•  In the near term, we anticipate headwinds from lower 

volume output, ongoing pressures of cost inflation and the 
use of sales incentives to persist. Overall, we expect these 
factors, together with the effect of extended site durations, 
to lead to a reduction in the underlying operating margin2,3 
of at least 600 basis points in the current financial year.

•  There is a shortage of high-quality and energy efficient homes 
across the country and the long-term fundamentals of the UK 
housebuilding industry remain attractive. The Group’s balance 
sheet and operational strengths combined with the depth 
of our land bank provide an excellent platform for Bellway to 
capitalise on future growth opportunities when they arise.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

5

 
About Us

Who We Are

Our three brands meet  
the needs of our customers

Our brands represent our commitment to the different needs of our customers. 
We understand that buying a home is one of the biggest decisions you will ever make, 
and each brand offers choice, whilst ensuring a consistent high level of service.

Bellway is our main brand. Bellway began as a small family business in 1946, 
with a passion for building high quality homes in carefully selected locations 
inspired by the needs of families. To this day, we maintain those same core 
values, combining our decades of expertise with the local personalised care 
that Bellway is known for. 

9,174

Homes sold

The Ashberry brand launched in 2014 and is typically offered on larger sites, 
alongside our Bellway brand, to provide two differentiated outlets, using 
different elevational treatments and internal layouts, and therefore offering 
greater customer choice. This also has the advantage of improving sales rates, 
often more than can be achieved through using two Bellway outlets.

1,226

Homes sold

Bellway London was launched in 2018 to provide the London market 
with a modern and consistent identity that is recognisable across 
the capital. This covers all our developments in London boroughs, 
with our main focus being outer London boroughs and commuter 
towns within the M25. Properties range from one-bedroom 
apartments to four-bedroom houses.

545

Homes sold

6

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Localised operations 
across the UK

A
b
o
u
t
U
s

Divisional Office Locations

We currently operate from 21 divisions, 
following the introduction of our new 
Building Safety division in August 2022, 
covering the main population centres 
across England, Scotland and Wales.

Our divisional structure allows local management 
teams to respond to specific demands in their 
area and, through their detailed local knowledge, 
acquire land on which to design and build 
homes that meet the high expectations of our 
customers and contribute to creating strong 
local communities.

The divisional teams are supported by our 
Regional Chairs and our specialist Group teams.

21 divisions

covering the main population centres across 
England, Scotland and Wales

2,979 people 

employed in the Group as at 31 July 2023.

Guided by a 
clear purpose

Our aim is to operate our business in an ethical 
and sustainable manner, while at the same time 
building attractive, desirable and sustainable 
developments where customers want to live in 
harmony with existing communities.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

7

 
Strategic 
Report

Principal KPIs

Investment Case

Our Strategy

Our Business Model

Our Marketplace

Chair’s Statement

Chief Executive’s Market  
and Operational Review

Group Finance Director’s Review

Better with Bellway Overview

Better with Bellway Strategy  
and Priorities

Section 172 Statement

Key Stakeholder Relationships

Risk Management

Principal Risks

Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)

Sustainability Accounting 
Standards Board (‘SASB’)

Non-Financial and Sustainability 
Information Statement

10

14

16

18

24

28

30

34

38

43

63

64

75

79

84

91

96

8

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Aerial view of 
our Westbrook 
Moorings 
development 
in Hertfordshire.

Adam, Rebecca and Sofia enjoying their 
new home at Wellfield Rise in Wingate. 

The Bowyer at our Kingfisher Green 
development in Rainham.

Creating better 
communities

Here at Bellway, we are proud of the 5-star6 homebuilder 
award we received in the HBF’s most recently published 
eight-week survey, but our aim is to go further. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Couple laying a 
brick in their new 
home with Assistant 
Site Manager 
Maddie Dale.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

9

 
Strategic Report

Principal KPIs

The Group has ten principal KPIs, which are shown below. Our secondary performance measures,  
which support these KPIs, are shown on pages 18 to 23.

Financial and Operational KPIs

Number of homes sold (homes)

10,945 homes
(2.3%)

11,198

10,945

10,138

This KPI illustrates how the business model 
is able to support the Group’s strategy of 
delivering volume growth.

2021

2022

2023

Operating profit (£m)

Underlying operating profit (£m)(2)(3)

£505.3m
+63.5% 

479.7

505.3

£543.9m
(16.7%)  

309.0

R

653.2

531.5

543.9

2021

2022

2023

2021

2022

2023

Operating profit measures how efficiently the business 
is being operated and of the profitability of the Group’s 
core business.

The underlying operating profit is one of the measures 
used to determine the Directors’ annual bonus payment. 
Underlying operating profit is before net legacy building 
safety expense.

Operating margin (%)(2)

Underlying operating margin (%)(2)(3)

14.8%
+610bps

15.4

14.8

8.7

16.0%
(250bps)

18.5

17.0

16.0

Operating margin demonstrates how efficiently the 
business is being operated.

Underlying operating margin is before net legacy 
building safety expense.

2021

2022

2023

2021

2022

2023

10

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
Key:

R

Link to remuneration – see pages 126 to 145.

Net asset value per ordinary share (p)(2)

2,871p
+5.3%

2,664

2,727

2,871

2021

2022

2023

The Directors consider net asset value per 
ordinary share (‘NAV’) to be a useful proxy 
when reviewing whether shareholder value, 
on a share by share basis, has increased or 
decreased in the period.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Return on capital employed (%)(2)

Underlying return on capital employed (%)(2)(3)

14.7%
+550bps

15.2

14.7

9.2

15.8%
(360bps)

19.4

16.9

15.8

2021

2022

2023

2021

2022

2023

Return on capital employed (‘RoCE’) is a key indicator 
of how we are delivering our strategy of building 
shareholder value, which is reliant on land acquisition 
and the subsequent performance of our developments.

Underlying RoCE uses the underlying operating profit 
as defined on page 10.

Earnings per ordinary share (p)

Total dividend per ordinary share (p)

297.7p
+51.2%  

316.9

297.7

196.9

140.0p
   %  

140.0

140.0

117.5

2021

2022

2023

2021

2022

2023

Earnings per ordinary share (‘EPS’) is a useful measure 
of how profitable Bellway is, year on year.

This is another useful indicator of how the Directors 
are delivering the strategy of generating shareholder 
value, particularly when combined with NAV. Note that 
the 2023 final dividend figure is proposed.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Principal KPIs continued

The introduction of the Better with Bellway strategy last year has led to the ESG KPIs previously reported 
to be revised. The Group has ten headline KPIs mapped to our Better with Bellway strategy. Read more 
on pages 38 to 62.

Better with Bellway KPIs

Customers and Communities

Employer of Choice

HBF 9-month survey score (%)
80.6%
(1.5ppt)  

R

79.9

82.1

80.6

Employees who would recommend
Bellway as ‘a great place to work’
3-year average score (%)
91%
(2.0ppt)  

93

91

2021

2022

2023

2022

2023

This KPI shows the Group’s commitment to customer 
service, with the long-term aim to achieve a 90% score 
by July 2026.

This KPI shows the average percentage of employees 
that stated they would recommend Bellway as ‘a great 
place to work’ in our Employee Engagement Survey 
over a three-year period.

Carbon Reduction

Scope 1 and 2 emissions (tonnes)
16,562 tonnes
(10.0%)  

19,484

18,405

16,562

Scope 3 emissions (tonnes CO2e per m2)
1.52 tonnes
+0.7%  

1.51

1.52

2021

2022

2023

2022

2023

Demonstrates how the Group is working towards 
reducing our carbon emissions, in line with our pledge 
to reduce scope 1 and 2 emissions by 46% in absolute 
terms by July 2030.

The Group is committed to reduce scope 3 GHG 
emissions by 55% per square metre of completed floor 
area by July 2030, against FY19 baseline of 1.53 tonnes. 
FY19 and FY22 scope 3 emissions have been restated 
following improvements in our scope 3 modelling. 

Charitable Engagement

CRUK fundraising total (£m)
£3.14m
+£580k  

3.14

2.56

1.95

2021

2022

2023

This KPI indicates the cumulative fundraising total for 
our charity partner Cancer Research UK since 2016, 
with the target to raise £3 million by December 2023.

12

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
Key:

R

Link to remuneration – see pages 126 to 145.

Denotes flagship business priority – see pages 38 to 62.

Resource Efficiency 

Sustainable Supply Chain

Waste per home built (tonnes)
8.6 tonnes
+3.6%  

8.9

8.3

8.6

100 key suppliers achieving
Gold membership of the Supply
Chain Sustainability School (%)
56%
+31.0ppt

56

25

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

2021

2022

2023

2022

2023

This KPI shows the Group’s commitment to resource 
efficiency, where we aim to reduce waste per 
completed home by 20% to 7.1 tonnes by FY25.

Percentage of 100 key suppliers who have achieved 
Gold membership of the Supply Chain Sustainability 
School against a target of 75% by 31 July 2023.

Building Quality Homes, Safely

 RIDDOR incidents
221.15 incidents
(7.9%)

240.08

221.15

119.05

Applicable employees trained on
Group Fire Safety Policy (%)
77%
+8.0ppt

77

69

  Average 3 year RIDDOR Rate

2021

2022

2023

2022

31/12/22

Number of RIDDOR seven-day reportable incidents 
per 100,000 site operatives. We aim to reduce 
the annual RIDDOR rate to below the three year 
rolling average.

This KPI demonstrates the Group’s commitment to 
fire safety. In January 2023 a new Group fire safety 
programme was developed and will be rolled out to 
applicable staff in FY24.

Biodiversity

Sites with 10% biodiversity net gain (%) 
100%

100

2023

Percentage of sites where planning permission has 
been submitted, since 1 July 2023, where a 10% 
biodiversity net gain is achieved.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

13

 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Investment Case

Growing value for 
our shareholders

Bellway’s long-term strategy is to grow shareholder value through sustainable and disciplined volume 
output, utilising the Group’s operational and balance sheet capacity combined with agility to respond 
to the challenging trading environment. This is supported by our Better with Bellway strategy (read more 
on pages 38 to 62).

Our award-winning homes
We build high-quality homes designed to complement 
the style of existing local architecture in communities, 
which meets local demand and enhances the area 
in which they are built. With a range that extends 
from one-bedroom apartments to six-bedroom family 
homes, we offer an extensive choice from which 
customers can choose a property that meets their 
individual requirements. This is achieved via our Artisan 
Collection of standard house types (more details on 
page 22). We also provide affordable housing and 
homes to housing associations for social housing. 

Our focus is to provide desirable, traditional family 
housing across all our divisions, and apartments in the 
more affordable outer commuter zones of London.

5-star6 homebuilder

Rating from the eight-week Home Builders’ 
Federation Customer Satisfaction survey.

Our approach to land and capacity for growth
Given the depth of the Group’s land bank and the current economic 
backdrop, Bellway’s activity in the land market has remained highly selective. 
Investment continues to be focused on securing land interests which 
offer compelling and enhanced financial returns and, where possible, 
have significant flexibility in the contract terms.

Our experienced land teams continue to engage with vendors and the 
disciplined growth of our land bank in recent years has provided vital 
strategic flexibility and a strong platform to deliver growth in outlet numbers 
in the next financial year. This is further supported by the expansion of our 
strategic land bank, which underpins the Group’s longer-term prospects, 
with a relatively low initial capital outlay. 

This dedicated team of qualified specialists, who are highly experienced in 
acquiring and delivering land through the planning system, are overseen by 
a central Group team. Their expertise is available to assist landowners and 
development partners in ensuring the delivery of planning permissions. 

14

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Better with Bellway
Sustainability is key to our business and the Better with Bellway strategy 
embodies our approach to responsible and sustainable business 
practice. Our sustainable approach is not just an add-on, it is a key part 
of our business strategy. It is what we do daily, ‘putting people and the 
planet first’.

Better with Bellway addresses our key sustainability risks and opportunities, 
ensuring that we are aligned to national and international standards, 
and responding to the views of our stakeholders.

  Read more on pages 38 – 62.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Our customers
We aim to put customers at the heart of everything 
we do.

All of our customers are treated to the same high level 
of customer service. Our high standard of service and 
build quality is endorsed by our customers, with 9 out 
of 10 customers saying they would recommend Bellway 
to a friend buying a new home as part of the eight-
week HBF survey. Our Customer First initiative drives 
improvements in quality and works to develop and 
share best practice across the Group.

9 out of 10

customers say they would recommend Bellway  
to a friend buying a new home

Our people
Our people are the key to our success and we aim to provide them with 
rewarding and fulfilling careers.

Bellway has long had a reputation as a good employer, taking an interest 
in our workforce and supporting career development. Results of our 
2023 Employee Engagement Survey show that 89% of colleagues would 
recommend Bellway as ‘a great place to work’ and many employees have 
spent a large proportion of their working lives with us. However, we are 
not complacent and, as part of our Better with Bellway strategy, we are 
striving to be an Employer of Choice. We aim to create a safe, diverse, 
and inclusive environment, as well as investing in and upskilling 
our workforce.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

15

 
Strategic Report

Our Strategy

A focused strategy

Bellway’s strategy is made up of three pillars: long-term volume growth; value creation for shareholders; 
and Better with Bellway; utilising the Group’s operational and balance sheet capacity, combined with 
a strong focus on RoCE.

Strategic priorities
As set out in the Chair’s Statement, to achieve our overall strategy we have 
identified the following three strategic priorities:

The metrics we use to measure our 
performance are on pages 10 to 13.

1.  Long-term 

volume growth

2.  Value creation 

for shareholders

3.  Better with Bellway

1. Long-term volume growth
Overview
Delivering disciplined long-term volume growth through 
our national divisional structure, selecting the right land and 
managing the planning process.

A summary of our performance against this strategic priority, 
along with our plans for further progress, is detailed below.

How we performed in 2022/23

•  This year saw our approach to land acquisition become more 
selective, given the depth of the Group’s landbank and the 
current economic backdrop. Investment continues to be 
focused on securing land interests which offer compelling 
and enhanced financial returns and, where possible, 
have significant flexibility in the contract terms. 

•  Throughout the year the Group contracted to purchase 

4,715 plots. 

•  Bellway has performed well throughout the financial year, 
benefitting from the Group’s programme of accelerating 
the construction of social homes.

•  Volume output of 10,945 homes and housing revenue has 

reached close to record levels.

•  Sales demand was weakened across the country with 

a 28.4% decrease in the overall reservation rate.

Our plans for 2023/24

•  We will continue to selectively invest in strategic land, 

as it allows us to secure and control land with less capital 
investment and provides more flexibility.

•  We will maintain our current disciplined long-term growth 

strategy. Whilst being mindful of market conditions, 
the long-term market fundamentals remain positive and 
Bellway will continue to play a role in meeting the need 
for new homes in the years ahead.

16

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

2. Value creation for shareholders
Overview
The Group continues to focus on long-term value generation 
for shareholders through increasing net asset value per share 
(‘NAV’) and the payment of regular dividends. This is a crucial 
part of our long-term value creation strategy. 

A summary of our performance against this strategic priority, 
along with our plans for further progress, is detailed below.

Margin improvement
A key part of value creation is the steps we take to improve 
operating margin. 

How we performed in 2022/23

•  We have carried out a major update to the Artisan 

Collection standard house type portfolio to comply with 
The Future Homes Standard 2021, in advance of the 
2025 deadline.

•  We have made further design improvements and 

modifications to the Artisan standard house types including 
standardisation, procurement efficiencies and optimisation 
of site layouts.

•  We have continued to benchmark Artisan build costs 

across all divisions to drive cost efficiencies.

•  We have continued with our detailed programme of value 

engineering reviews across our sites and divisions.
•  Planning permission for existing sites now include 

innovative developments to achieve the Future Homes 
Standard, high quality and Biodiversity Net Gain targets.
•  Our research project at the University of Salford, ‘Energy 
House 2.0’ has begun trialling new innovative products, 
as part of our commitment to the Future Homes Standard, 
net zero and carbon reduction.

Our plans for 2023/24

•  We will continue to design and develop our standard house 
types in the Artisan Collection in line with Building Regulations.

•  We will continue to monitor Building Regulation updates 
from the Government and make modifications to designs 
to be fully compliant with the regulations.

•  We will continue to benchmark Artisan build costs across 

all divisions and perform monthly cost reviews.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

•  As our subcontractors become more familiar with the Artisan 
Collection, we will drive opportunities to improve build speed.
•  We will continue our research and trial the use of innovative 

new products, as part of our commitment to the Future 
Homes Standard, net zero and carbon reduction.

•  We will continue to develop and improve our software 

to ensure that all employees are supported with the tools 
to drive efficiencies.

Capital and dividend growth
Reinvestment of earnings into financially attractive land 
opportunities, whilst maintaining a focus on RoCE, has led to 
an increase in value for shareholders through a combination 
of the ongoing growth in NAV, dividend payments and the 
share buyback programme.

A summary of our performance against this strategic priority, 
along with our plans for further progress, is detailed below.

How we performed in 2022/23

•  Launch of a £100m share buyback programme.
•  Strategic investment of capital into land and work-in-

progress in areas with high demand, without compromising 
the RoCE and margin requirements, to ensure that the 
Group is well placed to deliver growth in the long-term.

•  Paid dividends of £171.7 million.
•  Increased NAV by 5.3% to 2,871p2, with the increase 

achieved due to strong growth in the underlying earnings 
and not withstanding a £49.6 million charge in the year in 
relation to legacy building safety issues.

Our plans for 2023/24

•  Continue with the planned share buyback programme.
•  Our current strong land bank position allows us to reinforce 
our disciplined land buying criteria, ensuring that we are 
selective in the year ahead. We will still cautiously consider 
land purchases to maintain operational certainty, but we will 
contract fewer plots and we will reduce cash expenditure 
on land.

•  The dividend is determined following careful consideration 
of capital requirements, as well as the Group’s operational 
capability to deliver further long-term volume growth. If the 
final 2022/23 dividend is approved, the total dividend will 
be covered by underlying earnings by 2.3 times2.

Focus on capital employed
Ensuring that our assets are used in the most efficient way 
to deliver shareholder returns.

How we performed in 2022/23

•  We have maintained our focus on balance sheet 

management, with particular emphasis on large capital-
intensive sites and a drive to increase sales through the 
use of the Ashberry brand.

•  We have maintained RoCE as a key assessment when 

buying land.

•  We have closely monitored and controlled our land 

investment and work-in-progress.

Our plans for 2023/24

•  We will continue to maintain a focus on balance sheet 
management, with particular emphasis on large capital-
intensive sites.

•  We will continue to maintain RoCE as a key assessment 

when buying land.

•  We will continue to monitor and control investment in land 

and work-in-progress.

Maintaining a flexible capital structure
We use a combination of cash, debt financing and equity 
to provide us with access to finance in a balanced and 
flexible way. This enables us to deliver our growth strategy 
while managing the cash flow requirements of the business, 
including delivering dividends to our shareholders.

A summary of our performance against this strategic priority 
along with our plans for further progress is detailed below.

How we performed in 2022/23

•  We have maintained our current banking relationships.
•  We have maintained our sterling US Private Placement for 
a total amount of £130 million with maturity dates in 2028 
and 2031.

•  We have continued to enhance our current investor 
relations activities through the support of our Group 
Investor Relations Director.

Our plans for 2023/24

•  We will maintain our current banking and US Private 

Placement relationships.

•  We will continue to develop our current investor 

relations activities with the support of our Group Investor 
Relations Director.

3. Better with Bellway
Overview
Better with Bellway which was launched in March 2022, 
encompasses our ethos of operating in a responsible and 
sustainable way.

Better with Bellway has eight strategic business priorities that 
are designed to help Bellway thrive. They put our long-term 
commitment to responsible and sustainable practice at the 
core of our operational strategy. 

Our sustainable approach is not just an add-on, it is a key part 
of our business strategy. It is what we do daily, ‘putting people 
and the planet first’. 

Putting people first means prioritising our customers and our 
communities, by building high-quality homes. and striving 
to become an Employer of Choice by focusing on how we 
can upskill our workforce and nurture a culture of diversity 
and inclusion.

Putting the planet first means delivering on our commitment 
to build low carbon homes, reducing our own carbon 
footprint and considering our customer’s carbon footprint, 
while reducing and rethinking our use of resources to avoid 
waste, minimise energy and water usage, whilst also sourcing 
materials responsibly.

A summary of our performance against each strategic business 
priority, along with our plans for the future, are detailed on 
pages 38 to 62.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

17

 
Strategic Report

Our Business Model

Building value at every stage

The following timeline demonstrates how we create value, through each stage of our business model, 
from carefully selecting the right land and navigating the planning process, safely constructing high 
standard attractive homes, to selling homes and providing an excellent customer experience.

Our value chain

Select the right land  
and manage the planning process

Read more on pages 20 and 21. 

Design desirable homes  
and construct them safely

Read more on page 22. 

What we do
•  Land opportunities are identified by our experienced 

divisional and Group land and planning teams using their 
local knowledge and contacts. A viability assessment 
and appraisal is prepared, which is assessed in detail at 
divisional, regional and then Group level, where the final 
decision is taken by the Executive Directors on whether 
to purchase a site. Depending upon the value and nature 
of the proposed acquisition, full Board approval may also 
be required.

•  We are highly selective to ensure we secure the right land 
which offers compelling and enhanced financial returns in 
line with our strategy and maintain a strong landbank.

•  We often secure land without the benefit of an 

implementable detailed planning permission (‘DPP’), 
typically brownfield sites with an outline planning consent 
or on a ‘subject to planning’ basis. We use the expertise of 
our land and planning teams to obtain DPP which thereby 
reduces risks, adds value and enables higher returns.

•  As part of our sustainable and responsible business 

approach, our land teams assess biodiversity constraints 
and opportunities at the earliest stage in site selection, 
supported by our Group Head of Biodiversity.

•  Our divisional and Group planning teams work closely 
with local authorities and communities to obtain DPP 
to construct homes which reflect local planning and 
vernacular requirements. The divisional and Group 
planning teams also progress a combination of medium-
term ‘pipeline’ sites and land from our strategic land bank 
through the planning system to ensure a steady supply 
of sites.

18

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

What we do 
•  We construct a wide range of homes, varying between two 
to five bedrooms, with a focus on our Artisan Collection of 
standard house types, to suit a variety of customer budgets 
and lifestyles. 

•  Within the Artisan Collection, there are numerous designs 

which have been developed to adhere to differing regional 
planning requirements. These standard house types drive 
efficiencies during construction.

•  We currently have 76 Artisan standard house types which 

are utilised by all divisions. 

•  Our homes are built to a high standard in compliance 
with specific building, technical and health and safety 
regulations and other regulatory requirements, as well 
as to our own high-quality standards.

•  The health, safety and wellbeing of our employees, 
subcontractors and visitors to our developments is 
our highest priority.

•  We strive to maintain long-term working relationships with 
reputable subcontractors and supply chain partners to 
reduce health and safety risks and to ensure the commercial 
availability and quality of materials and labour.

•  We seek to ensure that we have suitable building materials 
available at competitive prices to enable us to construct 
homes to the high standards expected of us by our 
customers, within budget and on time.

•  We closely monitor work-in-progress to ensure that build 
rates are consistent with sales rates to avoid unnecessary 
capital inefficiencies.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Better with Bellway

Selling homes and delivering an 
excellent customer sales experience 

Read more on page 23. 

These eight business priorities are integral to 
everything we do and drive the long-term success  
of our business model.

What we do 
•  Bellway provides excellent customer service from the 

moment our customers decide to look for a new home 
and throughout all stages of their journey with Bellway, 
including the early years of home ownership.

•  Our Customer First initiative continues at pace to drive 
future improvements to quality and customer service, 
and helps to support our employees and subcontractors 
to deliver to these high standards of customer service.
•  We have dedicated customer care teams within each 

division which deliver high levels of customer service and 
these are supported by our Group Customer Care Director.
•  Our retention of the HBF 5-star6 homebuilder status for the 
seventh consecutive year demonstrates our commitment 
to providing the highest level of service to our customers.

•  We have also created a subcontractor portal to better 

manage any post-completion issues reported by 
our customers.

•  In addition to the HBF survey, Bellway also engages with 
our customers through Trustpilot where we actively invite 
feedback from our customers on all elements of our service.
•  On the 4 October 2022, Bellway signed up to membership 

of the New Homes Quality Board (‘NHQB’). From this 
date, customers who reserve a new home benefit from 
the protection of the New Homes Quality Code (‘NHQC’) 
and the New Homes Ombudsman Service (‘NHOS’).

Customers and Communities 
Putting customers and communities 
at the heart of everything that we do.

Employer of Choice
Creating an environment that 
our colleagues can thrive in.

Carbon Reduction
Delivering low carbon homes.

Building Quality Homes, Safely
Quality and safety first for everyone.

Sustainable Supply Chain 
Driving sustainability through  
long-term partnerships.

Resource Efficiency 
Designing out waste by 
building better.

Biodiversity
Protecting and preserving nature.

Charitable Engagement 
Giving, to build better lives.

   Denotes flagship business priority.

  Read more on pages 38 to 62.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

19

 
Strategic Report

Our Business Model continued

Select the right  
land and manage  
the planning process

Select the right land
Our experienced divisional and Group land and planning 
teams identify land opportunities by using their local 
knowledge and contacts. A viability assessment and appraisal 
is prepared by our strategic or divisional land team, which is 
assessed in detail at divisional, regional and then Group level, 
where the final decision is taken by the Executive Directors 
whether to purchase a site. Full Board approval may also 
be required depending upon the value and nature of the 
proposed acquisition.

We often secure land without the benefit of an implementable 
detailed planning permission (‘DPP’), typically brownfield sites 
with an outline planning consent or on a ‘subject to planning’ 
basis. We use the expertise of our land and planning teams 
to obtain DPP which thereby reduces risks, adds value and 
enables higher returns.

The number of large, long-term sites that we own is strictly 
controlled to avoid having too much capital tied up or 
concentrated in one location.

We are highly selective to ensure we secure the right land 
which offers compelling and enhanced financial returns inline 
with our strategy, and to maintain a strong landbank.

Our land bank is comprised of three tiers:

Alignment with Better with Bellway

 Biodiversity

  See pages 58 and 59.

By building a significant number of quality homes on 
brownfield land we are contributing to the regeneration of 
areas in mainly urban locations. Wherever possible mature 
trees and woodlands located within our developments are 
retained, these trees are then protected during development.

We have established Biodiversity Net Gain protocols for site 
acquisitions and management, and our land buying teams 
assess biodiversity constraints and opportunities at the earliest 
stage in site selection and are supported by our Head of 
Biodiversity, and Group Strategic Land team.

How we measure our performance
Acquiring high-quality, sustainable sites in areas of strong 
customer demand that meet or exceed both our financial 
and non-financial acquisition criteria is key to the success 
of the business. Failure to have an adequate supply of land 
would limit our ability to achieve our volume growth targets. 
We therefore link part of the Executive Directors’ bonuses 
to the delivery of a sufficient land bank to meet our growth 
aspirations. RoCE is a key indicator of how we are delivering 
our strategy of building shareholder value, which is reliant 
on land acquisition and the subsequent performance of 
our developments. Gross margin enables us to monitor the 
robustness of our land purchasing process and the level of 
profit on land purchases and we regularly review the pipeline 
to ensure that our land bank remains appropriate.

Sufficient landbank plots with DPP
Achieved

Achieved

Achieved

Achieved

1.  Owned or unconditionally contracted land with DPP.
2. Pipeline of land owned or controlled pending DPP, 

R

with development expected to commence within the next 
three years. 

3. Strategic land, which is longer term typically held 

under option.

The risks
•  The inability to source suitable land that meets our financial 
and non-financial acquisition criteria, including minimum 
gross margin and RoCE hurdle rates. There has been no 
change to this risk during the year.

What we do and how we manage risk
Where sites require planning consent it may take many 
months to progress a parcel of land through the planning 
process before we can start building and selling homes. 
Bellway’s solid, asset backed balance sheet, substantial 
cash resources and long-term committed debt financing 
arrangements have enabled the Group to continue its front-
footed, yet disciplined, approach to land acquisition.

Gross margin (%)(2)
19.0%
+650bps

Underlying gross margin (%)(2)(3)
20.2%
(210bps)

2021

2022

2023

19.2

19.0

12.5

2021

2022

2023

20.9

22.3

20.2

2021

2022

2023

20

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
Manage the planning process
Our divisional and Group planning teams work closely 
with local authorities and communities to obtain DPP to 
construct homes which reflect local planning and vernacular 
requirements. The divisional and Group planning teams 
also progress a combination of medium-term ‘pipeline’ 
sites and land from our strategic land bank through the 
planning system.

New legislation which comes into effect in January 2024, 
requires all new planning applications to have at least a 10% 
Biodiversity Net Gain, which requires housebuilders to leave 
the biodiversity of land used for development in a measurably 
better state compared to the baseline prior to development.

The risks
•  Delays, increasing complexity and cost in the planning 
process. There has been no change in this risk during 
the year.

•  Delay or failure to obtain planning permission if any 
application is not 10% Biodiversity Net Gain (‘BNG’)
compliant, from January 2024. This risk is not regarded 
as a principal risk and so have not been included in our 
principal risk table on pages 79 to 83.

What we do and how we manage risk
Our planning teams build collaborative relationships with 
local authorities, communities and interest groups so that 
our completed developments benefit the areas in which 
they are built and support local needs. 

Alignment with Better with Bellway

 Biodiversity

  See pages 58 and 59.

New legislation requires 10% Biodiversity Net Gain on all new 
planning applications submitted from January 2024. We are 
committed to ensure that all planning applications submitted 
from July 2023 onwards are 10% BNG compliant.

Customers and Communities

  See pages 43 and 44.

We consult with local residents as part of the planning 
process to help us build the homes our customers 
desire locally.

We make contributions to local communities through 
section 106 (England and Wales) and section 75 (Scotland) 
contributions and Community Infrastructure Levy payments, 
and through the provision of the New Homes Bonus.

How we measure our performance
These KPIs enable us to monitor the number of plots in each 
tier of our land bank to ensure they remain sufficient to help 
us deliver our strategy of volume growth. At the end of the 
year, we had an appropriate number of plots in each land 
bank tier to meet our strategy.

Number of plots in owned and
controlled land bank with DPP (plots)
32,229 plots
(0.4%)

30,933

32,344

32,229

Number of plots in ‘pipeline’ (plots)
21,400 plots
(25.7%)

2021

2022

2023

28,800

24,300

21,400

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Number of plots in strategic land bank 
– positive planning status (plots)
9,000 plots
(4.3%)

Number of plots in strategic land bank
– longer-term interests (plots)
34,600 plots
+32.1%

Number of plots acquired
with DPP (plots)
466 plots
(65.4%)

Number of plots converted from
medium term ‘pipeline’ (plots)
10,347 plots
(8.9%)

2021

2022

2023

8,700

9,400

9,000

2021

2022

2023

34,600

26,200

21,700

2021

2022

2023

1,844

1,345

466

2021

2022

2023

10,938

11,352

10,347

2021

2022

2023

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Business Model continued

Design desirable 
homes and construct 
them safely

Carbon Reduction

  See pages 49 to 52.

We have built several low carbon exemplar homes on a trial 
basis to help better understand upcoming challenges and 
industry targets. These are designed to be constructed using 
low carbon methods and reduce end user carbon emissions.

Our homes are built to a high standard in compliance with 
specific building, technical and health and safety regulations 
and other regulatory requirements, as well as to our own 
quality standards, with a focus on our Artisan collection of 
standard house types, to suit a variety of customer budgets 
and lifestyles.

The health, safety and wellbeing of our employees, 
subcontractors and visitors to our developments, 
is our key priority.

We continue to evaluate our working methodologies 
to ensure they are robust, compliant, and create a safe 
working environment.

We strive to maintain long-term working relationships with 
reputable subcontractors and supply chain partners to 
reduce health and safety risks and to ensure the commercial 
availability and quality of materials and labour.

We seek to ensure that we have suitable building materials 
available at competitive prices to enable us to construct 
homes to the high standards expected by our customers, 
within budget and on time.

We closely monitor work-in-progress to ensure that build 
rates are consistent with sales rates to avoid unnecessary 
capital inefficiencies.

The risks
•  Shortage of building materials at competitive prices.
•  Shortage of appropriately skilled construction people 

and subcontractors.

•  Significant health and safety risks inherent in the 

construction process.

There has been no change to these risks during the year.

What we do and how we manage risk
The key to enabling us to deliver homes built to the right 
standard, at the right time and at the right price, are the 
experienced construction people, strong relationships 
we have with our skilled subcontractors and consultants, 
together with Group purchasing arrangements with suppliers 
and manufacturers.
Alignment with Better with Bellway

Resource Efficiency

  See page 57.

Reducing waste on-site, in divisional offices and in sales centres 
delivers cost savings for the business and reduces the amount 
of waste sent to landfill.

Sustainable Supply Chain

  See pages 55 and 56.

We continue to work with our subcontractors, consultants, 
and suppliers and manufacturers of materials to maintain our 
strong long-term relationships, which generates benefits for 
us, those we do business with and the communities in which 
we operate.

How we measure our performance
The health, safety and wellbeing of our employees, 
subcontractors and visitors to our developments is paramount 
and health and safety performance is taken into account 
as part of the overall assessment of the Executive Directors’ 
potential bonus payment. We continue to improve reporting 
procedures which is measured via Reporting of Injuries, 
Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations (‘RIDDOR’) 
rate. The Group is committed to continuing to improve health 
and safety standards.

Slips, trips and falls (incidents)
113 incidents
+44.9%

Number of NHBC Pride in the
Job Awards (awards)
34 awards
(5.6%)

129

113

78

2021

2022

2023

39

36

34

2021

2022

2023

240.08

221.15

119.05

2021

2022

2023

Building Quality Homes, Safely

  See pages 53 and 54.

The health and safety of everyone who works on and visits 
any of our locations is paramount, and we continue to review 
our procedures for best practice.

Number of RIDDOR seven-day
reportable incidents per 100,000
site operatives (incidents)
221.5 incidents
(7.9%)

22

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
Selling homes and 
delivering an excellent 
customer experience

Bellway provides excellent customer service from the 
moment our customers decide to look for a new home and 
throughout all stages of their journey, including the early 
years of home ownership. Our Customer First programme 
supports all Bellway employees and subcontractors to deliver 
to these high standards of customer service. 

Our retention of the HBF 5-star6 homebuilder status for the 
seventh consecutive year demonstrates our commitment 
to providing the highest level of service to our customers.

We have dedicated customer care teams within each division 
delivering high levels of customer service and these are 
supported by our Group Customer Care Director.

In addition to the HBF survey, Bellway also engages with 
our customers through Trustpilot where we actively invite 
feedback from our customers on all elements of our service.

We have also created a subcontractor portal to better manage 
any post-completion issues reported by our customers.

The risks
•  Failure to be responsive to customer requests 

and feedback.

•  The risk to Bellway’s reputation if customer service 

is inadequate.

•  These risks are not regarded as principal risks and so have 
not been included in our principal risk table on pages 79 
to 83.

What we do and how we manage risk
Our well-trained and motivated team members through all 
disciplines within the business have the necessary skills and 
enthusiasm to deliver the highest levels of customer service.

Our construction teams are committed to building quality 
homes to be proud of.

Alignment with Better with Bellway

Customers and Communities

  See pages 43 to 44.

Customer handover packs contain information on sustainable 
travel, local recycling centres and energy efficiency advice.

We continued to develop our school engagement 
programme in partnership with The School Outreach 
Company in each of our divisions with the aim of driving 
awareness of Bellway and highlighting the career 
opportunities available in our industry.

Carbon Reduction

  See pages 49 to 52.

We continue to improve energy efficiency by building homes 
that are, on average, more energy-efficient than is required by 
building regulations.

How we measure our performance
We have chosen the following KPIs as they demonstrate 
progress made in delivering our strategy of volume growth 
alongside customer satisfaction. These include responses 
to the question ‘Would You Recommend Bellway to a 
Friend?’ in the 9-month survey, which is the driver for the 
5-star6 homebuilder status, and the overall satisfaction score, 
which captures feedback on a range of categories including 
Quality, Service After and Standard of finish.

Bellway were awarded 5-star6  homebuilder status in 
March 2023 for the period ended 30 September 2022. 

The final ‘Recommend a Friend’ score was 91.4% against 
a target of 90%, a slight reduction of 0.9% from the 
previous year.

Number of homes sold (homes)
10,945 homes
(2.3%)

11,198

10,945

10,138

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Order book value at 31 July (£m)(2)
£1,193.5m
(43.6%)

Reservation rate (homes per week)
156 homes
per week
(28.4%)

NHBC overall score (%)
85.3%
(1.6ppt)

NHBC 9-month would you recommend
Bellway to a friend satisfaction score (%)
80.6%
(150bps)

R

2021

2022

2023

2,022.3

2,114.3

1,193.5

2021

2022

2023

204

218

156

2021

2022

2023

86.6

86.9

85.3

2021

2022

2023

79.9

82.1

80.6

2021

2022

2023

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Marketplace

The housing market has experienced a challenging trading environment but good quality, 
affordably priced housing remains in short supply across many parts of the country and in recent 
years this has been exacerbated by changing regulations in the planning system. 

Underlying demand for high quality homes remains supported by wage growth and low levels of unemployment throughout 
the year. Notwithstanding this market requirement for new homes, trading conditions were challenging, with cost-of-living 
pressures and both higher and more volatile mortgage interest rates leading to significant variations in reservation rates. 

Demand factors

The UK economy
The UK economy grew by 0.2% in the quarter to July 
2023 when compared to the previous three months. 
While unemployment remains low by historical standards 
at only 4.3%, the near-term economic growth outlook 
remains relatively muted, partly due to the impact of ongoing 
inflationary pressures. The Consumer Prices Index (‘CPI’) rose 
by 6.7% in the year to August 2023 and the Bank of England’s 
interest rate decisions are aimed at lowering CPI inflation 
back to its 2% target over the medium term. During the last 
year, the Bank of England base rate has risen from 1.25% at 
1 August 2022 to 5.00% at 31 July 2023, its highest level since 
early 2008. 

The affordability of mortgages
The Bank of England’s interest rate decisions have a 
direct impact on mortgage affordability, which is a crucial 
ingredient for a healthy and sustainable housing market. 
While affordability has been helped, in part, by ongoing wage 
rises, this has been more than offset by the effect of rising 
mortgage interest rates.

Consequently, while average mortgage payments as a 
percentage of take-home pay are currently within historical 
norms, they remain elevated compared to the levels over 
the last decade and we expect this to continue to weigh 
on housing demand in the near-term.

The availability of mortgages
In general, there remains good availability of mortgage 
products, although lenders’ re-pricing activity in response 
to changes in the bank rate has affected the shorter-term 
availability of mortgage finance at certain points during the year. 

Mortgage costs as a proportion of disposable income 

The recent expiry of Help-to-Buy in England has led to 
lower year-on-year demand from first time buyers, and there 
remains a relative lack of affordably priced higher loan-to-
value mortgage products.

Affordability of houses in the UK
House prices

The latest figures from the UK Land Registry’s House Price 
Index showed that the average UK house price in July 2023 
was broadly flat on the prior year at £290,000 and down by 
around 1% from the recent peak in late 2022.

While nominal house prices have shown resilience, the effects 
of recent inflation have led to a decline in real house prices, 
and combined with ongoing wage rises, this has helped offset 
some affordability pressures. Notwithstanding this, the effect 
of interest rate rises has had the most significant impact on 
affordability during the year. As Government policy and Bank 
of England interest rate decisions aim to bring inflation under 
further control in the months ahead, this will be critical for 
longer-term affordability and the health of the housing market.

The stamp duty land tax holiday

On the 23 September 2022, to help lower the upfront costs 
of moving home, the Government announced increases 
in the residential nil-rate stamp duty tax thresholds.

For first time buyers, the threshold was increased from £300,000 
to £425,000. For non-first time buyers, the threshold was 
increased from £125,000 to £250,000. These measures are due 
to be in place until 31 March 2025, after which the thresholds are 
currently expected to be reduced to their previous levels. 

Demand
There remains a fundamental housing shortage in the UK 
and despite the recent challenging trading conditions, 
underlying demand for our high-quality homes has 
been partly supported by wage growth and low levels 
of unemployment.

)

%

(

e
t
a
R
e
g
a
g
t
r
o
M

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

M
o
r
t
g
a
g
e
a
s
a
%
o

f

d
i
s
p
o
s
a
b
e

l

i

n
c
o
m
e

1995

1998

2001

2004

2007

2010

2013

2016

2019

2022

Source: ONS and Bank of England

Five year 75% LTV mortgage rate (%) (LHS)

Nationwide home (RHS)

24

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the year we have continued to see relatively healthy 
levels of underlying demand from second-time buyers.

However, the impact of rising interest rates has been particularly 
acute for customers requiring a higher loan-to- value mortgage, 
and exacerbated by the expiry of Help- to-Buy in England in 
March 2023. Sales to investors have remained low.

Supply factors

Land supply and planning permissions
Bellway has a strong and high-quality land bank which 
has enabled our land teams to remain highly selective in 
the current economic environment, without hindering the 
Group’s long-term growth ambitions.

Overall the planning system remains challenging and has 
been exacerbated by changing regulations around water 
and nutrient neutrality, and biodiversity. This is evidenced 
in the chart below, which shows the number of planning 
permissions granted in England, Scotland and Wales 
decreased from 15,565 last year to 14,101 in the current year.

The availability of land at attractive margins
Acquiring land in areas of high demand and in attractive 
locations, in accordance with the Group’s financial and non-
financial acquisition criteria, is one of the key factors to the 
success of Bellway. 

Bellway’s experienced land teams continue to engage with 
vendors and assess sites with compelling returns although, 
given the uncertain trading backdrop, we currently expect to 
contract a lower number of plots than our volume output in 
financial year 2024.

The planning system
The Group’s ability to deliver new homes is dependent 
on the efficiency of the planning system. To help deliver 
against Bellway’s strategic priority of long-term volume 
growth, a properly functioning planning system is required 
to grant planning consents in a timely and effective manner. 
The system remains slow, still constrained by staffing and 
resource shortages at local authorities and exacerbated 
by the uncertainty caused by the proposed reforms to the 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Government’s National Planning Policy Framework. Overall, 
this continues to have a dampening effect on outlet openings 
across the wider sector.

The Government announcement in December 2022 that 
local housing targets were to be ‘advisory’ rather than 
‘mandatory’, coupled with the end of the obligation on local 
authorities to maintain a rolling five-year land supply where 
they have a local plan in place, has further contributed to a fall 
in planning consents granted.

Availability and affordability of labour 
and materials
During the year, average overall build cost inflation was in the 
range of 9% to 10%, with the increase driven by both labour 
and materials. The upward pressure on costs reflected both 
underlying wage inflation and the pass through of previously 
elevated energy prices.

Bellway has well-established relationships with its supply 
chain and subcontract partners and together with our 
strong commercial disciplines and controlled approach to 
production expenditure, some of the underlying build cost 
pressures have been alleviated.

Since early 2023, build cost inflation has moderated as the 
industry-wide reduction in reservation rates and order books 
has impacted demand for construction materials. As the year 
progressed, this resulted in an improving trend of product 
availability across the Group.

As weaker industry sales rates continue to feed through to 
lower levels of construction activity, the Group expects overall 
build cost pressures to ease further in the months ahead.

Summary of market backdrop
There is currently economic uncertainty due to cost-
of-living pressures and housing affordability constraints. 
Notwithstanding this, the long-term market fundamentals for 
Bellway remain positive with the ongoing imbalance between 
supply and demand for affordably priced, high-quality homes 
continuing to be a feature across many parts of the country.

Planning projects
approved (GB)
14,101
(9.4%)

23,101

19,677

Planning units
approved (GB)
326,000
(11.2%)

15,833 15,565

14,101

382,000

353,000

367,000

330,000

326,000

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Source: HBF New Housing Pipeline Report  (Q1 2023 – Published July 2023)

Source: HBF New Housing Pipeline Report (Q1 2023 – Published July 2023)

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

25

 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Marketplace continued

Designing for  
a better future

The Future Home, part of the Energy House 
2.0 project, in partnership with the University 
of Salford, trials the latest green technologies.

The first of its kind for Bellway, the Future Home 
will be retrofitted throughout the project, offering a 
unique opportunity to measure the energy 
efficiency of individual features, even under 
extreme weather conditions. Many of these 
technologies are due to be in common use by 
2025, so testing them now will allow us to reduce 
carbon emissions by building more efficient 
homes even earlier. 

PV Invertor and battery in loft space

Infrared panel (ceiling mounted)

Timber frame construction

Infrared panel (wall mounted)

Decentralised Mechanical 
extract ventilation

Hydrotop – Air Source 
Heat Pump

Mechanical Ventilation  
Heat Recovery system  
and associated ductwork

Wastewater 
Heat Recovery 
system

Precast 
insulated 
concrete 
planks

Underfloor 
heating

Convection  
radiators

Cylinder with  
incorporated  
buffer

Aquarea –  
Air source 
heat pump

Ductwork 
installed for future 
cylinder trials

26

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Area

Benefits

Construction 
methods

Further information

Sustainable Supply  
Chain pages 55 and 56.

Scope 3 emissions 
page 51.

Energy  
sources

Further information

Carbon Reduction 
pages 49 to 52.

Scope 3 emissions 
page 51.

Energy 
conservation

Further information

Carbon Reduction 
pages 49 to 52.

Scope 3 emissions 
page 51.

Materials

Further information

Sustainable Supply  
Chain pages 55 and 56.

Scope 3 emissions 
page 51.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Issues to overcome

•  Customer acceptance
•  Supply constraints
•  Real world insulation compared  

to computer modelling

The off-site construction of modular homes are 
constructed as much as possible in an off-site factory 
location, where a skilled workforce is permanently 
based, and quality can be controlled much more 
easily. The finished components are then shipped 
to the final build site for installation and assembly.

We are trialling suspended pre-cast insulated floor 
plank systems, which is used as an alternative to beam 
and block flooring. Units are manufactured off-site and 
are modern methods of construction. On arrival to 
site, they are lifted into place, helping to speed up 
the process and reduce site labour.

Alternative energy sources within our homes are key 
to driving down scope 3 emissions.

•  Supply constraints
•  Cost constraints 

Air source heat pumps are low-energy systems based 
on air to water technology. They can be located in 
the roof space or outside a home. The pumps extract 
heat from the ambient outside air, which is then 
converted to provide heat and a constant supply 
of hot water. 

We are trialling two wastewater heat recovery 
systems with the Energy House 2.0. These systems 
are designed to retrieve thermal energy from waste 
hot water to increase the efficiency of the domestic 
heating system. 

Smart zoning thermostats which can control the 
temperature of the home on a room-by-room basis. 
Smart zoning allows the user to heat the area that 
they are using exclusively. It allows them to monitor 
and control temperatures within the household, 
therefore saving energy.

Infrared panels are both ceiling and wall mounted 
within the home. They are designed to heat the 
people and objects within the household, rather than 
solely heating the air, reducing the need for traditional 
heating methods. 

We continue to expand our use of timber frame 
construction methods. Not only does timber frame 
bring embodied carbon benefits, but it also reduces 
reliance on brick and block construction methods, 
with a result of saving materials.

Triple glazed windows lead to a warmer home due 
to less heat loss and have the benefit of added 
noise reduction. 

•  Supply constraints
•  Cost constraints

•  Skilled labour constraints
•  Supply constraints

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

27

 
Strategic Report

Chair’s Statement

Navigating the 
current headwinds

Bellway has delivered a resilient performance, during 
a year which was disrupted by periods of challenging 
trading conditions.”

John Tutte
Chair

Introduction
Bellway has delivered a resilient performance, during a 
year which was disrupted by periods of challenging trading 
conditions. Our strong order book at the start of the financial 
year was decisive in allowing us to weather a period of 
uncertainty and supported the delivery of 10,945 much 
needed new homes – very close to the prior year’s record 
output. Notwithstanding this, the industry has faced several 
headwinds, which combined with higher levels of taxation, 
led to a reduction in the Group’s underlying earnings per 
share to 328.1p2,3 (2022 – 420.8p). 

The performance in the year was achieved whilst 
maintaining a focus on quality and customer service and 
reflects the dedication and hard work of our colleagues, 
subcontractors and supply chain partners. On behalf of 
the Board, I would like to express our gratitude to all those 
who have contributed to these results, for their resilience, 
resourcefulness, and ongoing commitment.

Strategic priorities
Our immediate priority is to ensure the Group remains 
well-positioned for a prompt return to sustainable growth 
as the wider economy recovers and clarity emerges over 
future housing policy. All political parties recognise there 
is a growing shortfall of good quality homes but remain 
divided as to how this can be best addressed. The situation 
is exacerbated by a challenging planning system which 
would benefit from reform and a longer-term approach to 
addressing housing need.

As previously announced, due to the uncertain market 
backdrop, we recently reorganised our operational structure 
which resulted in some headcount reductions across the 
Group. These measures were carefully considered to protect 
the health of the business, and they will not hinder the 
Group’s long-term growth ambitions.

Bellway’s robust balance sheet provides the financial flexibility 
to successfully navigate the near-term market challenges, 
and the capacity to invest in the future to deliver long-term 
volume growth. To drive a long-term improvement in RoCE, 
the Board has a sharp focus on margin discipline and will 
maintain a value-driven approach to capital allocation. 
Together with our responsible approach to business practices, 
the delivery against these priorities will help support ongoing 

28

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

value creation for shareholders. Further details of our strategic 
priorities are set out below:

1.  Deliver long-term volume growth;

2.   Drive a long-term improvement in 

RoCE, and;

3.   Operate responsibly and sustainably 

through our ‘Better with Bellway’ strategy.

1. Long-term volume growth
Bellway’s successful organic growth strategy has supported 
the delivery of a near-doubling of volume output over the 
last decade. While we expect a decrease in legal completions 
in financial year 2024, beyond the near-term, the Board is 
confident that the strength of our land bank and balance 
sheet can help build on our long-term track record. Our front-
footed approach to land investment in recent years has 
provided good visibility on the Group’s sales outlet opening 
programme and, further supported by our healthy work-in-
progress position, we are focused on driving a recovery in 
volume output beyond the current financial year.

The long-term housing market fundamentals remain positive 
and there is a shortage of high-quality, energy efficient 
and affordable homes across many parts of the country. 
Bellway has a strong operational structure, now with 20 
trading divisions, which provide the capacity to organically 
grow volume in the longer-term to over 13,000 homes per 
annum. The Group has the ability to scale up this structure 
when market conditions allow, and this will ensure that 
Bellway continues to play an important role in increasing 
housing supply in the years ahead. 

2. Long-term improvement in RoCE
A core part of the Group’s strategy is to maintain a sharp 
focus on RoCE, which is a key indicator of operating efficiency 
and performance. Bellway’s RoCE is currently being affected 
by several industry headwinds, including higher mortgage 
interest rates, cost inflation and planning delays. In the 
year ahead, these factors will lead to a further reduction 

 
in underlying RoCE from the 15.8%2,3 reported in financial 
year 2023 (2022 – 19.4%). Notwithstanding these near-term 
challenges, the Board is optimistic that the backdrop of our 
cyclical industry will improve and combined with our strategic 
focus on growth and operating margin, the Group is well-
placed to again deliver an underlying RoCE of between 15%2,3 
and 20%2,3 over the longer term.

To help achieve this, and in addition to our ongoing focus 
on margin protection, the expansion of our strategic land 
bank will support both our long-term volume growth 
aspirations and an improvement in asset turn. Strategic land 
can also generate margin enhancement, in some instances, 
due to land values typically being agreed at a discount to 
open market cost, once planning permission has been 
obtained. In addition, we are increasing the use of timber 
frame construction across the Group, which can improve 
build efficiencies and asset turn, as well as reducing carbon 
emissions in the supply chain.

The Group is determined to drive benefits from these areas 
of focus and together with our value-driven approach to capital 
allocation, we have a strong platform to begin to deliver a 
recovery in returns beyond the current financial year.

3. ‘Better with Bellway’
During the year we have made further progress, through 
a range of initiatives, to embed the ‘Better with Bellway’ 
sustainability strategy across the Group’s operations. 
The strategy includes ambitious targets in respect of our 
three flagship areas of Carbon Reduction, Customers and 
Communities, and becoming an Employer of Choice. 

Supported by several research projects underway across 
the business, strong headway has been made in laying 
the foundations for a lower carbon footprint as we work 
towards a significant reduction in the Group’s emissions by 
2030. The Group’s scope 1 and scope 2 carbon emissions 
have reduced by 10.0% compared to the prior year and by 
35.6% since our base year of 2019, and we are in an excellent 
position to meet our target of a 46% reduction by 2030.

Reflecting our focus on build quality and customer service, 
we are proud to have retained our position as a five-star6 
homebuilder for the seventh consecutive year. There has also 
been an excellent response to our most recent employee 
engagement survey and despite challenging circumstances 
and uncertainty in the market, 89% of colleagues (2022 – 95%) 
said they would recommend Bellway as ‘a great place to work’.

In addition to the flagship priority areas, the ‘Better with Bellway’ 
strategy includes targets in respect of biodiversity, resource 
efficiency, charitable engagement, sustainability throughout the 
supply chain and building quality homes safely. More details are 
set out later in this report and are also available on our website 
at www.bellwayplc.co.uk/sustainability. 

Our ongoing focus on the serious issue of building safety is 
reflected by the remediation work being carried out through 
our dedicated Building Safety division. Bellway also signed the 
SRT with DLUHC on 13 March 2023, and has recently been 
confirmed as a member of the RAS by DLUHC, which further 
reinforce our approach to acting responsibly on matters 
relating to building safety in legacy apartment schemes.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Delivering value creation for shareholders
The successful delivery against our strategic priorities will 
ensure the Group continues to generate long-term value 
for shareholders, and the Board believes this is best gauged 
through increasing NAV per share and supplemented by 
capital returns.

In the year ended 31 July 2023, NAV rose by 5.3% to 2,871p2 
(2022 – 2,727p) and in line with previous guidance, the Board is 
pleased to recommend that the final dividend is maintained at 
95.0p per share (2022 – 95.0p). This brings the total proposed 
dividend to 140.0p per share (2022 – 140.0p) and, if approved, 
the overall dividend will be covered 2.3 times2,3 by underlying 
earnings (2022 – 3.0 times). In the current financial year and in 
line with Board’s previously stated target, underlying dividend 
cover will be around 2.5 times2,3.

The Group has maintained its disciplined approach to capital 
allocation and the £100 million share buyback programme 
launched on 28 March 2023 is nearing completion with 
3.8 million shares purchased at a cost of around £83 million 
as at 1 October 2023.

Looking ahead, the strength of our land bank and 
balance sheet provide the Group with optionality, and the 
reinvestment of capital into compelling land opportunities 
will continue to be balanced with future shareholder returns.

Competition and Markets Authority Market Study 
The UK Competition and Markets Authority (‘CMA’) launched 
a market study into the housebuilding sector in England, 
Scotland and Wales on 28 February 2023. The CMA has 
since announced on 25 August 2023 that it will be looking 
into five areas of the study in greater detail, including barriers 
to entry and expansion in the industry and if the planning 
system is impeding the effective functioning of the 
housebuilding market.

Bellway has already contributed positively to the study, 
by providing information on how the industry operates through 
the key stages of land acquisition, planning, construction and 
sales. We will continue to engage openly with the CMA through 
this process, which also provides an opportunity to help inform 
the CMA of the current challenges facing the sector. 

Future long-term success
Bellway has an experienced and proven leadership team with 
operational strength-in-depth throughout the organisation. 
Its dedicated team and loyal supply chain partners are well-
placed to adapt and successfully navigate through changing 
market conditions. The strategic flexibility afforded by our 
strong land bank and balance sheet also provides the Group 
with ongoing resilience and a platform to capitalise on future 
growth opportunities. 

We remain committed to our responsible and sustainable 
approach to business and, by building new communities 
and delivering against the Group’s strategic priorities, I am 
confident that Bellway will add further value and create a 
positive outcome for our stakeholders over the long term. 

John Tutte
Chair

16 October 2023

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

29

 
Strategic Report

Chief Executive’s Market and Operational Review

Strong long-term 
fundamentals

Bellway’s focus on traditional two-storey family housing attracts 
a wide range of customers, with underlying demand for our 
high-quality homes partly supported by wage growth and low 
levels of unemployment throughout the year.”

Jason Honeyman
Group Chief Executive

Market 
Bellway’s focus on traditional two-storey family housing 
attracts a wide range of customers, with underlying demand 
for our high-quality homes partly supported by wage 
growth and low levels of unemployment throughout the 
year. Notwithstanding the broader market requirement 
for new homes, trading conditions were challenging, with 
cost-of-living pressures and both higher and more volatile 
mortgage interest rates leading to significant variations in 
reservation rates.

A slower than usual start to the financial year was followed by 
a period of challenging trading in the autumn of 2022, when 
sales rates were impacted by sharp increases in borrowing 
costs. By early 2023, mortgage interest rates began to 
moderate, and we were encouraged by the levels of demand 
during the spring selling season. By June and July, however, 
there were further rises in borrowing costs for customers 
and the resulting uncertainty and pressure on affordability 
impacted customer confidence and reservation rates through 
the summer. 

The overall reservation rate was 28.4% lower than the prior 
year at an average of 156 per week (2022 – 218) and, to help 
mitigate weaker private demand, we continued with our 
programme of accelerating the construction of social homes. 
The average private weekly reservation rate reduced by 
35.9% to 109 (2022 – 170), representing a private reservation 
rate per site per week of 0.46 (2022 – 0.70). The overall 
cancellation rate rose to an average of 18% (2022 – 13%), 
with the increase largely driven by softer private customer 
demand in the autumn and summer, when mortgage 
interest rates were at their highest levels.

The Group operated from an average of 238 outlets (2022 
– 242) with a closing position of 240 outlets (2022 – 235), 
broadly in line with our expectations. Outlet growth during 
the year has been achieved because of our front-footed 
approach to investment prior to financial year 2023, and 
has been secured notwithstanding a challenging planning 
environment, which is fraught with delays.

In general, there remains good availability of mortgage 
products, although lenders’ re-pricing activity in response to 
changes in the Bank of England base rate has affected the 
shorter-term availability of mortgage finance at certain points 
during the year. Affordability has been impacted by the increase 
in mortgage interest rates, which more than offset the effect 
of wage increases. Consequently, while average mortgage 
payments as a percentage of take-home pay are currently 
within historical norms, they remain elevated compared to the 
levels over the last decade and we expect this to continue to 
weigh on reservation rates in the near-term. 

During the year we have continued to see relatively 
healthy levels of underlying demand from second-time 
buyers, which accounted for 63.8% of private reservations 
(2022 – 59.4%). The impact of rising interest rates, however, 
has been particularly acute for customers requiring a higher 
loan-to-value mortgage, and for first-time buyers this has 
been exacerbated by the expiry of Help-to-Buy in England 
in March 2023. Sales to investors have remained low and 
represented around 1% of total reservations (2022 – 1%). 
In the year ahead, to support construction programmes and 
operational efficiency, the Group will continue to consider 
investor sales on a disciplined basis, particularly at larger sites 
and slower selling outlets.

Overall headline pricing remained robust across our 
regions, although the rise in customer borrowing costs in 
the year has required our sales teams to increase the use 
of targeted incentives on certain sites to secure reservations. 
The use of selling incentives generally increased through 
the summer of 2023 and in order to encourage further 
sales, we expect this trend to continue in the current financial 
year. Customer demand was generally more resilient where 
affordability remains good in the context of the local market and 
in areas with healthy employment levels. These factors, together 
with our land investment in recent years, have particularly 
benefitted our divisions in Manchester, the East Midlands 
and Northern Homes Counties, which were notable 
strong performers.

30

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
Strong land bank provides near-term flexibility 
and a platform for long-term volume growth
Bellway has a strong and high-quality land bank which 
has enabled our land teams to remain highly selective in 
the current economic environment, without hindering the 
Group’s long-term growth ambitions. The land bank has been 
enhanced in recent years by the proactive investment in new 
sites from the summer of 2020, when overall activity in the 
land market was depressed following the onset of COVID-19.

Given the cyclical nature of the housebuilding industry, 
maintaining Bellway’s financial strength forms the foundation 
of our capital allocation policy, and enables the Group to 
swiftly respond to attractive land opportunities when they 
arise. Ongoing disciplined investment in land will be essential 
to achieving our strategic priority of long-term volume 
growth, and our value-driven approach to capital allocation 
is regularly reviewed by the Board to ensure an optimal 
balance between land investment and capital returns.

Our cautious and targeted approach to investment and 
rigorous approval process remains focused on securing land 
interests which offer compelling and enhanced financial 
returns and where possible, have significant flexibility in 
the contract terms. There is a well-established Group-wide 
oversight for land approval at Bellway which ensures we 
focus our investment resource in the areas of strongest 
demand. As part of this disciplined process, all contracted 
sites are assessed by our divisional teams and again by the 
Group’s Head Office land acquisition team, which in order to 
optimise the margin, challenges acquisition assumptions and 
reviews layouts and engineering designs.

Bellway’s experienced land teams continue to engage 
with vendors although, as previously guided, overall plots 
contracted have been significantly lower than the prior two 
financial years. During the year, the Group contracted to 
purchase 4,715 plots4 (2022 – 19,089 plots) across 35 sites4 
(2022 – 107 sites) with a total contract value of £378.2 million4 
(2022 – £1,300.3 million). We have also continued to review 
previously contracted land and decided not to proceed with 
the purchase of 886 plots across 4 previously approved sites.

The table below analyses the Group’s land holdings: 

DPP: plots with implementable detailed 
planning permission

Pipeline: plots pending an 
implementable DPP

Bellway owned and controlled plots

Bellway share of land owned and controlled 
by joint ventures

Total owned and controlled plots

Strategic land holdings
Total land bank5

2023

2022

32,229 32,344

21,400 28,800

53,629

61,144

935

962

54,564 62,106

43,600 35,600

98,164 97,706

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

A street scene from our Parson Croft development in Hull.

Since the early stages of the COVID-19 pandemic, the planning 
system has been impacted by staffing and resource shortages 
at local authorities and exacerbated by the uncertainty 
caused by the proposed reforms to the Government’s 
National Planning Policy Framework. In addition to these 
delays, the sector has been tasked with accommodating the 
increasing regulations around water and nutrient neutrality, 
and biodiversity. Bellway’s Head of Biodiversity is leading on 
this area and working with our land teams to help the Group 
navigate the associated complexities.

As noted earlier, the Group operated from an average of 
238 outlets in the year (2022 – 242) with 240 active outlets at 
31 July 2023 (2022 – 235). Reflecting the robust volume output 
and lower level of land buying during the year, Bellway’s 
owned and controlled land bank has decreased yet remains 
strong at 53,629 plots (2022 – 61,144 plots). This represents a 
land bank length of 4.9 years (2022 – 5.5 years) when based 
on the last 12 months’ legal completions.

Within our land bank we have 32,229 plots (2022 – 32,344 
plots) with an implementable detailed planning permission 
(‘DPP’) and our pipeline land bank comprises 21,400 plots 
(2022 – 28,800 plots). The reduction in the number of pipeline 
plots reflects our lower land activity and several pipeline sites 
receiving an implementable DPP in the year. As the Group’s 
pipeline plots achieve planning permission, they will provide 
further support for our plans to grow outlet numbers in the 
years ahead.

We have good visibility on the expected timing of near-term 
planning decisions and, notwithstanding the risks of further 
planning delays in the run up to next year’s General Election, 
we currently expect to open up to 80 new outlets (2023 – 70) 
in financial year 2024. Overall, the Group is well-positioned to 
increase the average number of outlets by around 3% during 
the year to 31 July 2024, with the outcome also dependent on 
sales rates and therefore the number of outlets closing during 
the year.

The proactive and disciplined land investment in recent years 
positions us well to help offset planning headwinds and begin 
to reverse the reduction in outlet numbers that has affected 
the wider industry. This will help mitigate the effects of a 
slower sales market and we are targeting a further increase in 
outlet numbers by the end of financial year 2025 and beyond.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

31

 
Strategic Report

Chief Executive’s Market and Operational Review continued

Overall, the depth of our land bank will allow the Group to 
continue with a highly selective approach to land buying in the 
year ahead. We will remain cautiously active by assessing sites 
with compelling returns, however, given the uncertain market 
backdrop we currently expect to contract a limited number of 
plots in financial year 2024. We will maintain financial discipline 
and as we demonstrated in summer 2020, our balance sheet 
strength also provides the Group with the flexibility to respond 
to changes in the market, increase investment and capitalise 
on growth opportunities when they arise.

Strategic land investment to further support our 
long-term growth ambitions 
There has been further growth in our strategic land bank 
during the year, which has enhanced our overall land supply 
for a relatively low initial capital outlay. Bellway’s longer-term 
land opportunities are primarily sourced through option 
agreements by the Group’s dedicated strategic land function, 
with commercial terms that will reflect future market values 
and conditions, while also allowing for prevailing planning 
policy requirements at the time of acquisition.

The Group’s experienced strategic land team is focused on 
promoting and delivering sustainable sites through the planning 
system, and is adept at navigating emerging planning policies 
and other legislative changes. To complement our team of 
land specialists, Bellway also has an ongoing programme of 
structured graduate training which will ensure the continued 
success of the function.

Our land sourcing was enhanced in October 2022 when the 
Group completed the acquisition of a strategic land company, 
focused on the South East and Midlands regions. The total 
consideration was £25.4 million and as part of the transaction, 
Bellway acquired promotion agreements in relation to around 
6,000 potential plots. During the year and including the 
benefit of this acquisition, the Group entered into option and 
promotion agreements to buy 71 sites (2022 – 46 sites). As at 
31 July 2023 the strategic land bank comprised 43,600 plots 
(2022 – 35,600 plots) and has grown by around 60% over the 
last three years (31 July 2020 – 27,300 plots).

Overall, the Group’s ongoing investment in strategic 
land continues to provide balance sheet efficiency and 
financial flexibility through the use of option and promotion 
agreements, while also supporting our longer-term growth 
prospects, with plots usually expected to obtain planning 
permission over a period of five years or more. 

Range of brands for our broad customer base
Bellway continues to operate under three distinctive 
brands – Bellway, Ashberry and Bellway London. Our core 
Bellway brand remains the foundation of the business and 
contributed 83.8% of legal completions (2022 – 83.7%). 

Ashberry is primarily used on larger sites, alongside our 
Bellway brand, where there is capacity and market demand 
for two selling outlets. The use of two brands provides 
customers with greater choice through a wider range of 
elevations and internal layouts. This can drive higher sales 
rates and RoCE, while also acting as a mitigant to slower 
market conditions. Reflecting this approach, Ashberry 
represented a growing proportion of our active selling 
sites during 2023 and was used in 11.2% of completions 
(2022 – 8.6%).

32

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Bellway London is marketed as a standalone brand for 
our operations across the Capital where our product 
range, specification and customer approach to buying a 
home differs to other parts of the country. The Group has 
intentionally reduced its London exposure in recent years due 
to relative affordability constraints, and the brand contributed 
5.0% of completions (2022 – 7.7%), the large majority of which 
were apartments. Our strategy in London remains focused 
on the more affordable outer transport zones and, primarily 
due to changes in mix, the total average selling price of 
our Bellway London completions reduced to £347,669 
(2022 – £389,684), an affordable level in the context of the 
Capital’s residential market.

Production and cost control
During the year, average overall build cost inflation was in 
the range of 9% to 10%, with the increase driven by both 
labour and materials. We experienced upward pressure on 
subcontract labour costs, reflecting both underlying wage 
inflation and the elevated level of construction activity 
required to deliver our robust volume output. Overall materials 
inflation was also driven by building materials manufacturers’ 
own labour cost pressures together with the pass through of 
previously elevated energy prices. In the second half of the 
financial year, the combined effect of the fall in energy costs 
from their peak in summer 2022 and lower industry order 
books led to a slight moderation in cost rises. 

Bellway has well-established relationships with its supply 
chain and subcontract partners and together with our 
strong commercial disciplines and controlled approach to 
production expenditure, some of the underlying build cost 
pressures have been alleviated. The Group’s programme 
of accelerating the construction of social homes has also 
provided good visibility on pipeline work and remained 
beneficial when negotiating new labour and materials pricing. 

The increased use of our Artisan Collection house-types has 
delivered a range of benefits across the Group, including 
improved site layouts, national procurement deals and our 
subcontractors becoming more familiar with the range. To drive 
further efficiency, and reflecting several value-engineering 
initiatives, we have rationalised the Artisan range since its 
launch in 2018 and the house-types have been plotted 
across a total of 49,000 plots (2022 – 43,000 plots) on 355 
developments (2022 – 295 developments). As a result of this 
approach, the proportion of Artisan homes within Group 
completions rose to 45% of total completions in financial 
year 2023 (2022 – 26%) and we expect further growth in the 
current year. As part of our strategy, we are also increasing 
the use of timber-frame construction across the Group, further 
details of which are covered in the ‘Better with Bellway’ 
section of this report.

The industry-wide reduction in reservation rates and order 
books has impacted demand for construction materials and 
as the year progressed, this resulted in an improving trend of 
product availability across the Group. Bellway’s experienced 
procurement teams continue to work closely with our 
wide range of supply chain partners, and where necessary, 
we have sourced alternative products whilst maintaining the 
high standard of our homes.

Homes at Bellway’s Whitehouse Park development in Milton 
Keynes, Buckinghamshire.

Since early 2023, build cost inflation has moderated and 
the visibility on costs has also improved as, following a 
period of temporary energy surcharges and short-term price 
fluctuations, many suppliers are reintroducing normalised 
fixed price periods of between 9 and 12 months. As weaker 
industry sales rates continue to feed through to lower levels 
of construction activity, the Group expects overall build cost 
pressures to ease further in the months ahead.

Beyond this financial year, as the industry works towards 
building to the requirements of the Future Homes Standard, 
our Artisan Collection standard house-types and centralised 
approach to design, procurement and site layout reviews will 
continue to help the Group maintain efficiency and mitigate 
cost pressures.

To protect the long-term health of the business, we continue 
to focus on maintaining balance sheet resilience and 
tight control over production expenditure. As previously 
announced, given the weaker trading backdrop, we 
have taken steps to reduce headcount across the Group, 
which has unfortunately led to job redundancies and the 
closure of two divisional offices. As part of this process, 
the sites of the closed divisions have been transferred to 
neighbouring divisions, where their ongoing development 
will be managed by our experienced teams. Importantly, 
these changes will not compromise the Group’s ability to 
return to growth when trading conditions improve.

Recent trading
The combination of strong volume output and lower 
reservation rates during the year led to a reduction 
in the value of the forward order book at 31 July 2023. 
This comprised 4,411 homes (2022 – 7,223 homes) 
and had decreased in value by 43.6% to £1,193.5 million2 
(2022 – £2,114.3 million).

Since the start of the new financial year customer demand 
continues to be affected by mortgage affordability 
constraints, with reservations below the comparative rates 
in the prior year. Overall, headline pricing has remained 
firm, although targeted incentives continue to be used to 
attract customers and secure reservations.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

In the nine weeks since 1 August, overall weekly reservations 
were 133 per week (1 August to 2 October 2022 – 191) and 
the private reservation rate was 99 per week (1 August to 
2 October 2022 – 136). The private reservation rate includes a 
bulk disposal to a private rental sector investor, on compelling 
financial terms, comprising 71 homes (1 August to 2 October 
2022 – nil). The private reservation rate per site per week 
in the period was 0.41 (1 August to 2 October 2022 – 0.58), 
including a contribution of 0.03 (1 August to 2 October 
2022 – nil) from the bulk disposal. 

Reflecting recent trading and our construction programmes, 
the forward order book has increased slightly since the 
financial year end and comprised 4,636 homes as at 
1 October (2 October 2022 – 7,257 homes), of which 71% 
were exchanged (2 October 2022 – 71%). The order book 
had a value of £1,232.3 million2 as at 1 October (2 October 
2022 – £2,093.8 million).

Outlook
The stubborn inflationary environment and resulting increase 
in mortgage interest rates over the last year continues to 
impact affordability and customer demand. Against this 
backdrop, Bellway is well-placed to deliver growth in outlets, 
however, given the reduced order book and prevailing lower 
reservation rates, there will be a material reduction in volume 
output in the current financial year.

Based on an average weekly private reservation rate of 0.46 
achieved in financial year 2023, the Group is targeting to 
deliver completions of around 7,500 homes (2023 – 10,945 
homes), and to end the year with a higher order book 
(2023 – 4,411 homes) to serve as a platform for a return to 
growth in financial year 2025. The Board notes however, 
that a wider than usual range of outcomes are possible, 
and the final volume outturn will depend on the trajectory 
of mortgage interest rates and the strength of demand in 
the autumn and spring selling seasons. 

While current trading is challenging, we have been encouraged 
by the more recent fall in UK Consumer Price Inflation. If this 
trend continues, there are grounds for cautious optimism that 
this could lead to a moderation in mortgage interest rates and 
an improvement in customer demand.

Over the long term, Bellway’s divisional structure has significant 
capacity to deliver sustainable volume growth. The Group’s 
balance sheet and operational strengths combined with the 
depth of our land bank provide an excellent platform for Bellway 
to capitalise on future growth opportunities when they arise, 
and to ensure ongoing value creation for our shareholders.

Jason Honeyman
Group Chief Executive

16 October 2023

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

33

 
Strategic Report

Group Finance Director’s Review

Focused on stable 
value creation

The Group’s commercial disciplines and proactive management 
of site-based overheads helped mitigate some of the headwinds 
faced in the challenging operating environment during the year.” 

Keith Adey 
Group Finance Director

Group revenue (£m)
£3,406.6m
(3.7%)

3,536.8

3,406.6

3,122.5

Total dividend per ordinary share (p)
140.0p
-%

140.0

140.0

117.5

Operating profit (£m)
£505.3m
+63.5%

Operating margin (%)(2)
14.8%
+610bps

Profit before taxation (£m)
£483.0m
+58.8%

Earnings per ordinary share (p)
297.7p
+51.2%

2021

2022

2023

479.7

505.3

309.0

2021

2022

2023

15.4

14.8

8.7

2021

2022

2023

479.0

483.0

304.2

2021

2022

2023

316.9

297.7

196.9

Underlying operating profit (£m)(2)(3)
£543.9m
(16.7%)

R

Underlying operating margin (%)(2)(3)
16.0%
(250bps)

Underlying profit before taxation (£m)(2)(3)
£532.6m
(18.1%)

Underlying earnings per
ordinary share (p)(2)(3)
328.1p
(22.0%)

2021

2022

2023

653.2

531.5

543.9

2021

2022

2023

18.5

16.0

17.0

2021

2022

2023

650.4

530.8

532.6

2021

2022

2023

420.8

350.9

328.1

2021

2022

2023

2021

2022

2023

34

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading performance
In a challenging market, the Group has delivered robust 
housing revenue of £3,396.3 million (2022 – £3,520.6 million), 
representing a 3.5% reduction on the prior year. Other revenue 
was £10.3 million (2022 – £16.2 million) and comprises ancillary 
items such as a land sale, commercial sales and management 
fee income earned on our joint venture schemes. 
Total revenue was 3.7% lower at £3,406.6 million (2022 – 
£3,536.8 million).

The table below shows the number and average selling price 
of homes completed in the year, analysed geographically, 
between private and social homes:

Homes sold (number)

Private

Social

Total

North

South

Group

2023

2022

2023

4,453

3,713

8,166

4,637

4,503

9,140

1,020

1,759

2,779

2022

817

1,241

5,473

5,472

2,058 10,945

5,454

5,744

11,198

2023

2022

Average selling price (£000)

Private

Social

Total

North

South

Group

2023

331.1

392.4

359.0

2022

312.1

387.3

349.1

2023

131.7

188.0

167.3

2022

118.7

187.5

160.2

2023

293.9

326.7

310.3

2022

283.1

344.1

314.4

Volume output was supported by the strong order book at the 
start of the financial year, and notwithstanding the reduction 
in reservation rates during the year, total completions reduced 
by only 2.3% to 10,945 homes (2022 – 11,198). Due to our build 
programmes and relative affordability constraints affecting 
customer demand in some areas in the South, the Group’s 
private output in this region reduced by 17.5% to 3,713 homes 
(2022 – 4,503 homes). Overall private output reduced by 10.7% 
to 8,166 homes (2022 – 9,140 homes) and was partly offset 
by the accelerated construction of social housing homes. 
This resulted in the proportion of social completions increasing 
to 25.4% of the total (2022 – 18.4%). We have good visibility on 
our near-term build programmes and given the lower private 
order book and prevailing sales rates, we expect a further 
increase in the proportion of social homes in the current 
financial year.

The Group’s volume output had a broadly even contribution 
from divisions located in the North and South of the country. 
Each of our four strongest operating divisions delivered 
in excess of 700 completions, all of which demonstrated 
the capability of a well-run, mature division. While total 
completions will be lower in the current financial year, all our 
divisions have capacity for future growth and Bellway’s high-
quality land bank and experienced teams will help to drive a 
recovery in volume output over the medium term.

The overall average selling price was £310,306 (2022 – £314,399), 
and this modest 1.3% reduction was primarily driven by the 
lower proportion of private completions. The overall average 
selling price in the year ending 31 July 2024 is currently 
expected to be around £295,000 with the moderation from 
the level in the prior year reflecting a further increase in the 
proportion of social homes and a continued use of incentives, 
together with geographic and mix changes.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Underlying operating performance
The Group’s commercial disciplines and proactive 
management of site-based overheads helped mitigate 
some of the headwinds faced in the challenging operating 
environment during the year. Notwithstanding this, the impact 
of build cost inflation, extended site durations because of 
slower reservation rates and the increased use of targeted 
sales incentives led to a 210 basis point reduction in the 
underlying gross margin to 20.2%2,3 (2022 – 22.3%). As a result, 
underlying gross profit decreased by 12.7% to £687.3 million2,3 
(2022 – £787.0 million).

Other operating income and expenses, which net to an 
expense of £1.2 million (2022 – £0.2 million net income), relate to 
the running of our part-exchange programme. Part-exchange 
activity remained low and was used for only 1.7% of completions 
(2022 – 1.1%), with a balance sheet investment as at 31 July 
2023 of £18.0 million (2022 – £5.4 million). The Group has strong 
controls around the use of part-exchange as a selling tool, and 
we have the financial capacity to increase its use in the year 
ahead, in a disciplined manner, if market conditions require it.

The administrative expense was £142.2 million (2022 – 
£134.0 million), and the increase of 6.1% reflects underlying cost 
inflation, rises in pay and employee benefits and a full year of 
overhead costs for our Building Safety division. As a proportion 
of revenue, administrative expenses were 4.2%2 (2022 – 3.8%).

Given the uncertain outlook, we have a conducted a review 
of overheads during the year and continued with a freeze on 
recruitment. Two operating divisions have also been closed 
as part of our wider workforce planning, and it is anticipated 
that this difficult decision will result in a headcount reduction 
across the Group of around 5%. In the current financial year, 
we will maintain a sharp focus on costs, and due to ongoing 
underlying cost and salary inflation, we expect full year 
administrative expenses to be similar to the prior year.

The underlying operating margin for the full year decreased 
by 250 basis points to 16.0%2,3 (2022 – 18.5%). In the near term, 
we anticipate headwinds from lower volume output, ongoing 
pressures of cost inflation and the use of sales incentives to 
persist. Overall, we expect these factors, together with the 
effect of extended site durations, to lead to a reduction in the 
underlying operating margin2,3 of at least 600 basis points 
in the current financial year.

As future growth opportunities arise, overhead recovery will 
improve, and we will continue with our disciplined approach 
to land investment and cost management. Together with the 
support of stable conditions in the housing market, the Board 
believes an underlying operating margin in the mid-to high-
teens2,3 is sustainable over the longer-term.

Adjusting item: Net legacy building safety expense
Bellway continues to act responsibly with regards to building 
and resident safety, and this is reflected by the significant 
resource and funding the Group has committed to remediate 
its legacy apartments.

During the year, the Group signed the SRT with the DLUHC 
and has been confirmed as a member of the RAS by the 
DLUHC. We have also signed up to the Welsh Government 
Building Safety Developer Remediation Pact and the Scottish 
Safer Buildings Accord, reinforcing our responsible UK-wide 
approach to legacy building safety. 

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

35

 
Strategic Report

Group Finance Director’s Review continued

In total, for the year ended 31 July 2023 Bellway set aside a 
net £49.6 million (2022 – £346.2 million) for legacy building 
safety improvements. The table below shows the primary 
components of the net adjusting charge, split by half year 
and together with the full prior year comparative:

SRT and associated review – 
cost of sales expense

SRT and associated review – 
cost of sales recoveries

Structural defects – cost of 
sales expense

Net cost of sales

SRT and associated review – 
finance expenses

Total net legacy building 
safety expense

H1 2023
£m

H2 2023
£m

FY 2023
£m

FY 2022
£m

53.0

5.1

58.1

347.0

(50.0)

–

(50.0)

(2.8)

–

3.0

30.5

35.6

30.5

–

38.6 344.2

3.2

7.8

11.0

2.0

6.2

43.4

49.6 346.2

In the first half of financial year 2023, the Group recognised 
a net adjusting charge of £6.2 million, including one-off cost 
recoveries of £50.0 million which had been pursued for 
several years across a number of sites. In the second half, 
the net adjusting charge was £43.4 million and included an 
adjusting finance expense of £7.8 million which was in line 
with previous guidance.

The second half charge includes £35.6 million provided 
through cost of sales, of which £5.1 million reflects the 
refinement of overall cost estimates in relation to the SRT 
and associated review. It also comprises a £30.5 million 
structural defects provision in relation to an isolated design 
issue identified with the reinforced concrete frame of an 
apartment scheme built 12 years ago in Greenwich, London. 
We intend to seek recoveries from the entities involved in 
the development of the Greenwich apartment scheme, 
however, given the complexity of this process, these have 
not yet been recognised as an asset.

The Group is carrying out a review of other buildings 
constructed by, or on behalf of Bellway, where the same 
third parties responsible for the design of the frame in the 
Greenwich development have been involved. To date, 
no other similar design issues with reinforced concrete 
frames have been identified.

The total amount Bellway has set aside for legacy buildings 
in England, Scotland and Wales since 2017 is £613.3 million, 
with a remaining provision of £508.2 million at 31 July 2023. 
Costs have been provided regardless of whether Bellway still 
retains ownership of the freehold interest in the building or 
whether warranty providers have a responsibility to carry out 
remedial works.

The development of remediation strategies is a complex 
exercise, involving many third parties, and there is often a 
requirement to obtain planning and regulatory approval 
before works commence. Against this backdrop and despite 
the changes to regulations through the year, the Group’s 
dedicated Building Safety division has made further progress 
with remediation. Work is now completed on 9 developments, 
underway on 12 developments and works are due to 
commence on a further 2 developments in the first half of 
the current financial year.

36

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Looking ahead, while the precise timings of cash outflows for 
building safety improvements are uncertain, the SRT has set 
out the standards required for internal and external works on 
legacy buildings, therefore providing greater clarity for future 
remediation. In the current financial year, we anticipate a cash 
outflow for building safety to be in the range of £60 million to 
£80 million (2022 – £32.9 million).

Bellway has a strong, well-capitalised balance sheet with net 
cash of £232.0 million2, a net asset value of £3,461.6 million 
and committed debt facilities of £530 million as at 31 July 
2023. In this regard, the Group is well-placed to meet 
its commitments for legacy building remediation and 
importantly, the expected level and timings of the costs 
will not be detrimental to our long-term strategic priorities.

Operating profit
After taking the cost of sales adjusting items into 
consideration, total operating profit increased by 63.5% 
to £505.3 million (2022 – £309.0 million).

Net finance expense
The net finance expense was £20.9 million2 (2022 – 
£14.1 million) and comprises an underlying net interest 
expense of £9.9 million2,3 (2022 – £12.1 million) and as 
highlighted earlier, an adjusting finance expense of 
£11.0 million (2022 – £2.0 million) in relation to the unwinding 
of the discount on the SRT and associated review provision. 
During the year, a higher discount rate was applied to the 
provision due to the rise in gilt rates, and this was the primary 
driver of the increase in the adjusting finance expense.

The underlying net finance expense principally includes 
notional interest on land acquired on deferred terms, interest 
on the Group’s fully drawn US Private Placement (‘USPP’) loan 
notes and bank interest. Notional interest on land acquired on 
deferred terms was £13.1 million (2022 – £7.3 million), with the 
increase largely reflecting the rise in interest rates. The interest 
charge on the fixed rate USPP debt was £3.4 million (2022 
– £3.4 million). Net bank interest income, which includes 
interest receivable on cash balances, commitment fees and 
refinancing costs, was £4.4 million (2022 – £2.0 million net 
expense) and again, this reflects the rise in interest rates 
in the period.

Based on prevailing interest rates, the net underlying interest 
expense in financial year 2024 is currently expected to be 
around £10 million2,3.

The adjusting finance expense in relation to the discount 
unwind of the legacy building safety improvements provision 
is subject to a range of assumptions, and based on the 31 July 
2023 forward looking discount rate, we currently anticipate 
an adjusting expense of under £10 million in the first half 
of financial year 2024. The expense in the second half of 
the year will, in part, be dependent upon the movement 
in gilt rates.

Share of results of joint ventures
Our share of loss from joint ventures was £1.4 million 
(2022 – £9.3 million share of profit). The movement in the 
year primarily reflected a lower number of completions as a 
previously active development came to an end. In the year to 
31 July 2024, we anticipate a modest loss of around £4 million 
for our share of results from joint ventures, with this driven 
by higher interest rates on a longer-term scheme. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Profit before taxation
Underlying profit before taxation was 18.1% lower at 
£532.6 million2,3 (2022 – £650.4 million). Reported profit 
before taxation increased by 58.8% to £483.0 million 
(2022 – £304.2 million), with the decrease in underlying 
profitability more than offset by the lower net legacy 
building safety expense in the year. 

Taxation
The income tax expense was £118.0 million (2022 – £61.6 million), 
reflecting an effective tax rate of 24.4% (2022 – 20.2%). 
The effective tax rate increased in the period, following the full 
year effect of the Residential Property Developer Tax (‘RPDT’), 
which was introduced in April 2022 and charged at a rate of 
4% of relevant taxable profits. 

In addition, the increase in the standard rate of UK corporation 
tax to 25% in April 2023 has contributed to the rise in the tax 
rate and its full year effect means that the Group’s effective tax 
rate is expected to approach 29% in financial year 2024.

Profit for the year
The underlying profit for the year decreased by 22.4%, 
to £402.2 million2,3 (2022 – £518.5 million) and underlying 
earnings per share was 22.0% lower at 328.1p2,3 (2022 – 420.8p).

After considering taxation charged at the increased effective 
rate and the lower net legacy building safety expense, 
reported profit for the year rose by 50.5% to £365.0 million 
(2022 – £242.6 million). Basic earnings per share (‘EPS’) 
increased by 51.2% to 297.7p (2022 – 196.9p).

Net cash and financial position
Bellway has maintained a strong balance sheet and ended the 
year with net cash of £232.0 million2 (2022 – £245.3 million), 
representing an ungeared2 position (2022 – ungeared). 
Average net cash was £192.0 million2 (2022 – £223.9 million), 
demonstrating the resilience of the financial position 
throughout the year.

Cash expenditure on land, including payment of land creditors, 
was £467 million (2022 – £1,090 million), primarily comprising 
cash payments on contracts approved in the previous two 
financial years. Committed land obligations remain modest and 
following further analysis of the Group’s land creditor contracts, 
we now assess the year-end balance to be £368.8 million 
(2022 – £393.4 million). This represents low adjusted gearing, 
inclusive of land creditors, of only 4.0%2 (2022 – 4.4%).

In addition to the net cash position, the Group has access to 
significant levels of committed, medium and long-term debt 
finance, totalling £530 million. This comprises undrawn bank 
facilities of £400 million and £130 million of fully drawn sterling 
USPP loan notes, which have maturity dates that extend in 
tranches to February 2031. We remain focused on preserving 
Bellway’s balance sheet resilience and notwithstanding a 
lower anticipated volume output and profit, we expect to 
maintain an average net cash balance in the year ahead. 

Strong balance sheet 
The Group’s well-capitalised balance sheet principally 
comprises amounts invested in land and work-in-progress, 
with total inventories increasing by 3.4% to £4,575.6 million 
(2022 – £4,423.6 million). The carrying value of land was 
7.5% lower at £2,578.8 million (2022 – £2,786.4 million) and 
the reduction was primarily driven by a fall in the number of 

pipeline plots, following a period of lower land activity and 
several pipeline sites gaining an implementable detailed 
planning permission during the year.

Work-in-progress increased by 22.1% to £1,861.6 million 
(2022 – £1,524.8 million) with the higher balance reflecting 
underlying build cost inflation and our investment in site 
infrastructure and early-stage foundation work, in preparation 
for site openings in the year ahead. While this provides a 
platform for outlet growth to help mitigate a slower sales 
market, work-in-progress rose to 54.8% (2022 – 43.3%) as 
a proportion of housing revenue, and we expect a further 
increase in the current financial year, principally due to an 
anticipated lower volume output.

In relation to its legacy, defined benefit pension scheme, 
the Group had a retirement benefit asset of £2.5 million 
(2022 – £7.1 million) at 31 July 2023, reflecting an ongoing 
commitment to fund this future, long-term obligation. 

Ongoing value creation
During the year, the Group’s net asset value rose by 2.8% 
to £3,461.6 million (2022 – £3,367.8 million). The increase was 
mainly driven by profit for the year of £365.0 million being 
partly offset by cash dividend payments of £171.7 million, 
and after accounting for the £100 million irrevocable share 
buyback programme announced on 28 March 2023. 
The uplift in net asset value combined with the effect of the 
share buybacks undertaken during the year resulted in a 5.3% 
increase in NAV per share to 2,871p2 (2022 – 2,727p).

The Board recognises the value creation opportunity 
presented by additional share buybacks and reflecting our 
disciplined approach to capital allocation, we will continue to 
review the Group’s cash requirements as trading evolves in 
the year ahead. 

Underlying post-tax return on equity was 11.7%2,3 (2022 – 15.4%) 
and underlying RoCE was 15.8%2,3 (2022 – 19.4%), or 14.3%2,3 
(2022 – 17.4%) when including land creditors as part of the 
capital base. The moderation in these returns metrics was 
predominantly driven by the lower underlying operating 
margin, and a further reduction is expected in the current 
financial year given an anticipated lower volume output and 
underlying operating profit. Looking beyond the near-term 
and given Bellway’s financial strength and high-quality land 
bank, the Board is confident that through improvements in 
both asset turn and operating margin, the Group can deliver 
a normalised, longer-term recovery in underlying RoCE to 
between 15%2,3 and 20%2,3.

Over the longer-term, our current land bank alongside 
disciplined investment in new land is essential to drive 
volume output, to ensure the continued success of the 
Group and to generate NAV growth. To support this future 
investment, we will maintain our financial strength and the 
Board remains sharply focused on delivering against the 
Group’s strategic priorities to generate ongoing value creation 
for shareholders. 

Keith Adey
Group Finance Director

16 October 2023

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

37

 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Overview

A responsible and  
sustainable approach 
to our business

Bellway has been building exceptional quality new homes throughout the UK for more than 75 years, 
creating outstanding properties and communities in desirable locations. We operate in a responsible 
and sustainable way, but also recognise the growing importance of understanding the impact our 
business has.

Our flagship  
business priorities

Better with Bellway vision

Customers and 
Communities

   Read about how we are 
engaging in our communities 
on pages 43 and 44. 

Mapping key 
sustainability topics with 
business priorities

People 

Customer First

Diversity and 
Inclusion

Building Safely

Upskilling 
Workforce

Customers 
and 
Communities

Employer  
of Choice 

Putting customers 
and communities 
at the heart of 
everything we do.

Creating an 
environment that 
our colleagues 
can thrive in.

Building 
Quality  
Homes, Safely

Quality and safety 
first for everyone.

Business priorities

38

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Planet

We place sustainability at the heart of our business, it is 
fully integrated into our day-to-day and long-term business 
strategy. Our Better with Bellway strategy, which launched 
in March 2022, embodies our approach to responsible 
and sustainable business practice, with our eight strategic 
business priorities designed to help Bellway thrive, now and 
into the future. They put our long-term commitment to 
responsible and sustainable practice at the core of our 
operational strategy. 

Our sustainable approach is a key part of our business 
strategy. It is what we do daily, ‘putting people and the planet 
first’. Putting people first is about building quality homes, safely, 
and extending that commitment to safety and sustainability 

into the supply chain, we work closely with our partners to 
achieve this. Fundraising for charities and encouraging our 
colleagues to volunteer puts people and community at the 
heart of our business.

Putting the planet first means delivering on our commitment 
to build low carbon homes, reducing our own carbon 
footprint and considering our customers’ carbon footprint. 
We rethink and reduce our use of resources to avoid waste, 
minimise energy and water usage whilst also sourcing 
materials responsibly. It also means taking a positive 
view of biodiversity so that our developments can leave 
a lasting legacy.

Employer of Choice

   Read about our commitment to 
being a diverse and inclusive 
employer on pages 46 and 47.

Carbon Reduction

   Read about the work we have 
started to deliver lower carbon 
and energy efficient homes on 
pages 49 to 52.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

People 

Planet

Modern 
Slavery

Charitable 
Giving

Low Carbon 
Homes

Resource 
Efficiency

Biodiversity

Responsible 
Sourcing

Carbon 
Footprint

Sustainable 
Supply Chain 

Charitable 
Engagement 

Carbon 
Reduction 

Resource 
Efficiency 

Biodiversity 

Driving 
sustainability 
through long-
term partnerships.

Giving, to build 
better lives.

Delivering low 
carbon homes.

Designing 
out waste by 
building better.

Protecting and  
preserving nature.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

39

 
 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Overview continued

Sustainability strategy
We initially reviewed our corporate responsibility in 2021, 
with the objective of creating an integrated strategy that 
would go above and beyond the traditional Environmental, 
Social and Governance (‘ESG’) and corporate responsibility 
topics, to align itself with our commercial strategy. This helped 
us form our Better with Bellway strategy. Using the results from 
a materiality assessment and strategic analysis, we identified 
the key strategic sustainability themes for the business.

A full summary of the work undertaken to help us form this 
strategy can be viewed in our Better with Bellway strategy 
report available on our website (sustainability.bellwayplc.co.uk). 

The Better with Bellway strategy addresses our key sustainability 
risks and opportunities, enabling us to set ambitious goals and 
KPIs to help drive and embed sustainability within Bellway, 
and continuing to build stakeholder trust.

To ensure the strategy is fully integrated into Bellway’s 
business operations, we have framed it around our Better 
with Bellway vision of putting people and the planet first. 
Sustainability issues are grouped under key business priority 
areas where we can make the most positive difference in 
terms of sustainable and responsible business practices.

Reporting frameworks
We have developed the Better with Bellway targets and 
KPIs with a view to meeting the requirements of two ESG 
reporting frameworks that were identified as most relevant 
to our investors:

•  Sustainable Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’), see pages 

91 to 95 for further detail; and

•  United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (‘SDGs’), 

integrated into this section under each business 
priority area. 

This will provide investors with greater clarity of Bellway’s 
sustainability strategy and credentials and, while we accept 
that there are some areas for improvement where we have yet 
to set a relevant target or KPI, Better with Bellway is designed 
to be an evolving strategy which we will revisit on a regular 
basis and, where appropriate, add additional KPIs that can add 
value to the business.

We will monitor the relevance of EU Sustainable Finance 
Disclosure Regulation (‘SFDR’) to our investors and will align 
our reporting as required, as well as looking at reporting 
against the Global Reporting Initiative (‘GRI’) new 2021 
standards in the future.

Of the eight business priority areas (see pages 43 to 
62), we identified three as flagship – Customers and 
Communities; Employer of Choice; and Carbon Reduction. 
These are the areas Bellway can make the most significant 
beneficial impacts. 

We continue to contribute to the Carbon Disclosure Project’s 
(‘CDP’) Climate Change and Forests programmes. Our latest 
scores were ‘Awareness – C’ for Climate Change and 
‘Awareness – C’ for Forest, in line with the CDP programme 
global average.

The strategy will now be overseen by the new Sustainability 
Committee who manage sustainability at a strategic level, 
oversee the development of the strategy, objectives, targets, 
report to the Board and engage with key external stakeholders.

The Group Production Managing Director and Group Head 
of Sustainability then lead the Better with Bellway Steering 
Group, made up of senior leaders who hold responsibility 
for the eight business priorities of Better with Bellway. 
This steering group co-opt business sponsors from across 
Bellway who are responsible for implementing projects at a 
functional and departmental level, to deliver on the agreed 
sustainability objectives as well as embedding sustainability 
into business as usual activities. 

The Steering Group reports into the Leadership Group, 
attended by the Group Finance Director and Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary, which in turn is overseen 
by the Sustainability Committee.

We have benchmarked our Better with Bellway strategy 
where it aligns with the SDGs.

The SDGs are a collection of 17 interlinked global goals 
designed to be a ‘shared blueprint for peace and prosperity for 
people and the planet, now and into the future’. With a 2030 
deadline set for the SDGs, we recognise that our sustainability 
strategy needs to contribute to rapid action and improvement.

As part of our sustainability strategy, we aim to support 
progress on the SDGs, and all of the eight Better with Bellway 
business priorities were mapped against the 17 SDGs and the 
169 targets that sit within them.

40

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Targets and KPIs
As part of our Better with Bellway strategy, we have developed 
a set of short, medium, and long-term sustainability targets 
and corresponding KPIs under each business priority that 
will enable Bellway to turn our sustainability strategy into 
action. Each set of targets and KPIs have been developed in 
consultation with the relevant business sponsors who have 
responsibility for each of the eight business priority areas. 
They underpin the Better with Bellway sustainability strategy 
and are reviewed on an annual basis to ensure they are the 
most suitable targets to help us to continue to deliver on the 
overall aims and objectives.

The KPIs are designed to provide a high-level snapshot of 
performance within each area, and in some cases are aligned 
to notable ESG rating indices.

A headline target has been set for each business priority 
area. These headline targets reflect the vision for the relevant 
business priority and are normally at least two years in 
duration, allowing us to deliver sustained improvement in the 
area in question. They allow the Better with Bellway strategic 
vision to be easily communicated to stakeholders and are 
reported as principal KPIs in this report (see pages 12 and 13).

Our key achievements in 2022/23
FY23 saw the second year of progress against our Better 
with Bellway targets. In total we had 47 external targets 
spanning the eight business priority areas of which 16 
have already been achieved, 21 are in progress and 
10 have been missed or re-evaluated where business 
priorities have changed or the planned objectives have 
been delivered via other means. Full details of target 
performance can be found under the relevant Better with 
Bellway business priority sections.

16

targets achieved

21

targets in progress

10

targets missed

Flagship business priorities headline KPIs

Customers and Communities

Achieved our

5-star6 homebuilder status

for the seventh consecutive year running, recording a 
Recommend a Friend score of

91.1% 

(2022 – 93.6%)

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Employer of Choice

Implemented our fourth Employee Engagement Survey, 
achieving an average ‘a great place to work’ engagement 
score over a 3-year period.

91% 

(2022 – 93%)

Carbon Reduction

Achieved a

35.6% reduction

in our scope 1 & 2 emissions against the baseline. 
Our science-based target is a 46% reduction by 2030

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

41

 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Overview continued

Key highlights from the year 

Achieved a reduction of

Delivered plans to facilitate

10%

10% 

in absolute terms in our scope 1 and 
2 carbon emissions (tonnes CO2e) 
against FY22.

biodiversity net gain on new 
developments submitted for 
planning from July 2023.

Continued our partnership  
with Cancer Research  
UK, raising 

£580,048 

this year, bringing our six-year 
total to £3.14 million, achieving 
our £3 million target early.

Maintaining our focus on our waste 
diversion rate running to 

Increased the proportion of 
REGO electricity we procure to 

99.5% 

(2022 – 99.5%).

78.4% 

across the year saving 3,109 
tonnes of carbon from entering 
the atmosphere.

Sites now incorporate

Hedgehog 
Highways

over 1,300 homes now have gardens 
accessible to hedgehogs. 

Introduced a Volunteering Policy 
across the Group, enabling 
employees to donate 

1 paid day 
to volunteer 

for a good cause of their choice.

Completed our 

‘Future Home’ 

in the University of Salford Energy 
House 2.0 facility to test innovations 
in building materials and new 
technologies that will form part 
of our Future Homes Standard 
specification in 2025.

Introduced a trial of HVO 
biofuel across over 50 of our 
sites, utilising over

679,442 litres

of biofuel and saving over 1,700 
tonnes of carbon.

Achieved our

5-star6  
homebuilder 
status 

for the seventh consecutive  
year running, recording  
a ‘Recommend a Friend’ score  
of 91.1% (2022 – 93.6%) 

Implemented our fourth 

Employee  
Engagement 
Survey

achieving an average ‘a great 
place to work’ engagement score 
over a three-year period of 91% 
(2022 – 93%).

Implemented a 

salary 
sacrifice 
scheme

to allow employees to lease EV 
vehicles in a cost-effective manner.

42

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Better with Bellway Strategy and Priorities

Customers and Communities

FLAGSHIP BUSINESS PRIORITY

Putting customers and communities at the heart of everything we do

Target

Headline

Increase year-on-year the HBF 9-month survey 
score with the objective of achieving 90% by 
July 2026.
Retain 5-star6 homebuilder status (>90% 
‘Recommend a Friend’) and improve our score 
to 95% by July 2023.

Improve NHBC Construction Quality Review 
score to 85.0% by July 2023.

Reduce the average number of reportable 
items per home to 0.225 by July 2023.

Progress

Performance 

Current performance at 80.6% (2022 – 82.1%).

Current performance at 91.1% (2022 – 93.6%). This target 
will be rolled forward to FY24. 

FY23 score of 87.9% (2022 – 84.5%).

FY23 score of 0.350 (2022 – 0.274).

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Improve communications with customers via 
a new customer care telephone system and 
service level KPIs.

The new telephone system is in place in the majority 
of our divisions and a reporting suite is used to manage 
performance in the handling of customer calls.

We’re proud of the 5-star6 homebuilder rating we 
received in the 2022/23 NHBC survey, the seventh 
consecutive year we have received this accolade, 
with a score of 91.1%. Our aim is to build on our 
previous success and ensure that we continue to 
exceed our existing levels of customer satisfaction.

Customer satisfaction
Bellway’s performance in the ‘Recommend a Friend’ question 
in both the 8-week and 9-month survey periods, while affected 
by challenges across the industry, remains positive with a 
current performance of 91.4% of customers recommending 
Bellway to a friend after 8-weeks, and 80.6% of customers 
recommending Bellway to a friend in the 9-month survey.

Our Customer First programme has contributed to continuing 
improvements in Bellway’s customer service, with our 
customers responding to the ‘Service After’ question in both 
the 8-week survey and 9-month survey with the highest 
levels of satisfaction recorded in the 8-week survey since 
2008, and the 9-month survey since 2013.

We have exceeded our NHBC Construction Quality Review 
(CQR) target of 85%, with a score of 87.9% (2022 – 84.5%). 
There are still areas for improvement, demonstrated by 
missing the target to reduce Reportable Items (‘RIs’) per 
home. For RIs per home, this increased to 0.350 items 
per home in 2023 (2022 – 0.274), short of the 0.225 target. 
This area will be given renewed focus in FY24 as we strive 
to continuously improve the service we deliver to our 
customers. Our commitment to quality has again been 
recognised in the NHBC Pride in the Job Awards. In 2023 
a total of 34 Bellway and Ashberry site managers collected 
awards (2022 – 36), acknowledging site managers who 
have achieved the highest standards in housebuilding, 
recognising their technical knowledge, leadership qualities 
and organisational skills. 

Engaging in the community
Within this Better with Bellway business priority, we are also 
aiming to improve our engagement with the communities 
where we operate. This year we continued to develop our 
school engagement programme in partnership with The 
School Outreach Company in each of our divisions with 
the aim of driving awareness of Bellway and highlighting 
the career opportunities available in our industry. We have 
worked to actively engage with 664 secondary schools, and 
with 166 primary schools, with activities including receiving 
the Bellway newsletter, engaging with the ‘Open Doors’ 
campaign, and face-to-face interactions. 

We have launched our new Volunteering Policy, and we 
encourage all employees to use a day working with a local 
charity or organisation, please see page 60 for more detail.

Brothers Jonathan and Steve with their partners, at our Wolds View 
development, Driffield.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

43

 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Strategy and Priorities continued
Customers and Communities continued

Community investment 
Bellway has a longstanding commitment to investing in the 
communities in which we develop, over and above the creation 
of new homes. Through the planning process we invest in 
a wide range of community services including education, 
healthcare facilities, sports facilities, transport infrastructure 
improvements and the creation of recreational space. In FY23 
our investment amounted to £89.2 million (2022 – £117.2 million), 
bringing our investment over the past three years to 
£277.7 million.

As well as our investment in the communities where we 
develop, housebuilding as a whole delivers a significant 
benefit to the UK economy. Using the HBF’s, Lichfield’s and 
other publicly available metrics, we have estimated our own 
housebuilding activities have contributed £2.4 billion in gross 
value added while supporting an estimated 28,800 to 34,100 
direct, indirect and induced employment opportunities across 
the country. In addition, Bellway contributed £208.8 million to 
the public finances in 2023, as well as facilitating £69.3 million 
in New Homes Bonus and council tax payments to 
local authorities.

Andrew Odams, Sales Manager at Bellway Northern Home Counties, 
donating hi-vis jackets to Stanton Cross Primary School.

Affordability
With the ongoing shortage of new homes in the UK, together 
with cost of living pressures, affordability is still viewed as a 
barrier for young people getting onto the property ladder. 
At Bellway we continue to build a wide range of houses 
and apartments to meet the varying budgets and needs of 
customers, including people looking to upsize or downsize, 
and first-time buyers, with our average selling price at 
£310,306 (2022 – £314,399). In 2023 18.6% of our homes were 
sold to unassisted first-time buyers (2022 – 12.7%), while 9.7% 
(2022 – 21.7%) were sold to customers using one of the various 
government Help-to-Buy schemes. Overall, 28.3% (2022 – 
34.2%) of our homes were sold to first-time buyers and our 
developments have continued to incorporate affordable 
housing, with 25.4% (2022 – 18.4%) of new homes sold to 
affordable housing providers this year.

Homes sold to affordable 
housing providers

25.4%

(2022 – 18.4%)

Homes purchased  
by customers using  
Help-to-Buy schemes

9.7%

(2022 – 21.7%)

Future KPIs

Houses purchased by 
unassisted first-time buyers

18.6%

(2022 – 12.7%)

Homes purchased  
by first-time buyers

28.3%

(2022 – 34.2%)

All new sites starting construction works in FY24 to 
incorporate House to Home view homes.

Introduce new site-based quality management and 
compliance system including training for all site teams by 
July 2024. 

44

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Site Manager 
Lee Aston and 
Sales Advisor 
Barbara Kelly.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Building better 
knowledge in  
our communities

Dusty Boots events rolled 
out across the Group
This year, the Group launched the ‘Dusty Boots’ 
events, across the nation, hosting 85 events across 
19 of our divisions. This event offers an exclusive 
tour, to see behind the scenes of our developments 
and have a ‘sneak peek’ inside our new homes 
under construction.

They give visitors the opportunity to find out more 
about how our homes are built, the materials that 
go into making them and the energy efficiency 
measures that are included. Throughout the day, 
a range of house types are on show, all of various 
levels of development, showcasing elements of 
our homes that are not necessarily visible once the 
homes are complete. 

It is a unique experience for us as a 
housebuilder to better connect with our 
buyers and help support customers along 
the new-home buying process and in-turn 
buyers having the excitement of wearing 
a hard hat and boots and going out on site.”

Zoe Dobbs
Sales Manager – Bellway North London

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

45

 
 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Strategy and Priorities continued

Employer of Choice

Creating an environment that our colleagues can thrive in

FLAGSHIP BUSINESS PRIORITY

Target

Headline

Achieve a >90% average score in Employee 
Engagement Survey of staff who would 
recommend Bellway as ‘a great place to work’ 
over a three-year period (FY22–FY24).

Reduce voluntary employee turnover rate 
to 18% or less by July 2024.

Improve gender diversity of our directly 
employed workforce to a 60/40 male/female 
split by July 2025.

Improve gender diversity of our senior 
leadership teams to 75/25 male/female split 
by July 2025.

Progress

Performance 

Achieved with three-year average score of 91% 
(FY21–FY23). We will continue to monitor in line 
with the original target. 

89% of staff would recommend Bellway as ‘a great 
place to work’ in July 2023 survey (2022 – 95%).

Turnover rate in FY23 was 21.9% (FY22 – 25.7%).

69/31 split for FY23 (FY22 – 69/31).

79/21 split for FY23 (FY22 – 77/23). 

Improve ethnic diversity of our workforce 
to 7% or more by July 2025.

FY23 diversity of 4.9% based on current ethnic 
minorities classifications (FY22 – 4.5%). 

Become a Living Wage Employer by July 2024. We are now an Accredited Living Wage Employer.

Increase percentage of our workforce in an 
‘earn and learn’ role to 12% by July 2024 and 
maintain 5% Club Gold membership.

Implement a programme to improve social 
mobility and disability diversity within Bellway 
by FY23. 

Currently 8.3% of the workforce are in ‘earn and 
learn’ roles with 12 new graduate and 30 new 
apprentice roles recruited in FY23 and we have 
retained our 5% Club Gold membership for FY23.

A new process to collect diversity data from 
employees has been introduced, and we have 
worked with Percy Hedley and Change 100 to 
promote disability inclusion.

The people who work for Bellway are one of the 
key strengths of the company. Creating a safe, 
diverse, and inclusive environment, as well as 
investing in and upskilling our workforce, are just 
some of the ways we can ensure that Bellway 
is an Employer of Choice. As of 31 July 2023 we 
directly employed 2,979 people (2022 – 3,042), 
although when we factor in people employed 
as a result of Bellway’s operations across our 
subcontractors and supply chain, we support 
between 28,800 and 34,100 jobs.

Engagement
We undertook our fourth Employee Engagement Survey 
this year to understand how our workforce view Bellway 
and identify strengths and weaknesses going forward. 
We achieved ‘a great place to work’ engagement score 
of 89% (2022 – 95%), with a three-year average score of 91% 
(FY21–FY23) against a target to achieve an average score 
of 90% or above, over the FY22–FY24 period.

Diversity, inclusion and belonging
As a responsible employer, we are committed to being 
an inclusive organisation that strives to create a working 
environment that is open, diverse, and free from all forms of 
prejudice and discrimination. Under the Employer of Choice 
business priority area of Better with Bellway, we continue 
to have a range of targets to improve the diversity of our 
workforce, in terms of gender and ethnicity, at all levels of 
the business. We have encouraged employees to provide 
us with a greater range of diversity data, such as disability, 
gender identity and socio-economic background through 
our #IamUnique campaign, to help us better understand 
our workforce.

46

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

During FY23 we launched our inclusivity strategy which 
sets out how we will work towards becoming an inclusive 
employer of choice and to support the application of this 
strategy, we have implemented Clear Assured, a recognised 
inclusion standard. We currently have bronze status, and we 
are working towards achieving silver by December 2024.

In January 2023, in collaboration with the HBF, Women into 
Construction and eight other housebuilders, the Women into 
Housebuilding Programme was launched to attract more 
females into Trainee Assistant Site Manager roles. We recruited 
one trainee from the first cohort and we are actively 
participating in the second cohort and subsequent cohorts 
with a view of recruiting more females into these roles.

We aim to improve social mobility and disability diversity 
within Bellway. To support this ambition, we have supported 
the Leonard Cheshire’s Change 100 Programme by providing 
paid work placements. 

The future of Bellway 
Bellway would not exist without the talent and commitment 
of our colleagues. We invest in our people to ensure that 
they have the training and ongoing development necessary 
to progress their careers and deliver work they can be 
proud of. As an active gold member of ‘The 5% Club’, we are 
committed to having at least 5% of our workforce employed 
in earn and learn roles, including apprenticeships, student 
placements, and graduate roles. We are pleased to report 
that this year 8.3% of our workforce were in earn and learn 
roles and we have recruited 12 new graduate and 30 new 
apprentice roles, who joined Bellway in September 2023, 
despite a challenging trading environment. 

We have been focused on upskilling our workforce to 
ensure that we attract and retain key talent. We have 
replaced our e-learning platform with a learning experience 
platform, which provides employees with the opportunity 
to access additional training to support their development. 
In September 2022, we launched our CMI accredited middle 
managers programme ‘Elevate’ for 50 managers (50/50 
gender split) and we continue to roll out our senior leaders 
programme. In addition, we have created a number of other 
bespoke training programmes, such as inclusive hiring and 
fire training.

Due to the uncertain market backdrop, we recently reorganised 
our operational structure which resulted in some headcount 
reductions across the Group.

Responsible employer 
As a responsible employer we are committed to ensuring that 
all of our people are treated with fairness, consideration and 
respect. We operate a range of policies and provide training 
to ensure equal opportunities are provided to all existing 
and prospective employees, including modern slavery and 
diversity and inclusion training. Employees may report any 
concerns to our HR department or through our SpeakUp 
whistleblowing helpline managed by an external provider.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Shaun Miller, Trainee Assistant Site Manager at our Somerford Gate 
development in Congleton.

Other priorities 
Labour shortages impact the whole house building industry, 
compounded by the post-COVID-19 employment instability that 
is prevalent across many industries. Bellway’s voluntary turnover 
rate for 2023 has fallen to 21.9% (2022 – 25.7%) working towards 
our target rate of 18% by 2024. We have achieved becoming 
an Accredited Living Wage employer, offering competitive 
remuneration and benefits. These activities will contribute to 
the overall aim of our Employer of Choice business priority 
area – to attract and retain talented individuals in the business.

Future KPIs

Implement a formal staff appraisal process across the business 
with a proposed launch date of February 2024.

Achieve ‘Clear Assured’ Silver status by December 2024, 
by demonstrating that diversity and inclusion are reflected 
across all policies and processes.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

47

 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Strategy and Priorities continued
Employer of Choice continued

Creating  
better workplaces  
for women

Proud of our award 
winning all-female 
site team

Bellway is delighted to celebrate its all-
female site team, of three women heading 
up construction at Arrowe Brook Park 
in Upton, Wirral. 

The trio joined Bellway through our early 
careers programmes.

Beth Guttridge, Assistant Site Manager, 
joined in January 2020 as part of the first 
cohort of our Graduate programme.

Amelia Size joined Bellway in 2022, 
as a Trainee Assistant Site Manager 
on our Trainee programme.

Site Manager, Jess Licence joined Bellway 
on our Apprenticeship programme and 
recently received her second Pride in the 
Job award, impressing the judges with the 
team’s exacting standards, and commitment 
to the highest quality across all areas of the 
construction process. 

Bellway is continuing to encourage females 
to come into the industry and are actively 
collaborating with the HBF in their ‘Women 
into Construction programme’ to recruit 
more Trainee Assistant Site Managers, 
like Amelia.

Jess Licence, Beth Guttridge and 
Amelia Size, site team at Arrowe 
Brook Park.

Many years ago I realised that a career in 
construction was a career for life, with lots 
of opportunities and so many varied roles. 
Bellway was one of the first housebuilders 
in Liverpool to offer apprenticeships and 
when I looked into the options, it seemed 
they spent a lot of time, effort and money in 
developing individuals within the company, 
which really appealed to me.”

Jess Licence
Site manager at Arrowe Brook Park

48

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
Carbon Reduction

Delivering low carbon homes

Target

Headline

Reduce ‘absolute’ scope 1 and 2 emissions 
(tonnes CO2e) by 46% by July 2030 against 
FY19 baseline.

Reduce scope 3 emissions (tonnes CO2e 
per m2 floor area) by 55% by July 2030 against 
FY19 baseline.

FLAGSHIP BUSINESS PRIORITY

Progress

Performance 

Our Science Based Target has previously been validated by 
the SBTi. FY23 saw absolute emissions fall to 16,562 tonnes 
CO2e, a 10.0% reduction against the previous year and 
a 35.6% reduction against our base year (FY22 – 18,405; 
FY19 base year – 25,715). 

Our Science Based Target has previously been validated 
by the SBTi. FY23 saw emissions remain broadly stable at 
1.52 tonnes CO2e per m2 floor area (FY22 restated – 1.51, 
FY19 restated base year – 1.53). 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

100% electricity purchased will be REGO 
certified by December 2023.

For FY23, 78.4% of electricity purchased across the year 
was REGO certified (2022 – 72.2%). 

Complete the build of a Future Homes Standard 
house in Salford University’s Energy House 2.0 
facility by the end of 2022 and begin testing.

Our Future Home at Energy House 2.0 is complete, 
and testing has begun to compare theoretical design 
versus as built performance for all FHS solutions. 

Install Google Smart Home Technology in all 
homes on two sites by December 2022 and 
assess energy saving benefits. 

Trials were successfully completed and Google Smart 
Home Technology will now be fitted as standard in all 
new 2021 part L building regulation homes.

Build circa 2,000 units (20% of output) in timber 
frame by 2024, reducing embodied carbon.

Complete net zero ready exemplar plots at 
three sites and install monitoring equipment 
to compare energy consumption and 
running costs.

Switch to Hydrotreated Vegetable Oil (‘HVO’) 
Green Diesel biofuel by FY24.

Review car allowance payments to promote 
choice of low emission, hybrid and electric 
vehicles by 2025.

Implement a salary sacrifice scheme to allow all 
employees to lease electric vehicles by the end 
of 2022.

All new sites in our North East division in FY23 
incorporated timber frame, and we have expanded its 
use to new sites in our Durham and Yorkshire divisions. 
Including our Scotland divisions, in FY23, 1,247 units were 
constructed in timber frame (FY22–894).

Four net zero homes were built and sold at Callerton 
(Newcastle upon Tyne) and we are working with 
the purchasers to monitor energy consumption. 
Planning delays have meant that construction at another 
two sites has not progressed so these will be taken 
forward to FY24.

Successful trials have been undertaken and in FY23 we 
used 679,442 litres of biofuel, saving over 1,700 tonnes 
of carbon.

As at FY23, 50.4% of the fleet was low emission, 
hybrid or electric. 

The salary sacrifice scheme was rolled out across 
the Group in August 2022.

Climate change is one of the defining challenges 
of our time and as a company. The latest climate 
science from the IPCC (The Intergovernmental 
Panel on Climate Change, the United Nations 
body for assessing the science related to climate 
change), described by the UN as ‘code red for 
humanity’, shows it is still possible to limit global 
temperature rise to 1.5°C, but we are dangerously 
close to that threshold. It is therefore important 
to achieve rapid and deep emission cuts with 
the aim of halving global emissions before 2030 
and achieving net-zero before 2050. 

Science Based Targets 
Bellway is committed to ensuring the business plays its role 
in delivering carbon reductions and planning for a sustainable 
future. As part of the Better with Bellway strategy, we worked 
with the Carbon Trust to set two science-based targets (‘SBTs’):

•  Bellway commits to reduce absolute scope 1 and scope 2 

GHG emissions by 46% by July 2030 from a FY19 base year, 
aligned to the 1.5°C pathway. 

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

49

 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Strategy and Priorities continued
Carbon Reduction continued

•  Bellway commits to reduce scope 3 GHG emissions by 55% 
per square metre of completed floor area by July 2030 from 
a FY19 base year, aligned to the well below 2°C pathway 
using the physical intensity target criteria (cumulative 
physical intensity reduction aligned with 7% year-on-
year reduction and capping absolute emissions in the 
base year). 

The methodology used to calculate our emissions is based 
on the UK Government’s Environmental Reporting Guidelines 
(2013) and emission factors from the 2021 government GHG 
Conversion Factors for Company Reporting. For scope 
2 emissions we have reported using both the location-
based method of calculation and, to account for our use of 
renewable electricity, the market-based method of calculation.

We have set the base year as FY19 as this was the most recent 
annual data available at the time that was uninterrupted 
by COVID-19 lockdowns. Our scope 3 target goes beyond 
the emission reductions that will be required to meet the 
Future Homes Standard (‘FHS’) in 2025 – we estimate that 
moving to the FHS specification for new homes will deliver 
a 38% reduction in emissions per m2 of floor area, with the 
remaining 17% to be achieved through additional emission 
saving activity.

These targets have been validated by the Science Based Target 
initiative and our second year progress is reported below:

•  Against our scope 1 and 2 Science Based Target, 

FY23 market-based emissions fell by 10.0% to 16,562 tonnes 
of CO2e (2022 – 18,405 tonnes). This represents a 35.6% fall 
from the FY19 base year (25,715 tonnes), against a targeted 
reduction of 46% by 2030. 

•  Against our scope 3 Science Based Target to reduce 

GHG emissions per square metre of completed floor area, 
FY23 emissions were 1.52 tonnes per m2, remaining broadly 
stable against the FY19 base year (1.53 tonnes per m2). 
The main reductions in scope 3 emission will be delivered 
in the coming years when the 2021 part L building 
regulations, and then the 2025 Future Homes Standard 
building regulations, take effect.

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
(SECR) Disclosure
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report 
and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013 and the Companies 
(Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy 
and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 (SECR), we report on 
our greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions as part of the annual 
Strategic Report. Our GHG reporting year is the same as our 
financial year and the previous year’s figures have been 
provided as comparators. 

Scope 1 covers emissions from the combustion of fuel and 
operation of facilities owned/operated by the company 
(for example diesel in site generators and telehandlers; fuel in 
company cars used on company business; gas for heating 
in offices, show homes and construction compounds) 
while scope 2 covers emissions from purchased electricity. 

The reported emission sources include all those which we are 
responsible for, except for the following which were excluded 
from this report:

•  Gas from part-exchange properties due to immateriality 
– we have undertaken an estimation exercise and the 
emission from gas used in these properties during the 
period of October to May (when heating would be active 
to prevent damp and frozen pipes) is only 0.18% of the total 
scope 1 and 2 footprint. 

•  Emissions from air conditioning units in office buildings in 

the FY19 footprint due to immateriality and difficulty in data 
collection. We have collected and accounted for this data 
in the FY22 and FY23 footprints. 

•  Emissions from site-based combined heat and power units 

for which we do not have operational control.

An element of carbon estimation is undertaken in the 
following areas:

•  Diesel fuel usage on a small number of sites where fuel is 
provided by our groundworks contractors. Bellway’s share 
of the usage is estimated based on forklift usage.

•  Divisional offices where gas and electricity usage are 
included within landlord charges. Bellway’s usage is 
estimated using a kWh per square metre of occupied floor 
space figure derived from other divisional offices with utility 
billing in place.

For scope 1 and 2 emissions, data for the FY19 base year has 
been externally verified by Zeco Energy to a ‘reasonable 
assurance level’ using the ISO-14064-3 verification standard, 
while FY22 and FY23 emissions have been verified by the 
Carbon Trust to a ‘limited assurance level’ using the ISO 
14064-3 verification standard.

For scope 3 emissions, FY23 emissions have been verified 
by the Carbon Trust to a ‘limited assurance level’ using the 
ISO 14064-3 verification standard. Emissions for our FY22 
were verified by the Carbon Trust to a ‘limited assurance 
level’ using the ISO 14064-3 verification standard, but have 
been restated this year following improvements in our scope 
3 modelling. Emissions for the FY19 base year were calculated 
with the assistance of The Carbon Trust for our Science Based 
Target submission but have not been through an official 
verification process. 

Scope 3 emissions for our FY19 base year and for FY22 
have been restated following improvements in our scope 
3 modelling. 

50

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) (tonnes of CO2e)(a)

Scope 1 – Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities (including diesel and petrol 
used on-site and in company cars on Group business)
Scope 2 – Electricity purchased for our own use (market-method)(b)
Total market-method Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 

GHG intensity (market-method) per Bellway home sold
GHG intensity (market-method) per Bellway employee(c)

Scope 1 – Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities (including diesel and petrol 
used on-site and in company cars on Group business)
Scope 2 – Electricity purchased for our own use (location-method)(d)
Total location-method Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions(d)
GHG intensity (location-method) per Bellway home sold
GHG intensity (location-method) per Bellway employee(c)
Out of scope emissions(e)
Energy consumption used to calculate above emissions (kWh)

Scope 3 (Category 1a: Purchased goods and services – product)

Scope 3 (Category 1b: Purchased goods and services – non-product)

Scope 3 (Category 2: Capital goods)

Scope 3 (Category 3: Fuel and energy related activities)

Scope 3 (Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution)

Scope 3 (Category 5: Waste generated in operations)

Scope 3 (Category 6: Business travel)

Scope 3 (Category 7: Employee commuting)

Scope 3 (Category 11a: Use of sold products – direct)

Scope 3 (Category 12: End-of-life treatment of sold products)
Total Scope 3(f)
Scope 3 – GHG intensity (tonnes CO2e per m2 of completed floor area)

2023

2022

2019 
(base year)

15,116

1,446

16,562

1.5

5.3

16,696

1,709

18,405

1.6

6.2

20,560

5,155

25,715

2.4

8.6

15,116

16,696

20,560

3,979

19,095

1.7

6.1

1,678

4,419

21,115

1.9

7.1

–

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

5,518

26,078

2.4

8.8

–

96,735,314

92,854,473

109,622,315

383,179

15,934

2,066

5,044

81,653

2,447

2,653

1,489

394,161

13,095

4,718

5,142

83,895

2,391

1,987

1,516

958,055

1,024,798

91,865

94,102

380,164

16,261

19,030

5,081

80,916

4,253

418

1,468

998,544

90,761

1,544,385

1,625,805

1,596,895

1.52

1.51

1.53

Notes:
a.  Carbon dioxide equivalent as per the meaning given in section 93(2) of the Climate Change Act 2008.
b.  Scope 2 emissions reported using the market-based method to account for electricity supplies purchased under REGO contracts.
c.  Based on the average number of employees during the year.
d.  Scope 2 emissions reported using the location-based method for total electricity used which does not account for the zero-carbon nature of electricity supplies purchased under 

REGO contracts.

e.  ‘Out of Scope’ biogenic emissions arising from our consumption of HVO biodiesel.
f.  Total scope 3 emissions are reported in line with our scope 3 science-based target, and so exclude category 11b (use of sold products – indirect). We have separately calculated these 
category 11b emissions as part of our carbon lifecycle analysis as 68,103 tonnes of CO2e (2022 – 79,690, 2019 – 88,663). Categories 8, 9, 10, 14 and 15 are not relevant to the Group. 

Scope 1 emissions fell by 9.5%, largely due to our use of HVO 
biofuel in site generators and telehandlers which delivers a 
c.90% carbon reduction compared to traditional white diesel. 
Our use of HVO has saved over 1,700 tonnes of carbon from 
entering the atmosphere this year. Scope 2 emissions (market-
based) have again fallen by 15.4%, due to our increased 
use of REGO (Renewable Energy Guarantee of Origin) 
electricity supplies and the ongoing decarbonisation of the 
UK electricity mix. 78.4% of our electricity is from renewable 
sources (2022 – 72.2%) which has saved 3,109 tonnes of 
carbon in the past year. Discounting the benefit of our REGO 
supplies, location-based scope 2 emissions fell by 10.0%. 

With 10,972 new homes (including share of JV’s) completed for 
the year, scope 1 and 2 emissions (market-based) per home 
sold fell by 6.3% to 1.5 tonnes (2022 – 1.6). With employee 
numbers largely static, our scope 1 & 2 (market-based) 
emissions per employee have fallen by 14.5% to 5.3 tonnes 
(2022 – 6.2). 

Improvements in scope 3 emissions will take longer 
to bring to fruition. Step change savings will be made as 
we transition to the 2021 building regulations which will 
require all new homes to produce 30% less emission than 
current regulations. Then, in 2025, the Future Homes Standard 
is expected to come into force which will require a 75–80% 
reduction in emissions compared to current regulations, 
so an additional 45–50% over and above the 2021 regulations. 
The anticipated costs associated with complying with the 
Future Homes Standard are incorporated into the land 
viabilities, site valuations and Group forecasts. Over and 
above the building regulation changes, we aim to drive 
additional scope 3 emission savings through enhanced 
home specifications and engagement with our supply chain 
to reduce embodied carbon in the materials we use to build 
new homes.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

51

 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Strategy and Priorities continued
Carbon Reduction continued

Building developments 
Linked to the development of our Future Homes Standard 
specification, work has started on a number of initiatives 
to deliver lower carbon and more energy efficient homes 
for our customers. 

We have completed the build of an experimental eco house 
called ‘The Future Home’ as part of a research project 
which could influence how we use our homes in the future. 
‘The Future Home’ was built at The University of Salford’s 
leading net-zero research facility Energy House 2.0 and 
will now test innovations in building materials, the effects of 
double and triple glazing, storing solar energy, recovering 
heat from wastewater, and how to make the most efficient 
use of air source heat pumps. Each of these elements will 
be monitored in both regular and extreme temperatures, 
with varying weather conditions simulated inside the specially 
built chamber. The findings will help shape future housing 
design to enable the UK to achieve its net zero carbon 
emissions targets.

on all 2021 part L building regulation specification homes. 
On average, the Dwelling Emission Rate (‘DER’) of our new 
homes this year was 7.0% better than required by the relevant 
building regulations (2022 – 6.9%). (DER is a measure of 
carbon emissions, based on SAP calculations, from the normal 
running of a home, with lower emissions equating to reduced 
energy consumption and so lower bills for customers.)

Site fuel 
The successful trials of HVO biofuel alternative to traditional 
diesel has been completed. Despite a price premium 
of c.30p per litre over traditional diesel, in FY23 we purchased 
679,442 litres of biofuel for our generators and telehandlers, 
representing 14% of our annual site fuel usage. The use of 
this fuel has saved 1,700 tonnes of carbon from entering the 
atmosphere and we will continue to explore the economics 
of expanding our use of this fuel as we seek potential 
ways to deliver significant reductions in our scope 1 and 
2 emissions, contributing progress towards our Science 
Based Targets.

‘The Future Home’ is one of a series of test sites that we 
plan to set up across the country to work with new energy 
efficient technologies. Four ‘Future Homes’ have been built 
in Callerton, Newcastle upon Tyne, which were sold on 
the open market to customers who expressed an interest 
in owning a home utilising the latest energy efficient 
materials and technology. Bellway will continue to work 
with these homeowners to monitor energy usage as part 
of Bellway’s wider Carbon Reduction strategy. In addition, 
following successful trials of Google smart thermostats, we 
have specified this technology as standard for all new 2021 
standard homes. 

Our existing homes are already extremely energy efficient 
when compared to the second-hand home market, with high 
levels of insulation, double glazing and energy efficient boilers 
for heating/hot water. We continue to install renewable 
technology on our current homes and in 2023, 21.2% of new 
homes were fitted with this technology (2022 – 25.0%), helping 
to both reduce carbon emissions and also reduce energy 
bills for customers. Going forward, PV panels will be standard 

Electrifying the car fleet
We successfully introduced a salary sacrifice lease scheme 
to allow Bellway staff a more affordable route to electric 
vehicle ownership, helping them reduce their own carbon 
footprints. Following the launch of the scheme in August 
2022, a total of 74 employees have taken advantage of the 
scheme, supported by the installation of EV charging points 
at all Bellway offices to enable staff to charge their vehicles.

Future KPIs

All divisions to commence Air Source Heat Pump (‘ASHP’) trial 
sites, delivering space and water heating by December 2024.

Establish a programme to support SME housebuilders 
through general mentoring, interactive video and in person 
training days at Future Homes exemplar projects.

Streetview at our Abbey Heights development in Newcastle 
upon Tyne.

52

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Building Quality Homes, Safely

Quality and safety first for everyone

Target

Headline

Reduce the annual RIDDOR rate to below 
the three year rolling average by July 2024.

>80% of applicable employees trained 
on the Group’s Fire Safety Policy and the 
Building Safety Bill by July 2024.

Reduce accident rates from identified reporting 
areas to below previous FY levels year-on-year.

95% of identified target roles will have received 
health and safety training by July 2023.

Progress

Performance 

The RIDDOR rate for FY23 is 221.15 versus a rolling 
average for FY21 – FY23 of 193.43 (FY22 RIDDOR rate: 
240.08, FY19 – FY22 rolling average: 161.66 (FY20 has 
been excluded due to COVID-19 and site closures)).

Although missed there has been strong progress made 
towards this target, with 77% of applicable employees 
having received training by 31/12/2022. This programme 
and the Fire Safety Policy have recently undergone 
a review and an up-to-date training course will be 
rolled out in FY24 to applicable employees.

During FY23 there were no third party reported 
accidents, manual handling injuries fell by 5%. 
Slips, trips and falls increased to 113 from 78 in FY22.

New health and safety training was rolled-out during 
FY23 and 98% of target roles were trained as at 
31 July 2023.

Implement new safety induction across Bellway 
and 100% of new recruits to construction sites 
to have completed induction by July 2023.

Programme created and has been launched in FY23 
with all new recruits to construction sites completing 
the induction. 

Increase the ratio of mental health first aiders 
(‘MHFA’) to 1 in 10 (10%) by July 2024. 

Current percentage for FY23 is 5.8% (FY22 – 2.9%). 

Increase employees receiving mental health 
awareness training to 1 in 5 (20%) by July 2024. 

Currently 10.4% of the population have received mental 
health awareness training (FY22 – 5.3%). 

Achieve ISO 14001 certification for the whole 
business by July 2026.

We are in the process of working towards certification.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

The health, safety, and wellbeing of our colleagues, 
visitors, subcontractors and customers is our highest 
priority. This area demands our full focus, as we 
continually set ambitious goals for our organisation. 
We ensure the highest standards of health and safety 
on our sites, and throughout Bellway. 

Encouraging safety and transparency 
In April 2023 the Health and Safety Executive (‘HSE’) issued 
guidance clarifying that the following three principles must 
be met for an incident be classed as RIDDOR reportable:

1)  Extent of injury and/or length of absence. 
2)  Meets the HSE definition of an accident. 
3)  Event must be work related.

Historically, Bellway classed an incident as RIDDOR reportable 
if one or more of the three principals were met. The prior 
year RIDDOR rates disclosed have been restated to apply 
the guidance issued by the HSE.

We continue to promote health and safety throughout 
our business, with a particular focus on mental health and 
accident reporting in the last financial year. Our aim is to have 
a mentally healthy, resilient workforce, who feel supported in 
the workplace. We continually look to train more employees 
on mental health awareness, with more mental health first 
aid trainers now employed in Bellway. These employees 
carry out training for our colleagues both virtually and in 
classroom environments. The courses are highly interactive 
and help us actively engage with attendees. These courses 
were developed in conjunction with Mental Health First 
Aid England. 

With the increasing focus on biodiversity on sites and 
the environmental impact our business has on the wider 
community. We have started to conduct benchmarking 
activities in Environmental Management, helping us to 
identify areas for potential improvement. In addition, we have 
also written and delivered training courses to support the 
management team’s understanding and application of 
environmental standards on site. 

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

53

 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Strategy and Priorities continued
Building Quality Homes, Safely continued

Bellway continue to engage with Scottish Government and 
Homes for Scotland in developing the Scottish Accord, and 
have agreed in principle to the intentions of the Accord. 

In addition, we have implemented a programme to ensure 
all applicable employees receive training on the principles 
of the Group Fire Safety Policy and Building Safety Bill. 
This programme has recently undergone a review and an up-
to-date training programme will be rolled out to all applicable 
employees during FY24.

Bellway Health and Safety Awards
Following the success of the Bellway Health and Safety 
Awards 2022, a recognition system has been developed to 
continue to drive innovation and best practice, recognising 
colleagues leading in this area. The Awards recognise the 
best site in each region (four Regional Winners), with one 
overall winner. 

Team from Bellway Essex who won the Housing award for their 
Sapphire Fields development.

Future KPIs

Greater engagement with on-site colleagues and 
subcontractors on mental health awareness, by providing 
workshops on every site once in the year to discuss key areas 
such as suicide prevention, panic attacks and first aid.

Reduce the number of slips, trips and falls from a FY23 
baseline of 113.

Increase the number of ‘near miss incidents’ reported from 
a FY23 baseline of 403.

100% of divisions to be provided with customer care 
maintenance operative training on health and safety subjects 
such as documentation, dynamic risk assessments and safe 
use of ladders.

Investigating and preventing
We are placing even greater focus on health and safety by 
measuring our RIDDOR seven-day reportable incident rate on 
a rolling average basis, not just an annual snapshot. We have 
already made progress towards our target of reducing the 
annual RIDDOR rate to less than the rolling three year average 
by July 2024. The RIDDOR rate for FY23 is 221.15 versus a three 
year average for FY21 to FY23 of 193.43 incidents per 100,000 
site operatives, against a FY22 rate of 240.08 and a previous 
three year rolling rate of 161.66, FY20 has been excluded due 
to COVID-19 and site closures.

As part of our strategy to improve safety and reduce our 
RIDDOR rate, we have undertaken a preventative programme 
to reduce accidents from identified reporting areas year-
on-year. During the year the number of slips, trips and falls 
incidents increased to 113 (2022 – 78), there were nil third 
party reported accidents during FY23, while manual handling 
injuries saw a 5% decline with 76 incidents in the year 
(2022 – 80).

Mental health
The mental health of our colleagues is vitally important 
to Bellway, and we are continuing to target an increase 
in the amount of mental health first aiders to 10% by FY24 
(FY23 – 5.8%). To date, we have trained 174 employees as 
of July 2023. Over the next financial year we plan to train a 
further 140 employees, which will deliver key target of 10%, 
while allowing for staff turnover.

We continue to roll out our mental health awareness training, 
which is mandatory for all people managers. We aim to 
increase the number of employees receiving this training 
to 1 in 5 staff by July 2024. As at 31 July 2023, 309 employees, 
10.4% for FY23, have been provided with awareness training. 
We plan to provide awareness training to 230 employees in 
the next financial year to achieve our target by July 2024.

Proactive remediation
In August 2022, Bellway established a new standalone 
Building Safety division, which is dedicated to the remediation 
of buildings identified during the review of our high-rise 
portfolio, providing a full in-house capability in the delivery 
of remedial works. 

In March 2023 Bellway signed the DLUHC Self Remediation 
Terms (‘SRT’) in England, which converted the principles 
of the building safety pledge signed in 2022, in which 
we committed to resolve any historical fire remedial work 
on buildings completed since 5 April 1992, into a binding 
agreement between the Government and Bellway. 

This was followed in May 2023, with the signature of the 
Welsh Government’s Self Remediation Terms. This is a 
commitment to remediate buildings over 11 metres in height 
with identified life critical fire safety issues, which were 
constructed in Wales since 5 April 1992. 

The signing of the English and Welsh SRT’s provided 
clarity for future remediation, particularly with regards to 
the standards required for internal and external remedial 
works on legacy buildings.

54

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Sustainable Supply Chain

Driving sustainability through long-term partnerships

Target

Headline

75% of key 100 suppliers with GOLD Supply 
Chain Sustainability School (‘SCSS’) membership 
by July 2023.

Deliver a material reduction in single use plastic 
packaging in our top 10 suppliers of 25% by 
July 2023.

Progress

Performance 

Although missed, there has been strong progress 
towards this target. Of the key 100 suppliers, 56% are Gold 
members of the SCSS (2022 – 25%) and a further 19% are 
either Silver or Bronze members. 

This target has been missed due to the challenge 
of obtaining accurate data from suppliers to evidence 
the reduction in single use plastics used in packaging. 
However, we have worked closely with the SCSS as 
members of the packaging optimisation group and 
have recently won an award for our engagement 
of our suppliers in this area. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Introduce recycled paper and stationery across 
the business by end of 2022.

Recycled paper and envelopes have been introduced 
and all remaining stationery are ‘products with purpose’.

Review and trial new waste reduction 
procedures in our supply chain by FY23.

Our work is ongoing with our supply chain partners 
regarding best practice guidance and a waste awareness 
campaign has been rolled out to divisions.

We aim to source all of our products and services 
in an ethical, sustainable, and socially conscious 
way. The initiatives and goals formulated as part 
of Better with Bellway will ensure that we continue, 
and improve upon, our efforts to date.

Developing long-term relationships
We continue to develop long-term partnerships with our 
subcontractors and suppliers as an integral part of what 
makes Bellway a success. We ensure that all of our supply-
chain partners and subcontractors are treated with dignity 
and respect. As part of this we are a signatory to the Prompt 
Payment Code, and we pay our suppliers and subcontractors 
within agreed terms.

Due to our strong relationships, we are able to work with the 
supply chain to help achieve some of our sustainability goals 
such as reducing packaging, in particular single use plastics, 
reducing energy used in manufacturing and logistics.

For FY23, our supply chain spend was £2.1 billion 
(2022 – £1.8 billion), delivering a £1.9 billion investment in 
the UK economy (based on the HBF estimating that 90% 
of housebuilders’ supply chain spend remains in the UK). 

Encouraging opportunities to learn
Bellway is a partner of the SCSS and sit on several of their 
working groups. We encourage our Commercial teams to 
increase their knowledge and learning in the form of ‘learning 
pathways‘ to guide them to key topics relating to sustainability.

We encouraged our supply chain to engage with the SCSS 
in 2022 but in 2023 set an expectation and public target 
for at least 75% of our key 100 suppliers to achieve Gold 
membership status. We fell short of our target for this financial 
year, however, the momentum has significantly improved 
our supply chain’s level of membership with 56% at Gold 
level and 19% at either Silver or Bronze level, of which some 
still have case studies to be reviewed by the school, to move 
them up to Gold status.

We are leading the way for the large volume housebuilders 
to target this level of membership, with more of our peers 
becoming partners of the school, encouraging significant 
engagement which will help us in upskilling our supply chain. 
To keep the levels of membership, the supply chain members 
must maintain a level of engagement with the school.

We engaged with our top-ten suppliers on a wide range 
of sustainability issues, with a two-way sharing process aimed 
at delivering benefits across both Bellway and our supply 
chain. We have now extended this and are aiming to engage 
with our top 50 suppliers in FY24. 

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

55

 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Strategy and Priorities continued
Sustainable Supply Chain continued

Responsible sourcing 
As part of plans to introduce a Sustainable Procurement 
Policy in FY23, we have been working with our supply 
chain to reduce single use plastics in the packaging we 
receive. From April 2022 we requested that our supply 
chain use plastics with a minimum of 30% recycled content. 
Since then, we have been working with suppliers and the 
SCSS packaging optimisation group to remove plastics 
altogether, or we look to use more recyclable alternatives 
where available. Where plastics are currently unavoidable, 
we are looking at standardising the types used to make it 
easier to segregate and recycle. Many suppliers are now 
moving to recycled cardboard as an alternative and switching 
to higher recycled content plastics where there are no 
current alternatives.

For a number of years, we have required all our timber 
suppliers to ensure we are only provided with sustainable 
timber. We previously undertook an audit of Group suppliers, 
99.8% met our sustainability requirements of Forestry 
Stewardship Council (‘FSC’), Programme for the Endorsement 
of Forest Certification (‘PEFC’) or Category B standard. We plan 
to expand this audit to divisional suppliers and subcontractors 
in FY24.

Within our office environment, we continue to use recycled 
paper and letterhead and have now added recycled paper 
envelopes as standard. The remainder of our office supplies 
are ‘products with purpose’. These are supplied through our 
central office supply company and have been assessed as 
both sustainable and ethical.

The Turner (left) and The Philosopher (right) showhomes at our 
Ladden Garden Village development.

Ethics 

We use our Responsible Sourcing Policy to select partners 
and to monitor their performance and compliance with 
agreed standards. As well as this, we work with partners 
to address any issues of non-compliance identified and 
reserve the right to end relationships as a last resort. We do 
not tolerate any form of slavery, servitude and forced 
compulsory labour or human trafficking in our supply chain 
or in any part of our business. Our Anti-Slavery Policy reflects 
this commitment and is available to view on our website, 
along with our latest Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement 
which sets out the actions we have taken. 

We require all applicable suppliers and subcontractors to 
confirm that they either have their own modern slavery 
policies in place or that they adopt Bellway’s policy. 
Relevant staff receive training to help them identify signs of 
slavery and compliance activity is monitored throughout 
the year. A new e-learning module in relation to Modern 
Slavery was launched during the year, and additional content 
provided to site staff via the toolbox talks. Through internal 
reviews we deem that our subcontracted supply chain 
contains the greatest potential risks of modern slavery.

 This year we have begun a series of site-based audits 
focused on our subcontracted workers and compliance with 
our modern slavery procedures. The decision was made to 
focus audits at a site level to target the geographic regions 
deemed most likely to be affected by modern slavery and 
reach the greatest number of subcontractors.

Bellway’s zero tolerance approach to bribery and 
corruption is overseen by the Board. It extends to all the 
Group’s business dealings and transactions and our policy 
and procedures set out the standards expected of all 
of our employees. Those who work for and with Group 
management are responsible for enforcing compliance and 
carrying out additional checks when required. 

Our whistleblowing procedure enables concerns of any 
wrongdoing to be reported in confidence. There were a small 
number of reports made during the year and in very limited 
circumstances, sadly the behaviour of a few employees fell 
short of the expected standards. Appropriate investigations 
were conducted, and disciplinary action was taken 
where necessary.

Future KPIs

Undertake discovery meetings with our top 50 suppliers on 
joint sustainability and embodied carbon topics by the end 
of 2024.

Top 500 subcontractors that are registered with the supply 
chain sustainability school (%) by July 2026.

Ensure that at least two Bellway employees in each division 
have undertaken training with Supply Chain Sustainability 
School by July 2024.

85% of 100 key suppliers to be Gold members of the Supply 
Chain Sustainability School by July 2024.

56

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Resource Efficiency

Designing out waste by building better

Target

Headline

Reduce waste per completed unit by 20% by 
July 2025 (achieving 7.1 tonnes of waste per 
completed unit).

Achieve landfill diversion rate above 99% year-
on-year.

Reduce construction site water usage (measured 
in m3. of water per 1000 m2 of completed homes) 
against a base year of FY21 by July 2025.

20% of homes commenced by July 2024 to be 
in timber frame.

Progress

Performance 

FY23 performance is at 8.6 tonnes (FY22 – 8.3 tonnes).

FY23 performance at 99.5% (FY22 – 99.5%).

FY23 saw construction water usage fall 23.2% to 
231.7 m3/1000 m2 against the FY21 baseline set as 
301.8 m3/1000 m2 of completed homes.
Timber frame is utilised on all new developments in 
our North East division and is being expanded to our 
Durham and Yorkshire divisions. In FY23 11.4% of plots 
were completed in timber frame (2022 – 8.0%).

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

We have an environmental and fiscal responsibility 
to manage our resources effectively and efficiently. 
In all areas of the company, we aim to minimise 
waste (measured in tonnes per completed unit) 
and, where waste is unavoidable, reuse and 
recycle as much as possible. Our Better with 
Bellway strategy will help us to achieve or surpass 
our waste reduction goals in the years to come.

Reducing and reusing 
We continue to undertake work with our supply chain 
partners to address waste in the industry. We have targeted 
packaging and have asked suppliers to investigate reusable 
alternatives to single-use packaging as well as ensuring 
where plastic packaging is unavoidable, they use a minimum 
of 30% recycled content. We have sustained our year-on-
year drive on reuse, recycling and diversion processes on 
our sites, with our FY23 diversion rate again above 90%, at 
99.5% (2022 – 99.5%). Our partnership with Community Wood 
Recycling, a network of social enterprises that collects and 
reuses waste wood, rescued 785 tonnes of wood from the 
waste stream (FY22 – 854 tonnes).

We have continued our focus on reducing waste generated 
on our construction sites. After successfully reducing waste 
per unit to 8.3 tonnes last year, further improvement has 
not been delivered in FY23 with a slight deterioration to 
8.6 tonnes per completed unit in 2023. A renewed focus 
will be given to reusing rubble waste on site in 2024 to 
drive improvements towards our 7.1 tonnes per unit target. 
Waste is now to be included as part of the procurement visits 
to divisions and a new waste awareness guide and onsite 
training will be rolled out to all sites in FY24.

Water
Bellway is not a large user of water, either in our offices or in 
the construction process. However, with the emerging climate 
change trends in the UK placing more regions under water stress, 
as a sustainable builder we are looking at ways in which we can 
reduce usage, both in our own operation and for our customers.

We determined our FY21 baseline water consumption 
as 301.8m3 per 1000m2 of completed homes and we are 
investigating ways in which we can reduce this usage 
(against FY21) by 2025. In FY23 our water usage per 1000m2 of 
completed homes was 231.7m3. We have continued to adapt 
the designs of our homes to be more water efficient and all 
houses and apartments are now at or below the 110 litres per 
person per day water standard. 

Timber frame
We are continuing to expand our use of timber frame 
construction methods. All new sites in our North East division 
are now constructed with timber frame and we are expanding 
this to cover new sites in our Durham and Yorkshire divisions. 
Including our Scotland divisions, in FY23 a total of 1,247 plots 
were constructed using timber frame, representing 11.4% 
of our total output. Timber frame brings embodied carbon 
benefits, and reduces reliance on traditional brick and block 
construction methods, resulting in saving in materials.

Future KPIs

Establish a waste and resources working group in 2023, to 
consider detailed guidance, waste league tables, induction 
process for site teams and performance incentives.

Undertake three plot studies on waste generation and identify 
opportunities to reduce in FY24.

Develop longer-term action plan to reduce waste at all stages 
of our developments, full life cycle to include earthworks, 
demolition materials, embodied waste in materials we buy, 
packaging waste and construction waste on site by July 2026.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

57

 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Strategy and Priorities continued

Biodiversity

Protecting and preserving nature

Target

Headline

Progress

Performance 

Achieve 10% Biodiversity Net Gain (‘BNG’) on 
all new sites submitted for planning from 1 July 
2023 onwards.

Our Strategic Land teams have completed a review on 
existing and future sites, established BNG protocols and 
100% of sites that were submitted for planning permission 
from July 2023 were 10% BNG compliant. 

Establish a partnership arrangement with a 
nature organisation in FY23.

During the year we began to investigate opportunities 
and we will continue to do so in FY24.

Plant 10 additional Tiny Forests across divisions 
in 2023.

Four additional Tiny Forests are planned in 2024, these 
had been delayed by planning permission.

All new development sites to incorporate 
hedgehog highways by July 2023.

During FY23 we implemented in excess of 1,300 
hedgehog highways across our developments. 

Investigate a tree planting programme for every 
home sold by July 2023.

We are working with consultants and third-party 
organisations to understand the best way to deliver this, 
in conjunction with net gain requirements. This will form 
part of a new target from FY25.

BNG is a statutory planning obligation that requires 
housebuilders to leave the biodiversity of land used for 
development in a measurably better state. The legislation 
requires that this betterment is an increase of at least 
10% compared to the baseline prior to development. 
This requirement will come into effect for all new planning 
applications submitted from January 2024, but at Bellway 
we have committed to ensure that all planning applications 
submitted from July 2023 onwards are 10% BNG compliant. 

This is a significant development for Bellway and our strategic 
land teams have already been formulating our strategies to 
meet this requirement. This includes a review of opportunities 
on existing land and future development sites. We have 
established a biodiversity baseline for all existing Bellway 
owned land and in September 2022 we appointed a Group 
Head of Biodiversity who now leads on all biodiversity 
related activity. BNG champions have been appointed in 
each division and we have established BNG protocols for 
site acquisitions and management. We aim to deliver on the 
BNG requirements through a combination of on-site and 
off-site enhancements, with the potential to add purchased 
biodiversity units from third parties where other delivery 
options have been exhausted. 

On each of our developments, we aim to apply 
the key principles of the mitigation hierarchy. 
We therefore look to avoid, minimise and 
then where necessary mitigate our impact on 
the natural environment through a range of 
actions, including flood impact assessments, 
understanding gained through ecology surveys, 
biodiversity mitigation, and environmental 
impact assessments.

Sustainability 
Our communities are built with the intention of maintaining 
and protecting the local environment as much as possible. 
As the availability of suitable land changes over the years, 
the proportion of greenfield sites has increased, but we still 
developed 31.1% of our new homes in 2023 on brownfield 
sites (2022 – 39.3%), helping to regenerate local areas. 
No matter the development, we want to offset the effect 
we have on the environment. To do this, we carry out a 
comprehensive range of risk assessments and surveys, 
covering local ecology, flood impact, and much more.

Biodiversity 
Bellway already addresses biodiversity needs in our new 
developments, with Sustainable Drainage Systems (‘SuDS’) 
implemented on 253 of our developments (2022 – 255), 
mimicking natural drainage processes to reduce flooding 
and pollution whilst also providing habitats for wildlife 
through careful habitat design and management. In addition, 
146 developments included a biodiversity plan (2022 – 137) 
and we planted 15,023 trees (2022 – 15,800).

58

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Helping our customers
As part of the drive to improve our sustainability offering 
to customers, we have developed a green welcome pack. 
New homeowners will now receive a pack that includes a 
bird box, bee bomb and garden trowel, along with advice 
on how they can cultivate a nature friendly garden. The pack 
also contains tea, coffee and biscuits, and families with 
children will have the addition of a colouring story book, 
encouraging children to understand how they can be more 
environmentally aware in a fun way. 

We have also incorporated hedgehog highways into our new 
developments from 31 January 2023. The creation of new 
housing provides a potential barrier to hedgehogs as they 
move around looking for food. This can in some circumstances 
force them closer to roads and an increased risk of being 
affected by traffic. Bellway has implemented in excess of 1,300 
hedgehog ‘highways’ across our developments to help to 
overcome this issue and allow hedgehogs to safely travel across 
our developments, from garden to garden. The presence of 
hedgehogs is a good indicator of general biological health, 
and they also help to maintain a healthy ecosystem as 
they work to control insect populations, including keeping 
gardens healthy.

Partnership working
Better with Bellway underpins our ambition to be a sector 
leader from biodiversity. A key principle within this ambition 
is to ensure that all developments leave biodiversity in a 
measurably better state once a development is complete. 
As part of this ambition, we intend to support each new 
household in ‘making a space for nature’. This concept will 
build on the biodiversity provision already provided in the 
welcome pack and allows each customer to fully engage 
with the potential for their gardens and green space areas to 
deliver for biodiversity. 

Bellway will look to establish a new partnership with a 
conservation-based organisation to benefit from their 
knowledge and skills. This will help build our biodiversity 
ambition by providing our customers with the right ideas 
and resources to make a genuine difference to biodiversity. 

Creating habitats for over 500 animal and plant 
species with Tiny Forests
Last year, volunteers from the Group office teamed up 
with Earthwatch to create a ‘Tiny Forest’ on land we own 
in Ponteland, Northumberland. A Tiny Forest is a dense, 
fast growing, native woodland about the size of a tennis court. 
They are not only an attractive location for wildlife, but for 
people as well, and can provide a range of research benefits 
in the fight against climate change.

The Tiny Forest consists of a dense mix of 600 trees and 
shrubs native to this area of the UK. When mature, the Tiny 
Forest has the potential to provide natural habitat to over 
500 animal and plant species within the first three years.

We have continued to work closely with Earth Watch and our 
local Divisions to identify suitable and deliverable locations 
for further Tiny Forest sites. Market factors, delays associated 
with the planning process and the requirement to integrate 
these with the core planting period have combined to restrict 
progress on this target in FY23, however at least four further 
Tiny Forest sites will be in place by the end of FY24.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Team from our Bellway Group office volunteering at our Tiny Forest 
planted in Ponteland, Northumberland.

Future KPIs

Work with an appropriate conservation partner to ensure 
that the mowing regimes implemented on all new Bellway 
developments are designed to be beneficial to invertebrates 
during the summer growing period.

Work with our conservation partner to support each new 
Bellway customer in creating a ‘space for nature’ in the 
gardens of their new homes.

Create a new community woodland to benefit both 
communities and biodiversity as part of every new Bellway 
planning application.

Investigate the potential to utilise existing Bellway land to 
deliver a range of secondary ‘stacked’ eco-system services 
to benefit the environment and complement our broader 
sustainability and biodiversity aims in 2024. This will include 
renewable energy, nutrient mitigation and biodiversity net 
gains delivery. 

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

59

 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Strategy and Priorities

Charitable Engagement

Giving, to build better lives

Target

Headline

Progress

Performance 

Raise £3m for Cancer Research UK by the end 
of December 2023.

£580,048 raised and donated in 2023, bringing our total 
to date to £3.14 million. 

All office based staff to be given the opportunity 
to complete a volunteering day by July 2023.

Establish at least one partnership with a charity 
supporting disability/disadvantaged individuals 
with a view of providing work placements by 
July 2023.

This year saw the launch of our new Volunteering 
Policy which gives employees the opportunity to use 
one working day to volunteer to local charities and/or 
community groups.

This year we have established three new partnerships 
with Change 100, The Percy Hedley Foundation 
and Azure.

At Bellway, we are committed to building strong 
relationships within our communities and 
continue to support local and national charities. 
Charitable engagement is a key part of the Bellway 
ethos, and we are proud of our work so far. 
Our commitment to helping others will continue 
to grow, as part of the Better with Bellway 
strategy we encourage employees to take part 
in fundraising and volunteering for local charities 
and our national charity partner Cancer Research 
UK (CRUK).

Maintaining key partnerships
CRUK has been Bellway’s national charity partner since 
2016 and our relationship continues to go from strength to 
strength. We recently extended the partnership for a further 
18 months until the end of 2024. We are proud to have met 
our ‘£3m for 2023’ target early, raising over £3 million for CRUK 
since the partnership was established, which would not have 
been achieved without the dedication from our employees, 
suppliers, and subcontractors. We look forward to continuing 
the partnership with the aim of increasing our fundraising and 
donation total for CRUK to £4 million by the end of 2024.

Engagement with employees, subcontractors and suppliers 
has remained strong this financial year. We saw a slight 
decrease in fundraising, however the determination and 
enthusiasm remained high across the Group. In total FY23 has 
seen £580,048 (2022 – £607,898) raised and donated to CRUK. 
£140,295 has been raised by employees (2022 – £130,829) 
with another £157,084 from subcontractors and suppliers 
(2022 – £168,442), Bellway’s double matching of employee 
fundraising added a further £282,669 (2022 – £308,848). 
This brings our seven-year total to £3.14 million. 

This year saw the re-launch of our ‘Donation Station’ initiative 
in January across our 23 operating divisions and Head Office. 
By donating clothes, homeware, books and other items to 
CRUK which can be sold in shops, we were able to support 
CRUK by donating 689 bags equivalent to a monetary value 
of £15,709 which was double matched by Bellway, bringing 
the total raised to £47,127. 

CRUK is not the sole focus of our charitable engagement, and 
we continue to support a range of local charities, causes and 
community groups in the communities where we develop, 
including corporate donations and employees fundraising for 
causes close to their hearts. Non-CRUK employee fundraising 
came to £95,312 this year, with Bellway ‘matching’ employees’ 
fundraising efforts. This includes payroll giving for which 
we introduced matching for last year. In total, across all our 
charitable activities, Bellway, our employees, subcontractors, 
and suppliers have raised and donated a total of £799,978 
(2022– £899,467) of which £364,744 was raised by our 
employees, subcontractors, and suppliers, (2022 – £422,816). 

Volunteering Policy
We are proud to have implemented our new employee 
Volunteering Policy which took effect on 1 July 2023, 
while Bellway staff have often undertaken volunteering on 
an informal ad-hoc basis, we have decided to formalise 
arrangements and staff now have the opportunity 
to participate in one volunteering day per year. 
Volunteering offers additional routes for employees’ personal 
and professional development and enables Bellway to share 
our skills and knowledge to help create better communities 
where we live and work. We are excited to offer this 
opportunity and aim to promote volunteering opportunities 
across the Group and donate 4,000 hours of employees paid 
working hours to local and national charities by July 2026. 

We will continue to investigate and find opportunities for 
our employees to participate in on a national and local level, 
which will be promoted across the Group. 

60

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Establishing new partnerships

This year we established three new partnerships with charities 
supporting disability or disadvantaged individuals with a view 
of providing work placements. We are currently hosting two 
summer internships for graduates with disabilities as part of 
the Change 100 initiative. The Leonard Cheshire’s flagship 
programme which aims to kickstart the careers of ambitious 
disabled university students and graduates, and provide 
support through the graduate assessment process. 

The Percy Hedley Foundation, a local disability charity based 
in Newcastle upon Tyne, that supports people with complex 
learning difficulties, disabilities, and additional communication 
needs, recently attended our Group Head Office to undertake 
an accessibility audit. They have made some useful 
recommendations for us to follow to ensure that we are 
able to host future work placements for a broad spectrum of 
disabled individuals. Members of the HR teams supported by 
hosting an employability session at one of their campuses to 
help with CV writing and interview tips. We also sponsored a 
vocational award for students of Percy Hedley at their annual 
ceremony in July. 

A group from our 2022 Graduate cohort also supported, 
Azure, a charitable organisation dedicated to enhancing 
lives of those who are disabled or disadvantaged, on a 
project entitled ‘how can we actively encourage more 
people with disabilities to pursue a career in construction 
and housebuilding’. The Group carried out research with 
a specific focus on the recruitment process and made 
recommendations that Bellway can make internally, and that 
Azure can use. 

We are now working to identify a suitable national partnership 
to broaden our capacity to offer work placements across 
the Group. 

Future KPIs
Raise £4m for Cancer Research UK by December 2024.

Promote volunteering within Bellway to benefit local charities 
and good causes, donating 4,000 hours of employee time to 
charities/good causes by July 2026.

Bellway Wales completing a walk across the Severn Bridge to raise 
funds for Cancer Research UK.

Homelessness support 
This year, we continued our partnership with Greater 
Change, a non-profit organisation who help individuals 
to break the cycle of homelessness, providing additional 
support that would fall outside the remit of social services. 
This year we donated £10,000 to Greater Change. Since our 
partnership began last year, we have donated £34,000 in 
total. This partnership is still in early stages, but the donations 
have already brought real, tangible benefits to people’s lives. 
Our recent donation in FY22/23 supported ten of Greater 
Change’s clients out of homelessness and into long-term 
stability. One of the clients, who was helped with Bellway’s 
donation, was a 30-year-old woman living in an emergency 
hostel. She has now started an apprenticeship and 
successfully passed her Level 3 maths and English exams. 

In addition to the Greater Change partnership, some of 
our divisions have supported Emmaus UK, who support 
people to work their way out of homelessness. They provide 
meaningful work, training, and a stable home for as long as 
someone needs it, by donating money and fundraising for 
the cause. 

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

61

 
Strategic Report

Better with Bellway Strategy and Priorities
Charitable Engagement continued

Supporting better 
charitable giving

Colleagues from 
Bellway Yorkshire 
completing the 
‘Yorkshire 3 
Peaks’ Challenge 
raising over 
£8,000 for Cancer 
Research UK.

By ‘Giving to Build Better Lives’, Bellway 
allows us to continue making discoveries, 
driving progress and bringing hope, 
so that we can bring about a world where 
everybody can live longer, better lives, 
free from the fear of cancer.”

Stephanie Parsons
Account Manager – Cancer Research UK

Our ground-
breaking charity 
partnership with 
Cancer Research UK
Charitable giving is central to our ethos. 
Each year, Bellway recognises the valuable 
efforts of employees in supporting 
important charities and causes by matching 
or topping up their fundraising, this is 
commonly known as ‘matched giving’.

At Bellway we are invested in supporting 
employee commitment to helping 
Cancer Research UK and encourage staff 
participation by launching double-matched 
funding. This means that for every £1 a 
Bellway employee raises, Bellway will 
contribute an additional £2. 

This is a huge incentive for employees, 
and this year we received a Better Society 
award in recognition of the scheme.

62

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
Section 172 Statement

The Board of Directors confirm that during the year 
under review, it has acted to promote the long-
term success of the Company for the benefit of the 
members as a whole, whilst having due regard to 
the matters set out in section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the 
Companies Act 2006, being:

(a)  the likely consequences of any decision in the long-term,

(b)  the interests of the Group’s employees,

(c)   the need to foster the Group’s business relationships with 

suppliers, customers and others,

(d)   the impact of the Group’s operations on the community 

and the environment,

(e)   the desirability of the Group maintaining a reputation 

for high standards of business conduct, and

(f)  the need to act fairly between members of the Group.

The following page compromises the Group’s Section 172 
Statement and how the Board has fulfilled its duties to have 
regards to the above and where to find further information 
regarding each factor in this report. 

How our Directors fulfil their S.172 duty under the Companies Act 2006:

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Board Report

Strategic planning and direction of culture 

The Board receives detailed reports and in-person 
updates from senior management, which they query, 
challenge, and debate, to ensure conflicting views are 
carefully considered. Updates on the progress and 
decision implementation are also provided, to allow the 
Board to review and alter where appropriate, as situations 
(and stakeholder priorities) evolve.

The Board is responsible for setting the strategic direction, 
values and culture of the Company. It sets the tone of how 
business is done throughout Bellway and has embedded 
expectations that stakeholder considerations are important 
to decision-making at all levels of the organisation.

Further information can be found in Our Strategy (pages 16 
and 17) and within the Better with Bellway section (pages 38 
to 62).

Diverse set of skills, knowledge, and experience

Board Discussion

The Board has a wide range of experience and expertise 
which is vital to making informed decisions and 
promoting the success of the Company in the long-
term, whilst considering the likely consequences of any 
decision and the needs of stakeholders. 

Further details on pages 102 and 103 in the Board of 
Directors and Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary section. 

All directors are expected to engage, contribute, and 
constructively challenge discussions, while also offering 
a differing perspective. 

Further information can be found in the Division of 
Responsibilities and Board Evaluation sections on pages 
107 to 110 and page 111 respectively.

S.172 Factor

Further Information Can Be Found

(a)   The likely consequences of any decision  

in the long-term.

(b)  The interests of the Group’s employees.

(c)   The need to foster the Group’s business relationships 

with suppliers, customers and others.

(d)   The impact of the Group’s operations on the 

community and the environment.

(e)   The desirability of the Group maintaining a reputation 

for high standards of business conduct.

•  Our Business Model – Pages 18 to 23. 
•  Better with Bellway – Pages 38 to 62.
•  Key Stakeholder Relationships – Pages 64 to 74. 
•  Chair’s Statement – Pages 28 and 29.
•  Principal Risks – Pages 79 to 83.

•  Better with Bellway – Pages 38 to 62. 
•  Key Stakeholder Relationships – Pages 64 to 74. 
•  Nomination Committee Report – Pages 112 and 113.

•  Better with Bellway – Pages 38 to 62.
•  Key Stakeholder Relationships – Pages 64 to 74.
•  Our Business Model – Pages 18 to 23.

•  Better with Bellway – Pages 38 to 62. 
•  Key Stakeholder Relationships – Pages 64 to 74. 
•  Our Business Model – Pages 18 to 23.

•  Our Business Model – Pages 18 to 23. 
•  Who We Are – Pages 6 to 9. 
•  Better with Bellway – Pages 38 to 62. 
•  Our Strategy – Pages 16 and 17. 
•  Audit Committee Report – Pages 114 to 125. 

(f)  The need to act fairly between members of the Group. •  Key Stakeholder Relationships – Pages 64 to 74.

•  Our Strategy – Pages 16 and 17.
•  Remuneration Report – Pages 126 to 145.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

63

 
Strategic Report

Key Stakeholder Relationships

Maintaining good relationships 
with our stakeholders is 
important to what we do

Better with Bellway
Our Better with Bellway sustainability strategy (see pages 
38 to 62), is a key element of our overall business strategy 
and considers many of our key stakeholders. The strategy 
has been developed with the involvement of key business 
functions and received significant Board engagement in its 
development, approval and ongoing oversight.

As a result, the development and ongoing delivery of this 
strategy has received Board attention throughout the year 
with key activities falling under this strategy being approved 
and supported by the Board.

Our key stakeholders play a vital role in the development, 
implementation and success of Better with Bellway with 
all key stakeholders being engaged both directly and 
indirectly as a result, including:

Customers 

  See pages 64 to 66.

Employees

  See pages 66 to 68.

Investors, Analysts and Advisors

  See pages 68 and 69.

Partners and Supply Chain

  See pages 69 and 70.

Local Communities and the Environment

  See pages 71 and 72.

Government and Regulators

  See pages 73 and 74.

During the period, we have taken the opportunity to 
proactively engage key stakeholders in ensuring our 
strategy is understood and help demonstrate how Bellway’s 
commitment to sustainability is being delivered through 
everything we do day-to-day in running the business.

Stakeholder engagement
Stakeholder engagement is important for our business as it 
helps inform our Board decision-making and ensures we 
consider the impact of those decisions on key stakeholders. 
These decisions can impact stakeholders collectively or 
individually, which means we have to consider the differing 
outcomes across all stakeholder groups.

64

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Customers

How Customers link to our strategic priorities

Customers & Communities

  See pages 43 and 44.

Building Quality Homes, Safely

  See pages 53 and 54.

Why we engage
We place customers at the heart of our business as without 
them we could not operate. The changing consumer 
landscape, with inflationary pressures, falling consumer 
confidence and rising lending rates, all meaning it is more 
important than ever to consider our customers in our decision 
making, by understanding the challenges they currently 
face and how we can adapt our product offering to suit 
their requirements.

How we engage
Bellway’s reputation for excellent customer service and high-
quality build means we place a strong emphasis on customer 
experience at every stage of the customer journey.

Our digital channels are the starting point for many when 
buying a new home and we have enhanced our digital 
offering to improve the experience potential customers 
have when searching for a new home. Our aim is to provide 
detailed information about the houses and apartments we 
build and provide additional information on the customer 
journey and what to expect before setting foot in our 
sales offices. 

The use of our social media channels and website content 
continues to engage customers using aspirational content 
and customer case studies. This is particularly helpful as it 
allows us to engage customers during the period between 
reservation and completion where we can provide content 
which is helpful when moving into their new home.

Our face-to-face sales approach, through our dedicated 
and highly trained sales teams, remains our strength as we 
help customers navigate the experience of buying a new 
home. Our teams are there to make the process of buying 
run as smoothly as possible.

The Customer First programme, designed to support 
consistent build quality and the experience customers 
receive, has continued to provide enhancement to the 
customer journey throughout the year, with the introduction 
of some key initiatives designed to help customers 

understand the product we build and meet the teams who 
are responsible for delivery of their new home. Our digital 
transformation has seen the introduction of ‘Your Bellway’, 
an online customer portal which is designed to keep 
customers fully informed of the sales and build progress of 
their home. We continue to enhance this portal to improve 
the experience of our customers.

Once customers move into their new home, they are 
supported by our dedicated Customer Care teams, who are 
there to address any post-completion issues that may arise.

To maintain our strong customer service experience, 
we encourage feedback throughout the sales process via 
Trustpilot and HBF Customer Satisfaction surveys. The Board 
places significant emphasis on the importance of this 
feedback, with eight-week and nine-month post-completion 
HBF scores being reported to the Board on a regular basis.

Through our marketing activities we engage with prospective 
customers through our targeted approach, using data to 
ensure we are responding to their needs accordingly.

The New Homes Quality Board (‘NHQB’) introduced the 
New Homes Quality Code (‘NHQC’), the new industry code 
of practice in December 2021. Bellway registered with the 
NHQB in October 2022 and signed up to the New Homes 
Ombudsman Service. The NHQC is intended to consolidate 
and improve upon the existing protections that are available 
to purchasers of new build homes and it will reinforce 
several of the Group’s existing practices, including our 
comprehensive after-sales service.

Our ‘Better with Bellway’ sustainability strategy allows us to 
communicate with customers in a more engaging way on 
how they live in their new homes. The move to Future Home 
Standards from 2025 means that we must bring customers 
on the journey to a low-carbon home. To this end, our Future 
Home at Energy House 2.0, a unique carbon reduction 
research project with The University of Salford, provides us 
with a strong opportunity to use peer reviewed research to 
educate customers on the benefits and challenges of the 
new technologies that will replace gas heating.

Our Building Safety division, set up in response to changing 
building safety legislation post-Grenfell, continues to 
engage customers who live in legacy Bellway apartments, 
where historical issues have been identified. We continue 
to communicate with leaseholders and residents on those 
developments, through dedicated websites and resident 
portals, regular communications directly with residents or 
through Resident Liaison Officers or Managing Agents where 
active remediation is underway.

Board level engagement
The Board places significant emphasis on the importance of 
the HBF Customer Satisfaction survey scores, with eight-week 
and nine-month post-completion HBF scores being reported 
to the Board on a regular basis. The focus of the Board on 
improving our nine-month scores has been a key part of our 
Customer First programme and Better with Bellway strategy.

The Board regularly discusses customer-related projects such 
as Customer First, Customer Care scores and innovation 
relating to our Better with Bellway activities.

.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Shalini and Pradeep with their daughter outside their new home.

Issues raised as a result of engagement
•  Customer service
•  Digital adoption
•  Sustainability and energy efficiency of homes
•  Build quality
•  Innovation
•  Legacy building safety improvements

Engagement outcomes
Our focus on providing high-quality homes and service for 
our customers has resulted in Bellway being recognised as 
a 5-star6 homebuilder for the seventh consecutive year.

9 out of 10 customers would recommend Bellway to a friend 
with 91.1% in the Recommend a Friend category

HBF Customer Satisfaction Survey scheme: ‘Recommend a Friend’ 
category 

91.1%

(2022: 93.6%)

We have also made enhancements to our telephony 
operations for customer care, increasing accessibility to our 
teams and are making enhancements to our reporting and 
defect rectification with the implementation of software for site 
managers to monitor and track activity on developments.

Enhancements to our digital channels has led to 
improvements in the customer journey. We have reacted to 
the current challenges being faced by consumers, due to the 
rising cost of energy, to highlight the potential cost-savings 
that can be made from moving into a new build property 
versus an older home. The digital transformation of our 
business is reflected in the digitisation of our ‘traditional’ sales 
channel with the introduction of our first digital sales office in 
Ryton in the North East.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

65

 
Strategic Report

Key Stakeholder Relationships continued

‘Your Bellway’, our online customer portal, has been rolled 
out across 21 divisions and is now being used by over 1,460 
customers and we are continually rolling this project out on 
new developments.

Our Customer First project has implemented three key 
customer initiatives: Meet the Builder, Pre-plaster visits and 
House to Home – all receiving positive customer feedback. 
Meet the Builder is designed to provide reassurance to 
customers by introducing them to the site team who is 
responsible for the development of their home. Pre-plaster 
visits give customers the opportunity to visit their home and 
see it in first fix stage while the newly implemented House to 
Home offers customers the opportunity to see a home on 
site at various stages of completion. This allows us to highlight 
the construction processes, demonstrate the complexity of 
building houses, and educate customers on key aspects 
of their home, they would not normally see. For example, 
being able to see where pipework and electric cables run, 
prevents customer care issues down the line caused by 
accidentally drilling through those services. Our first House 
to Home has been developed by our East Midlands division, 
and following customer feedback, it will now be implemented 
on sites across the Group.

Our ‘Better with Bellway’ sustainability strategy has also led 
to greater engagement with customers on sustainability 
matters. The green welcome packs for new homeowners, 
and children’s activity books on sustainability, introduced 
in 2022 continue to be well received. With the rising cost of 
energy bills, our Future Home project at The University of 
Salford is being used to drive customer education relating 
to new low-carbon technologies which will be introduced 
into our homes. We have already started to roll out customer 
education on the introduction of Air Source Heat Pumps 
for example. Our Future Homes projects have also been 
extended to our current build programme, with four future 
homes being built in Callerton, Northumberland, which have 
been sold on the open market. We will use the feedback from 
customers to inform our plans for further roll out of homes 
that meet Future Home Standards from 2025.

Impact on Board decision-making
The Board is fully engaged in driving up quality and customer 
service scores and has been supportive in all of the customer 
facing initiatives that have been introduced as part of our 
Customer First programme, our digital transformation projects 
and other key Customer Care enhancements designed to 
improve our overall customer experience.

Employees

How our Employees link to our strategic priorities

Employer of Choice

  See pages 46 and 47.

Why we engage
Our ambition to be an Employer of Choice is driven by our 
desire to create a safe, diverse and inclusive environment 
which ensures we recognise our colleagues and help them 
develop and thrive within our business and play an active 
role in its success. It is important that we engage with our 
colleagues to ensure we understand what is important 
to them and this helps shape our decision-making at 
board-level.

How we engage
Our ongoing engagement activities encourage our colleagues 
to provide feedback on what is important to them and 
highlight the issues that impact them in their roles. Our main 
engagement tool is our annual Employee Engagement 
Survey, which this year ran in June 2023, asking for feedback 
from all of our colleagues.

As well as the annual Employee Engagement Survey, we also 
hold regular Employee Listening Group sessions which allow 
colleagues to share their views on a variety of subjects relating 
to their roles and working for Bellway. We have used this 
feedback to formulate and develop our ‘Employer of Choice’ 
flagship business priority area under our Better with Bellway 
sustainability strategy.

We also engage colleagues through regular internal 
communications activity to ensure colleagues are kept 
informed of ongoing business announcements and updates, 
as well as changes and enhancements to policies and 
procedures which impact them directly.

Our priority to create a diverse workforce includes the 
creation of the Balance Network, our diversity and inclusion 
working group, which receives board level sponsorship and 
is attended by a diverse group of colleagues from across 
the Group.

We have also recently launched an Early Careers Network 
aimed at engaging in meaningful dialogue regarding barriers 
or challenges encountered in coming into the construction 
industry, or Bellway specifically, with a view to establishing 
proactive solutions to improve accessibility for a diverse range 
of individuals and alleviate the sector-wide skills gap.

66

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Board level engagement
The Board has been actively involved in the development 
and ongoing board level discussions about becoming 
an Employer of Choice and has supported our Senior 
Management teams in delivering this flagship priority for 
the business.

As part of our Better with Bellway reporting activity, our key 
target achievements are reported to the Board and ongoing 
strategic priorities are discussed at board level ensuring buy-
in for the majority of key projects to support our objectives.

Our Chief Executive and Executive Board members regularly 
visit our divisions and undertake site visits where they meet 
with colleagues and can see our operations first hand.

The Non-Executive Directors attend one Listening Group 
each year to gain a better understanding of what is on our 
colleagues’ minds. The outcomes of this are then discussed 
at Board level. The Employee Listening Group is our method 
for workforce engagement in line with the requirements of 
the Code.

Each Non-Executive Director also visits a division separately 
for a day as well as joining the Board on more formal 
divisional and site visits.

Issues raised as a result of engagement
•  Health, safety and wellbeing
•  Flexible and agile working
•  Diversity and inclusion
•  Pay and benefits
•  Training and development
•  Career progression
•  Succession planning
•  Work life balance
•  Internal communications transformation

Engagement outcomes
The latest Employee Engagement Survey undertaken in June 
2023 received a strong 69% (2022 – 74%) response rate.

Employee Engagement Survey response rate

69%

(2022 – 74%)

Colleagues who would recommend Bellway 
as ‘a great place to work’

89%

(2022 – 95%)

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Sales Advisors from Bellway Kent with our mascot Bella supporting 
the local athletics event Medway Mile. 

During the past year, improvements identified as a result of 
our 2022 survey have been implemented and have been fully 
supported by the Board, including enhancements to our agile 
working arrangements. 

Bellway has been awarded full accreditation as a Living 
Wage Employer, which covers both directly employed and 
subcontracted staff, and this has been achieved well ahead 
of our July 2024 target. A standard, consistent induction 
and onboarding process is also being introduced for all 
new starters at Bellway and we have seen an encouraging 
reduction in voluntary staff turnover during the past 
12 months.

The Group has several initiatives in place to promote 
inclusion and to improve ethnic and gender diversity and, 
together with a range of opportunities for career progression 
we are focusing on ensuring our colleagues are supported to 
thrive in their roles and progress their career ambitions with 
the Group.

Our focus on mental health awareness, one of our key 
‘Employer of Choice’ targets, has led to a mandatory training 
programme being developed for all people managers. As at 
31 July 2023, 309 employees have attended mental health 
awareness training, which equates to 10.4% of the workforce 
(target 20% by July 2024). We have also recruited and trained 
174 mental health first aid advocates, which equates to 5.8% 
of the workforce as we aim to reach the target of 10% by July 
2024. Of the mental health first aid advocates trained, 47% are 
site based and 53% are office based.

Following on from our Senior Leadership Management 
Programme introduced in 2022, we have also introduced a 
new Middle-Managers Management Programme, launched in 
autumn 2022, which is designed to identify and upskill the 
future leaders of our business. 

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

67

 
Strategic Report

Key Stakeholder Relationships continued

Street scene from our Holbrook Park development, Derbyshire. 

Linked to this, we have launched a sponsorship programme 
to support the progression of females into senior leadership 
roles. Six female middle managers, currently on our Elevate 
Programme, and from a range of disciplines, have been 
identified to take part in the first programme. They have been 
matched with a senior leader from Group and they will work 
together for six to nine months to support their progression, 
which ultimately may result in a promotion.

In addition, our Women into Housebuilding Programme has 
successfully recruited its first Trainee Assistant Site Manager 
and the latest cohort will see the introduction of a further five 
females into the programme in the new financial year.

Our focus on early careers continues with 12 graduates recruited 
on to our Graduate Programme during 2023, with roles across 
the business. Our Apprenticeship Programme for 2023 recruited 
30 apprentices to the business.

Our focus on diversity and inclusion has led to us linking up 
with Leonard Cheshire’s Change 100 programme, which looks 
to help university students and recent graduates with disabilities 
or long-term conditions, gain experience of the workplace. 

An important part of how we become an Employer of 
Choice includes how we communicate with our colleagues. 
The Board has supported an internal communications 
transformation project, which will see the launch of a new 
Employee Engagement App and front-end Intranet which 
is designed to improve communications, and encourage 
ongoing two-way dialogue with colleagues, providing us 
the opportunity to solicit real-time feedback.

Impact on Board decision-making
With Employer of Choice being a flagship business priority, 
the Board has invested significant time focusing on the results 
of our Employee Engagement Survey and ongoing feedback 
from Listening Groups. Our Group HR Director presented 
to the Board during the year on key initiatives relating to 
the strategy, which has received ongoing Board scrutiny 
and support.

The results of our June 2023 Employee Engagement Survey 
were presented to the Board in September 2023, and the 
outcomes from the survey are leading to the development 
of further outcomes which are the result of feedback from 
our colleagues.

68

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Investors, Analysts  
and Advisors

How our Investors link to our strategic priorities

Better with Bellway

  See page 38 to 62.

Why we engage
As a FTSE 250 publicly listed company, we have a duty to 
provide our equity and debt investors with fair, transparent and 
balanced information on business performance and strategy. 
This supports ongoing confidence and trust in the business 
and allows well-informed investment decisions to be made.

How we engage
As part of our ongoing financial calendar activities, we engage 
with investors around our interim and preliminary results 
announcements and regular trading updates throughout 
the financial year.

Our Executive Management Team regularly meets and 
communicates with major shareholders and analysts including 
at formal presentations at least twice a year. This ensures that 
investors have timely updates on the progress of the business 
and allows them to share any feedback.

In addition to regular financial announcements, we use 
traditional media channels to inform a wider audience of our 
key business performance messages. We also engage with 
our colleagues through our internal communications activity 
to inform them of key financial announcements as many hold 
an investment interest in the business.

Our Better with Bellway sustainability strategy has provided 
further opportunities to engage with investors on the eight 
business priorities within the strategy, which are focused 
on people and the planet. The strategy includes ambitious 
targets to significantly reduce carbon emissions and our 
communications have helped investors to better understand 
the changing landscape of the housebuilding industry as we 
evolve our product and business practices.

We have provided regular updates on the remediation of 
legacy developments relating to building safety as part of 
our commitment under the Self-Remediation Terms (‘SRT’) 
agreed with The Department for Levelling Up, Housing and 
Communities (‘DLUHC’) during the year.

Board level engagement
The Board has engaged in a number of set piece events over 
and above the standard financial calendar during the year.

In September 2022 the Board hosted a ‘Meet the Team’ event 
at our development in Great Dunmow, Essex, where attendees 
met with the Executive team and regional and local colleagues 
from a wide range of disciplines across the business. Following a 
period of virtual meetings during COVID-19, the event enabled 
the Group to showcase the Better with Bellway strategy and re-
engage, in person, with institutional investors, analysts and other 
key stakeholders. 

In May 2023, the Board and senior management team hosted 
an investor and analyst event at our Future Home at the 
Energy House 2.0 research project at The University of Salford. 
This flagship project will play a key role in accelerating the 
progress towards low carbon and net zero housing design. 
The event was hosted alongside Barratt Developments and 
Saint Gobain, who we have been collaborating with on this 
unique industry initiative. 

Our AGM will be held 15 December 2023 and our Board will 
be available to answer any questions in this forum.

The Board has also undertaken a review of our external 
corporate advisors with a view to providing an increased 
engagement programme with our investors, the media, 
and political stakeholders.

Issues raised as a result of engagement
•  Environment, social and governance (‘ESG’)
•  Remuneration policies
•  Market conditions e.g. mortgage market, supply and 

labour supply chain, impact of economic uncertainty, 
affordability, and land market

•  Capital allocation and dividend policy
•  Customer care and build quality
•  Building safety Self-Remediation Terms
•  Future Homes Standard
•  Diversity and Inclusion
•  Carbon reduction strategy
•  Impact of Government policies on housebuilding

Engagement outcomes
Engagement around our interim and preliminary results and 
trading updates allows us to communicate our strategy to 
investors and analysts and has helped maintain Bellway’s 
reputation for having a strong management team. We are 
able to use shareholder feedback from these announcements 
to formulate our positioning for future announcements 
and ensure we are meeting the needs and expectations 
of investors.

Our proactive communication in relation to our Better with 
Bellway strategy has led to positive engagement with our 
investors, analysts and advisors. As a result, they have gained 
a greater understanding of our business priorities, challenges 
and opportunities as we work towards the Better with 
Bellway targets and KPIs, which are aligned to the underlying 
operations of the business.

Impact on Board decision-making
The Board considers the impact decision-making has on 
shareholders and the wider investment community.

We have utilised our Better with Bellway sustainability strategy 
to proactively engage with our investors with feedback being 
used to shape Board decision-making.

The Board approved a return of capital of £100 million to 
shareholders through the implementation of a share buyback 
programme of which the first tranche was completed in June 
2023 at a cost of c. £50m, immediately followed by the start of 
the second tranche. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Partners and Supply Chain

How our Partners and Suppliers link to our 
strategic priorities

Carbon Reduction

  See pages 49 to 52.

Building Quality Homes, Safely

  See pages 53 and 54.

Sustainable Supply Chains

  See pages 55 and 56.

Resource Efficiency

  See page 57.

Why we engage
Due to the size and scale of our operations, our relationship 
with our partners is vitally important. We pride ourselves on 
having strong long-term sustainable relationships with our key 
partners and suppliers which helps us navigate some of the 
supply chain and inflationary pressures being faced by the 
industry post pandemic.

Additionally, our Better with Bellway sustainability strategy 
relies on significant collaboration with our key partners 
as we work together on achieving our goals.

How we engage
Our Group Commercial teams have close working 
relationships with all of our key partners and our divisional 
teams also work closely with our partners and subcontractors 
at a regional level.

We aim to source all of our products and services in a 
sustainable and ethical manner (see Sustainable Supply Chain 
on pages 55 and 56). It is important that we work closely with 
our partners to ensure this is achieved and use our influence 
for positive change within the industry and its supply chain.

Our industry leading Carbon Reduction targets mean that we 
must work with our partners to reduce the embodied carbon 
in our supply chain.

Our long-term working relationships with reputable 
subcontractors ensures that we can maintain the availability 
and quality of materials and labour.

The health and safety of our colleagues, subcontractors 
and customers on our sites is one of our main priorities and 
our safety first approach ensures that any risks are identified 
and addressed.

The success of our business relies on working closely with 
public bodies and a range of national and local agencies 
to aid the delivery of our developments across the country.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

69

 
Engagement outcomes
Our ability to effectively manage the ongoing challenges 
facing the industry as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, 
post-Brexit issues, inflationary pressures and the war in 
Ukraine, which is still leading to global shortages in supply 
chains and labour and rising costs, has been facilitated 
by our solid personal relationships with key suppliers and 
subcontractors. Due to the close collaboration between 
our Group Commercial teams and our supply chain 
partners, we have been able to jointly resolve the majority 
of supply-related issues through more efficient planning 
and communication.

The long-term relationships benefit our partners as they know 
we will work with them to resolve immediate issues resulting 
from the challenges in the market, in the full knowledge that 
we will be flexible in our approach.

Our Better with Bellway sustainability strategy is benefiting 
our partners as we are able to work together in adopting 
low-carbon technologies in our homes, working to reduce 
the impact on the environment through our supply chains 
and becoming more efficient in resource management on 
our sites. Our Future Home project at The University of Salford 
has seen us work closely with our partners to deliver new 
technologies in our homes and demonstrate the effectiveness 
or otherwise of these products and how they perform.

As a result of this strategy, we have had positive engagement 
with some of our key suppliers who have fully considered 
our plans, and this has led to positive outcomes from 
our partners with them adapting their own sustainability 
strategies accordingly.

We have ongoing monitoring of health and safety on our 
sites, and work closely with our partners to ensure we provide 
the right education and information to subcontractors 
and suppliers on-site, to ensure our RIDDOR levels 
remain consistent.

Impact on Board decision-making
The importance of our partnerships on the success of 
our business means the Board must consider the impact 
of decisions on our partners.

The success of our Better with Bellway sustainability strategy 
is linked closely to the co-operation and support of partners 
to work collaboratively in achieving goals.

Strategic Report

Key Stakeholder Relationships continued

Jamie Bursnell, Technical and Innovations Manager with the sales 
team next to the Google bus. 

We are able to provide affordable homes through our long-
established relationships with Housing Associations, on a 
national and local level. This ensures the delivery of more 
affordable homes on our developments.

Our Group Strategic Land team collaborate with landowners, 
business partners, and the public sector to acquire land 
opportunities. Regardless of their current planning status, 
sites are taken into consideration subject to our defined 
approval process and hurdle rates.

Our divisional teams are very knowledgeable about regional 
planning frameworks and policies. This knowledge is crucial 
for steering sites through the planning system. 

We also participate in joint venture and partnership agreements 
with public and private sector partners.

To manage remediation projects that fall under the 
government’s pledge on building safety, we collaborate 
with fire safety engineers and specialised subcontractors. 

Board level engagement
The Board is fully engaged in oversight of our sustainability, 
supply chain and health and safety issues with regular 
reporting to the Board.

Our Commercial and Technical teams provide ongoing Board 
updates on key partner issues and Board approval is required 
for key decision-making.

Our Better with Bellway targets across all of our eight business 
priority areas are all reported to the Board and these are 
updated on a regular basis with Board approval. 

Issues raised as a result of engagement
•  Supply chain demand and price inflation
•  Labour shortage
•  Health and safety
•  Land and planning
•  Sustainability

70

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Local Communities  
and the Environment

How our Local Communities and the Environment 
link to our strategic priorities

Charitable Engagement

  See pages 60 and 61.

Customers and Communities

  See pages 43 and 44.

Biodiversity

  See pages 58 and 59.

Why we engage
Bellway’s involvement with local communities goes beyond 
just building desirable developments in places where there 
is housing need. Our relationship with local suppliers and 
subcontractors, the creation of jobs, local infrastructure 
investment, and our interactions with local community and 
charitable organisations means we regularly engage in the 
wider communities in which we are based. 

How we engage
As part of the planning process on the purchase of land 
and submission of planning permission for a development, 
we engage with the local community on public consultation 
and engagement. Our research into local areas to identify 
local housing requirements means we are able to provide 
desirable developments that complement the area where 
they are situated and meet the needs of the local population. 
Using the feedback garnered through local engagement, 
we may amend our plans accordingly.

Through Section 106 (England and Wales) and Section 75 
(Scotland) contributions, Community Infrastructure Levies, 
and affordable housing contributions we invest significant 
resources into the communities where we develop. 
These investments are used by local authorities to deliver 
infrastructure improvements, designed to limit the impact 
that additional housing stock may place on local services. 

This results in significant money being used to improve or 
build schools, healthcare facilities, roads, recreational facilities 
and other services which benefit the wider community.

Our developments lead to job creation and contracts for local 
subcontractors, many of whom have long-term relationships 
with us, which leads to additional investment from the supply 
chain involved in building our homes.

At a Group-wide and divisional level, we have relationships 
with national and local charities and community organisations 
and run school projects in areas where we have a presence. 
These engagements lead to betterment for these organisations, 
not just through financial donations, but they also benefit from 
us using our expertise to donate time and benefit in kind to 
undertake work that these organisations cannot do themselves.

We also involve local communities and charity organisations 
directly in our development plans, particularly where there 
may be some historical link to the land we are developing to 
the local community.

Our Better with Bellway sustainability strategy is also helping 
us engage with communities on sustainable activities 
and our plans for biodiversity net gain on some sites will 
involve communities.

Our national charity partnership with Cancer Research UK 
is now in its seventh year and this partnership allows us to 
engage in charitable activities on a national and local level. 

Board level engagement
The Board is fully supportive of our local community 
engagement and environmental activities as this activity 
is a key part of our business strategy under Better with 
Bellway, which has been fully approved by the Board.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Issues raised as a result of engagement
•  Affordability and the supply of housing
•  Planning and community engagement
•  Jobs and skills
•  Biodiversity
•  Home efficiency and sustainability
•  Environmental issues
•  Impact on existing communities and infrastructure
•  Charitable and community giving

Customers at the new playground at our Oakley Park development.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

71

 
Homes sold to affordable housing providers

25%

(2022: 18%)

Houses purchased by unassisted first-time buyers

19%

(2022: 13%)

Homes purchased by customers using Help to Buy schemes

10%

(2022: 22%) 

Homes purchased by first-time buyers

28%

(2022: 34%)

Direct, indirect and induced jobs supported  
by Bellway in the past year

28,800 – 34,100

(2022: 29,300 – 34,800)

Total raised for Cancer Research UK

£3.14m

(2022: £2.56m)

Raised for local charitable and community organisations

£95k

(2022: £123k)

Impact on Board decision-making
The feedback from communities on planned development 
forms part of our Board decision-making when deciding on 
the viability of a development before progressing.

Our community and charitable fundraising efforts are 
included in our Better with Bellway sustainability targets which 
are reported to the Board and decisions on future strategy 
and direction are influenced by this data.

Strategic Report

Key Stakeholder Relationships continued

 The Jeweller at our Parsonage Place development, Maidstone.

Engagement outcomes
Of the 10,945 housing completions this year, 25% (2022 – 18%) 
were sold to affordable housing providers, providing much 
needed affordable homes in communities throughout the UK.

We sold 19% (2022 – 13%) of our new homes to unassisted 
first-time buyers while 10% (2022 – 22%) were purchased by 
customers using Help-to-Buy, prior to the scheme closing 
earlier this year. Overall, 28% (2022 – 34%) of our homes were 
sold to first-time buyers. The increase in housing provision 
provides additional benefit to local communities, particularly 
where housing is in short supply as it releases homes on the 
second-hand market and increases supply.

Our fundraising efforts with our national charity partner, 
Cancer Research UK, has seen us hit our target of raising 
£3 million by the end of 2023, ahead of target thanks to 
the amazing fundraising efforts of our colleagues, suppliers 
and subcontractors. 

Across the Group, our divisions have also raised an additional 
£95,312 for other national, regional and local charities through 
fundraising activities. This is in addition to benefits in kind 
that we donate through staff time and donations of goods 
and services.

Our schools engagement programme, launched in September 
2022, designed to promote housebuilding as a career option 
for school leavers, has engaged 664 secondary schools, and 
we have access to 475,022 students (male – 49.8%, female – 
50.2%). In addition, we have also launched a primary school 
campaign, targeting 166 schools in locations near to our offices 
and developments across England, Wales and Scotland.

As we develop our Biodiversity Net Gain (‘BNG’) strategy 
ahead of the introduction of the Environment Act (2021) 
from January 2024, we have been engaging with local 
communities and demonstrating how we can achieve the 
10% BNG required. For example, our Tiny Forest trial planted 
in Ponteland, Northumberland as part of our Better with 
Bellway in 2022 has now started to flourish and the data 
we collect from this pilot will help inform our understanding 
on how we can deliver similar projects elsewhere.

72

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
In major cities and nations with devolved governments, 
we work closely with local government officials.

We regularly communicate with Ministers, MPs and other key 
political stakeholders relating to local constituency matters.

Our response to the legacy building safety issues has led to 
ongoing engagement with the Department for Levelling Up, 
Housing & Communities (‘DLUHC’), both directly and through 
the HBF. This has also been replicated in Scotland and Wales 
with ongoing discussions with government officials relating 
to building safety in devolved countries.

The UK Competition and Markets Authority (‘CMA’) market 
study into the housebuilding sector in England, Scotland and 
Wales has also become a key focus for the Board.

We have been working closely with Homes England, 
the Government’s housing accelerator body. Its remit to 
meet the housing needs of the nation has led to engagement 
relating to projects across the UK. The Help-to-Buy scheme 
was a big driver of our engagement with Homes England 
prior to the programme’s closure earlier this year.

In October 2022, Bellway activated its registration of the 
New Homes Quality Board (‘NHQB’), a new independent 
regulatory body for the industry. The New Homes Quality 
Code (‘NHQC’) is the industry code of practice for all 
registered builders. From this date, customers who reserve 
a new home benefit from the protection of the New Home 
Quality Code and the New Homes Ombudsman Service.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Government, Regulators  
and Industry Bodies

How Government and Regulators link 
to our strategic priorities

Better with Bellway

  See pages 38 to 62.

Why we engage
Although Bellway is apolitical, has no political affiliations 
or makes any political donations, the Government, 
opposition parties and regulators are responsible for setting 
the regulatory and legal framework in which we operate. 
In addition, local government plays a vital role in our activities 
with the planning system and other regional policies have a 
direct impact on our business activities. 

How we engage
Most of Bellway’s political engagement with national and 
local political stakeholders is undertaken through our industry 
representative body, the Home Builders’ Federation (‘HBF’). 
We have representation on this body and contribute to its 
engagement activities by contributing and engaging on key 
industry issues, where a collective position is agreed.

Central, devolved and local government policy in England, 
Scotland and Wales has a significant impact on the operation 
of our business, with planning and monetary policy all 
impacting the supply and demand for housing in the UK. 

To progress developments, we proactively work 
collaboratively with local authorities and other key statutory 
bodies to ensure developments are brought forward to meet 
the local housing needs and adapt our plans to reflect the 
local need of the communities in which we build. 

As well as building desirable communities, we also contribute 
to local infrastructure programmes through Section 106 
(England and Wales), Section 75 (Scotland) and Community 
Infrastructure Levy (‘CIL’) contributions. These funds are 
used for key infrastructure projects to reflect the increase 
in demand for local services and infrastructure. As a result, 
communities benefit by road improvement projects, additional 
schools, healthcare facilities and other key schemes.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

73

 
Through our trade organisation membership, we are able 
to respond to key Government and regulatory changes. 

Our centralised MP and key stakeholders communications 
ensure we address concerns at a Government and 
constituent level. Constituent issues raised through local MPs 
are managed centrally to ensure we provide a consistent 
response as a business. This engagement is reported regularly 
at Board level to ensure transparency over key political 
stakeholder engagement.

Our New Homes Quality Board (‘NHQB’) registration received 
board approval and all staff were trained on the requirements 
of the New Homes Quality Code (‘NHQC’). The Board 
continues to have oversight of our responsibilities under 
the Code.

As a result of enhanced political issues impacting the sector, 
and the likelihood of a change in government, the Board 
has undertaken an exercise in reviewing our corporate 
advisors to ensure that our political engagement is reflective 
of a company of our standing.

Impact on Board decision-making
The political nature of housing strategy naturally impacts the 
housebuilding sector and as a result, government policy and 
the impact of any economic changes impacts our business. 
As a result, the Board has to fully consider the implications 
of Government policy, a change in Government or future 
opportunities and threats that may arise as a result. 

Strategic Report

Key Stakeholder Relationships continued

Board level engagement
The Board has been fully engaged in key issues facing 
the housebuilding sector. The signing of the SRT with the 
Department for Levelling Up, Housing & Communities was 
fully considered by the Board as was our response to The UK 
Competition and Markets Authority market study into the 
housebuilding sector.

Given the macro-economic impact of policy on the 
housebuilding sector, this has been an important focus 
for the Board during the year.

Issues raised as a result of engagement
•  Building safety and the industry voluntary pledge 

to remediate buildings in England, the Pact in Wales 
and the Accord in Scotland

•  Competition and Markets Authority Study into 

the housebuilding sector

•  Local planning issues
•  Sustainability and environment
•  Health and safety
•  Access to housing
•  Acceleration of housing supply

Engagement outcomes
Following extensive Board involvement, the Group signed the 
Self-Remediation Terms relating to the remediation of legacy 
buildings in March 2023 which convert the principles of the 
Building Safety Pledge signed in April 2022 into a binding 
agreement between Government and Bellway.

In October 2022, we signed up to the Developers’ Pact with 
the Welsh Government. Similar in principle to the Pledge 
in England, this is a commitment to remediate buildings 
over 11 metres in height with life critical fire safety issues. 
This reflects our ongoing and responsible UK-wide approach 
to building safety. Discussions with the Scottish Government 
continue in the signing of the Accord.

The Group has been contributing to the CMA study into the 
sector and the Board has been actively involved in providing 
information to the competition regulator.

We work with relevant Government departments and 
agencies in delivering programmes such as Help-to-Buy 
which supports first-time buyers purchasing their new home.

74

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Risk Management

Our established framework for managing risks has continued to be in place across the business 
throughout this financial year, with responsibility to implement the Board’s policies on risk management 
and internal control sitting with management.

Our risk management objectives continue to be:
•  Assessing emerging and principal risks against an agreed appetite for risk, which is regularly reviewed.
•  Improving the balance of risk and return through developing and maintaining a proactive, risk-aware culture.
•  Ensuring there is a consistent approach for the identification, assessment, control, monitoring, follow-up and reporting of risks.
•  Developing and implementing action plans to ensure that risks are mitigated where required, within our agreed risk appetite 

and that improvements are made to our control environment.

•  Ensuring the approach to risk management meets the needs of the business, senior management and all key stakeholders.

Risk management framework

The Board

Audit Committee

•  Overall responsibility for risk management.
•  Review, challenge and approve the risk 

management framework and corresponding 
policy, processes and annual risk plan.

•  Review and agree risk appetite.
•  Conduct a robust assessment of the emerging 

and principal risks facing the Group.

•  Review and challenge risk reports.

•  Oversee the risk management framework, policy 

and processes.

•  Review routine risk reports and utilise risk 

information to review and approve assurance 
plans and priorities.

•  Provide assurance over risk management 

to the Board.

•  Monitor the progress of risk mitigating actions 

and recommendations.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Executive Management

Group Risk Director

•  Review, challenge and approve the risk 

•  Design and implement the risk management 

management framework and corresponding 
policy and processes.

framework and corresponding policy 
and processes.

•  Review and challenge risk information against 

•  Facilitate and implement the risk management 

stated business objectives.

•  Approve risk treatments and actions.
•  Approve risk reports for the Board.
•  Review and agree risk appetite.

Key

Reports to

Directs and monitors 

framework, policy and processes.

•  Undertake risk management activities and 
produce reports in accordance with risk 
management policy.

Risk management roles and responsibilities
In all businesses, responsibility for managing risk sits with every employee. In undertaking their roles, employees are assisting 
in identifying, assessing and managing risks. Specific roles and responsibilities, as defined in our risk management framework 
and corresponding policy, are set out in the diagram below:

Risk management process

Identify

all business  
areas 

Evaluate

severity of  
risks 

Treat

to bring within 
risk appetite 

Action

mitigate risks 
(where needed)

Report

monitor risks 
and report 
progress 
of mitigation

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

75

 
Strategic Report

Risk Management continued

Risk management process
A risk register is maintained detailing all potential risks and 
our risk management processes ensure that all aspects of the 
Group are considered, from strategy through to operational 
execution which includes any specialist business areas.

The risk register is reviewed as part of our management 
reporting processes, resulting in the regular assessment of 
risk, severity and any required mitigating actions. The severity 
of risk is determined based on a defined scoring system 
assessing risk impact and likelihood.

A summary of risks is reported to management, the Audit 
Committee and the Board, which is mainly, but not exclusively, 
comprised of risks considered to be outside of our risk appetite 
after mitigation. This summary is reviewed throughout the 
year, with the Board systematically considering the risks 
and any changes that have occurred. Once a year, via the 
Audit Committee, the Board determines whether the risk 
management framework is appropriately designed and 
operating effectively. The Directors confirm that they have 
conducted a robust assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Group.

More information on risk management and internal controls 
is included within the Audit Committee Report on pages 114 
to 125.

Financial risk management
The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash and 
overdrafts, fixed rate sterling USPP notes and various items 
such as trade receivables and trade payables that arise 
directly from its operations.

The main objective of the Group’s policy towards financial 
instruments is to maximise returns on the Group’s cash 
balances, manage the Group’s working capital requirements, 
and finance the Group’s ongoing operations.

Capital management
The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base to 
underpin the future development of the business in order to 
deliver value to shareholders. The Group finances its operations 
through reinvested profits, bank facilities, fixed rate sterling USPP 
notes, cash in hand and the management of working capital.

The dividend is determined following careful consideration 
of capital requirements, as well as the Group’s operational 
capability to deliver further long-term volume growth. If the 
final dividend is approved, the total dividend will be covered 
by total underlying earnings by 2.3 times(2,3) (2022 – 2.3 times).

Management of financial risk
The main risks associated with the Group’s financial instruments 
held during the year have been identified as credit risk, liquidity 
risk, interest rate risk and housing market risk. The Board is 
responsible for managing these risks and the policies adopted, 
which have remained unchanged during the year and are set 
out below.

Credit risk

The Group’s exposure to credit risk is largely mitigated 
as the vast majority of the Group’s sales are made on 
completion of a legal contract, at which point monies are 
received in exchange for transfer of legal title. There is no 
specific concentration of credit risk in respect of home sales 
as the exposure is spread over a number of customers. 

In respect of trade and other receivables, the amounts 
presented in the balance sheet are measured at amortised 
cost less a loss allowance for expected credit losses which are 
assessed on the basis of an average weighting of the risk of 
default (see note 8 to the accounts). For this purpose, a default is 
determined to have occurred if the Group becomes aware of 
evidence that it will not receive all contractual cash flows that 
are due. The Group had £38.6 million (2022 – £20.9 million) 
of financial assets relating to loans made by Bellway to equity 
accounted joint arrangements (note 12). The counterparties to 
these loans are expected to make a profit and therefore repay 
the loans in full. The Group therefore considers the risk of 
default to be minimal.

No credit limits were exceeded during the reporting period 
or subsequently and the Group does not anticipate any losses 
from non-performance by these counterparties.

The Board considers the Group’s exposure to credit risk to 
be acceptable and normal for an entity of its size, in the 
industry in which it operates.

Liquidity risk

The Group finances its operations through a mixture of equity 
(comprising share capital, reserves and reinvested profit) 
and debt (comprising bank overdraft facilities, borrowings 
and fixed rate sterling USPP notes). The Group manages its 
liquidity risk by monitoring existing facilities and cash flows 
against forecast requirements based on a three-year rolling 
cash forecast.

The Group’s Treasury Policy has, as its principal objective, 
the maintenance of flexible debt facilities in order to meet 
anticipated borrowing requirements. The Group’s banking 
arrangements outlined in note 17 to the accounts are 
considered to be adequate in terms of flexibility and liquidity 
for its medium-term cash flow needs. Relationships with 
banks, fixed rate sterling USPP noteholders and overall 
cash management are co-ordinated centrally. The Group is 
operating well within its financial covenants and available 
debt facilities.

Short-term cash surpluses are placed on deposit at competitive 
rates with high quality counterparties. Other than those 
disclosed, there are no financial instruments or derivative 
contracts. The Board therefore considers the Group’s liquidity 
risk to be mitigated.

In relation to land payables, certain payables are secured 
on the respective land asset held (see note 9 to the accounts). 
No other security is held against any other financial assets 
of the Group.

76

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk reflects the Group’s exposure to fluctuations 
in interest rates. The risk arises because the Group’s overdraft 
and floating rate bank loans, fully undrawn at year end, 
bear interest based on SONIA.

The Group’s attitude to interest rate risk and forecast debt is 
influenced by the existing and forecast conditions prevailing at 
the time that each new interest-bearing instrument is entered 
into. This will determine, amongst other things, the term and 
whether a fixed or floating interest rate is obtained.

During the year ended 31 July 2023, it is estimated that 
an increase of 1% in interest rates applying to the full year 
would have increased the Group’s profit before taxation by 
£1.9 million (2022 – £2.2 million).

Housing market risk

The Group is affected by movements in UK house prices. 
These in turn are affected by factors such as credit availability, 
employment levels, interest rates, consumer confidence and 
supply of land with planning.

While it is not possible for the Group to fully mitigate housing 
market risk on a national macroeconomic basis, the Group 
does continually monitor its geographical spread within 
the UK, seeking to balance investment in areas offering 
the best immediate returns with a long-term spread of its 
operations throughout the UK to minimise the effect of local 
microeconomic fluctuations.

Going concern statement
After conducting a full review, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to fund its 
operations for at least the period to 31 July 2025, aligning with 
the first year-end after the minimum 12-month assessment 
period. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements as 
discussed further on pages 168 to 169.

Viability statement
In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Directors have assessed the viability 
of the Group over the period to 31 July 2027, which is longer 
than required by the going concern assumption. This period 
is consistent with the Group’s detailed bottom-up forecasts 
which assess future profitability, cash flows and the land bank 
and are overlayed with prudent Group level assumptions.

Factors considered in assessing the long-term viability

In assessing the Group’s forecasts and long-term viability, 
the following factors are considered:

Factor

Consideration

Group’s latest 
performance

Group’s current 
financial position

Group’s strategy

Principal risks

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

This considers the trading performance 
in both the year ended 31 July 2023 
and in the first nine weeks of the new 
financial year including any changes to 
selling prices. In addition, any relevant 
external factors that may affect Bellway, 
such as any changes to government 
policies, regulations and mortgages, 
were considered.

This considers the latest net cash held 
by the Group and the expiry date of 
existing debt financing. Furthermore, 
consideration is given to the land and 
work-in-progress held on the balance 
sheet at 31 July 2023.

Whether the base forecast is consistent 
with the Group’s strategy, both financial 
and non-financial.

Whether the principal risks associated 
with achieving the Group’s strategy, 
particularly those that would have a 
significant effect on Bellway’s ability to 
meet its liabilities over the period of the 
viability assessment, are incorporated.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

77

 
AA number of prudent mitigating actions within the Directors’ 
control were incorporated into the plausible but severe 
downside scenario, including:

•  Plots in the land bank only being replaced at the same rate 

that they are utilised.

•  Construction spend reducing in line with housing revenue.
•  Dividends reducing in line with earnings.

The sensitivity analysis was modelled over the period to 
31 July 2025 for the going concern assessment, but extended 
to the 31 July 2027 for the Directors’ viability assessment. 
In addition to the above, several additional mitigating 
measures remain available to management that were 
not included in the scenario. These include withholding 
discretionary land spend and instead trading out of the 
substantial existing land holdings.

The output of this review considered the profitability, 
cash flows and funding requirements of the Group over 
the period to 31 July 2027. The assessment included an 
assumption that existing debt facilities remained in place, 
but, very cautiously, were not renewed at the end of 
their term.

In the most severe but plausible scenario, the Group had 
significant headroom in both its financial debt covenants 
and existing debt facilities and met its liabilities as they fall 
due. Based on the results of this review, the directors have 
a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the period to 31 July 2027.

Strategic Report

Risk Management continued

Group forecast methodology

The Group’s bottom-up forecasts are updated on at least a 
monthly basis by the 21 operating divisions and are subject to 
review by the divisional management team, Regional Chairs 
and Group management.

The forecasts consider the profitability, cash flows, debt 
covenants, land bank and other financial and non-financial 
metrics over the period. These forecasts also incorporate 
anticipated costs arising from adopting the Future Homes 
Standard, which is linked to the environment and climate 
change risk. The viability assessment has not been materially 
affected by climate change considerations.

The main assumptions used in preparing the forecasts are:

•  The number, timing and selling price of legal completions.
•  Production volumes and the associated build costs.
•  The quantity and timing of land spend.
•  The quantity and timing of spend following the signing 

of the Self-Remediation Terms.
•  Working capital requirements.
•  Dividend payments.
•  Corporation tax.

Viability assessment

The viability assessment is based on the Group’s current 
position and the potential effect of the principal risks facing 
the Group, which are summarised on pages 79 to 83. 
The principal risk that has been identified as the most severe 
and plausible scenario is:

Factor

Consideration

External environment: 
Including housing demand, 
mortgage availability and 
government housing policy.

A reduction in private 
completions and private ASP 
due to a decline in demand.

The most severe but plausible downside scenario is a severe 
recession. It includes the following principal assumptions:

•  Private completions in H1 FY24 are supported by the forward 
order book, but still fall to 55% of that achieved in H1 of FY23. 
In the 12 months to 31 January 2025, private completions 
reduce by around 50% compared to the 12 month pre-
stress peak achieved in FY22. This is followed by a gradual 
recovery based on the lower base position.

•  Private average selling price in H1 FY24 remains in line with 
internal forecasts due to the order book position. In the 
12 months to 31 January 2025, the private average selling 
price reduces by 10% compared to the latest achieved 
pricing. This is followed by a gradual recovery based on 
the lower base position.

•  These assumptions reflect the Group’s experience in the 

2008–09 Global Financial Crisis.

78

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Principal Risks

The Board has completed its assessment of the Group’s emerging and principal risks. The following nine 
principal risks to our business have been identified:

Risk and description

Strategic relevance

KPIs

Mitigation

Construction resources

Shortages of building 
materials and 
appropriately skilled 
subcontractors at 
competitive prices.

•  Failure to secure the 

required quantity and quality 
of resources causes delays 
in construction, impacting 
the ability to deliver volume 
growth targets.

•  Pricing pressures / increased 

costs impact returns.

•  Number of 
homes sold.
•  Operating profit.
•  Operating margin.
•  EPS.
•  Gross margin.
•  Customer 

satisfaction score.

Economy and market

Changes in the 
external environment 
(including, but not 
limited to, house price 
inflation, interest rates, 
mortgage availability, 
unemployment, 
Government housing 
policy and post-Brexit 
trade agreements) 
reduce the affordability 
of new homes.

•  Reduced affordability has 
a negative impact on 
customer demand for new 
homes and consequently 
our ability to generate sales 
at good returns.

•  Number of 
homes sold.
•  Operating profit.
•  Operating margin.
•  RoCE.
•  EPS.
•  Gross margin.
•  Customer 

Satisfaction score.
•  Reservation rate.
•  Order book value.

•  Robust forecasting and 

forward planning of labour and 
materials requirements.

•  Processes are in place to select, 
appoint, manage, and build 
long-term relationships with 
subcontractors and suppliers.
•  Review of subcontractor and 

supplier performance, with regular 
communications to understand any 
potential issues within their own 
business and supply chain.

•  Competitive rates and 

prompt payment.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

•  Board level monitoring of the 

housing market and economic 
environment alongside key business 
metrics, leading to development of 
action plans as necessary.

•  Disciplined operating framework, 
strong balance sheet and low 
financial gearing.

•  Product range and pricing 
strategy based on regional 
market conditions.

•  Regular engagement with industry 
peers, representative bodies, and 
new build mortgage lenders.
•  Use of sales incentives such as 

part-exchange, and Government-
backed schemes to encourage the 
selling process.

•  Quarterly site valuations and 

monthly budget reviews based on 
latest market data.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

79

 
Strategic Report

Principal Risks continued

Risk and description

Strategic relevance

KPIs

Mitigation

Environment and climate change

•  Tonnes of carbon 
emissions per 
legal completion.

•  Percentage 

of renewable 
electricity.

•  Tonnes of waste 
per home built.
•  Percentage of 
waste diverted 
from landfill.

Failure to evolve 
sustainable business 
practices and 
operations in response 
to climate change, 
including physical 
environmental impacts 
and transition risks 
associated with new 
regulation, reporting 
requirements, and 
increased social / 
market expectations.

•  There is an increased focus 
on the actions taken by 
businesses in response to 
climate change and the 
disclosures made. Failure to 
improve policies, reporting 
and performance in line 
with new Government 
regulations and 
heightened social / market 
expectations could lead 
to financial penalties and 
reputational damage. 
•  The physical impacts of 
climate change (such as 
extreme weather) could 
lead to disruptions within 
the supply chain and 
build programmes.

•  Continual monitoring of new and 

evolving requirements as part of our 
legal and regulatory compliance 
framework, including TCFD, the 
Future Homes Standard and the 
Environment Act.

•  Climate change and carbon 

reduction is a key priority under 
the Group’s Better with Bellway 
sustainability strategy.

•  Dedicated sustainability, innovations 
and biodiversity resource in place 
to assess risks relating to climate 
change, monitor performance and 
drive improvement.

•  Consultation with specialist external 
advisors and subject matter experts 
(e.g. sustainability consultants).
•  Regular review of the design and 

features of new homes, along with 
construction methods and the 
sustainability of materials, to increase 
energy efficiency and reduce waste.

•  Investment in energy-saving 
measures for offices and sites, 
including transition to REGO 
certified electricity.

•  Development and monitoring 

of science-based carbon 
reduction targets.

•  Number of 

•  Health and safety policy and 

procedures in place, supported by 
Group-wide training.

•  Regular visits to sites by both our 
Group Health and Safety function 
(independent of divisions) and 
external specialist consultants to 
monitor standards and performance 
against health and safety policies 
and legislation.

•  The Board considers health and 
safety matters at each meeting.

Health and safety

A serious health and 
safety breach and/or 
incident occurs.

•  Failure to maintain safe 
working conditions 
would impact employee 
wellbeing and the 
creation of a positive 
working environment.

RIDDOR seven-day 
reportable incidents 
per 100,000 
site operatives.
•  Health and safety 

•  Injury to an individual whilst 

incident rate.

at one of our business 
locations could delay 
construction and result 
in criminal prosecution, 
civil litigation, and 
reputational damage. 

•  Number of NHBC 

Pride in the 
Job Awards.

80

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Risk and description

Strategic relevance

KPIs

Mitigation

Human resources

Inability to attract, 
recruit and retain high 
quality people.

•  Failure to attract and retain 
people with appropriate 
skills would affect our ability 
to perform and deliver 
our strategy and volume 
growth targets.

•  Employee turnover.
•  Number of 

graduates, trainees, 
and apprentices.
•  Employees who 

have worked for the 
Group for 10 years 
or more.

•  Training days 
per employee.

•  Senior 

management 
gender split.

•  Percentage of staff 
in earning and 
learning roles.

•  Employee 

engagement survey 
response rate.

IT and security

Failure to have suitable 
IT systems in place 
that are appropriately 
supported and secured.

•  Poor performance of our 
systems would disrupt 
operational activity and 
impact the delivery of 
our strategy.

•  An IT security breach could 

result in the loss of data, with 
significant potential fines 
and reputational damage.

•  Operating profit.
•  Operating margin.
•  RoCE.
•  EPS.
•  Gross margin.
•  Customer 

Satisfaction score.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

•  Continued development 
of our Group HR function 
and implementation of our 
people strategy.

•  Established human resources 
programme for apprentices, 
graduates, and site management.

•  Monitoring of staff turnover 

and analysis of feedback from 
exit interviews.

•  Competitive salary and benefits 
packages which are regularly 
reviewed and benchmarked.

•  Employee engagement activities 
undertaken, including an annual 
survey, with results communicated 
to the Board.

•  Succession plans in place and key 
person dependencies identified 
and mitigated.

•  Robust programme of training 

provided to employees which is 
regularly updated and refreshed.

•  Development programmes for 

senior leaders and middle managers 
in place.

•  Continued investment in 
infrastructure and systems.

•  Group-wide systems in operation 

which are centrally controlled by an 
in-house IT function, supported by a 
specialist outsourced provider.
•  IT security policy and procedures 

in place with regular Group-
wide training.

•  Regular review and testing of our 
IT security measures, contingency 
plans and policies.

•  Security Committee in place.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

81

 
Strategic Report

Principal Risks continued

Risk and description

Strategic relevance

KPIs

Mitigation

Land and planning

Inability to source 
suitable land at 
appropriate gross 
margins and return 
on capital employed.

Delays and 
complexity in the 
planning process.

•  Insufficient land at 

appropriate margins, 
onerous planning 
conditions or a failure to 
obtain planning approval 
within appropriate 
timescales would 
exacerbate the challenge 
of developing new homes, 
restrict our ability to deliver 
volume growth targets and 
impact future returns.

•  Number of 
homes sold.
•  Operating profit.
•  Operating margin.
•  RoCE.
•  EPS.
•  Gross margin.
•  Number of plots 
in owned and 
controlled land 
bank with DPP.

•  Number of plots in 

‘pipeline’.

•  Number of plots 
in strategic land 
bank – positive 
planning status.
•  Number of plots 
in strategic land 
bank – longer-
term interests.
•  Number of plots 

acquired with DPP.

•  Number of plots 
converted from 
medium-term 
‘pipeline’.

Legal and regulatory compliance

Failure to comply 
with legislation 
and regulatory 
requirements.

•  Lack of an appropriate 

compliance framework and/
or compliance breaches 
could incur fines, delay 
business operations and 
lead to re-work across 
sites, which will impact our 
reputation and profitability.

•  Number of 
homes sold.
•  Operating profit.
•  Operating margin.
•  RoCE.
•  EPS.
•  Gross margin.

•  Continued development of our 

Group Strategic Land function and 
implementation of our land strategy.

•  Increased investment in land and 
more sites with detailed planning 
permission (DPP).

•  Regular review by both Group and 
divisions of the quantity, location, 
and planning status of land against 
growth targets to ensure our land 
bank supports immediate, medium-
term, and strategic requirements.
•  Formal land acquisition process in 

place for the appraisal and approval 
of all land purchases, including 
pre-purchase due diligence 
and Group level challenge of 
viability assumptions.

•  Group and divisional planning 
specialists in place to support 
the securing of implementable 
planning permissions.

•  In-house expertise from Group 
functions such as Company 
Secretariat, Legal, Health and Safety 
and Technical / Design, who advise 
and support divisions on legal 
compliance and regulatory matters.

•  Consultation with Government 

agencies, specialist external legal 
advisors and subject matter experts, 
(e.g., fire safety engineers).
•  Strengthened Group-wide 

policies, guidance, and training 
in place supported by externally 
facilitated whistleblowing and 
reporting procedures.

•  Continual monitoring and review 
of changes to legislation and 
regulation, including Government 
guidance, advice notes and sector 
specific updates.

•  Regular liaison with industry peers 

and the HBF on compliance 
requirements and matters.

82

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Risk and description

Strategic relevance

KPIs

Mitigation

Unforeseen significant event

An unforeseen 
significant national or 
global event occurs.

•  NAV.
•  Operating profit.
•  Operating margin.
•  RoCE.
•  EPS.
•  Total dividend per 
ordinary share.

•  Gross margin.
•  Reservation rate.
•  Order book value.
•  Employee turnover.

•  The economic uncertainty 

brought about by an 
unforeseen significant event 
could materially impact 
the Group’s operations 
and liquidity.

•  Damage to reputation 
if the Group is not 
perceived to be following 
Government guidelines and 
acting responsibly.

•  We are also mindful of 
the continuing conflict 
and humanitarian crisis in 
Ukraine and acknowledge 
the potential impact on the 
UK economy, supply chains 
and inflation.

•  Strong balance sheet, low financial 

gearing, committed bank loan 
facilities and USPP debt which 
would help ensure resilience during 
a recession.

•  Maintenance of business resilience 

and continuity plans covering 
offices, sites, and IT.

•  Experienced and well-established 

senior management team.

•  Continued investment in systems 

and infrastructure to enable robust 
home working.

•  Monitoring of Government 

guidelines (including Public Health 
England and the Construction 
Leadership Council).

•  Regular communications with 

subcontractors and suppliers to 
understand any potential issues 
within their own business and 
supply chain.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

The Group also considers any emerging risks that have the potential to impact the achievement of our strategy, but which 
cannot yet be fully defined and assessed. These uncertainties are reviewed as part of our established risk management 
framework, discussed regularly by management, the Audit Committee, and the Board, and elevated to principal risks 
(either as new risks or an extension of existing risks) when warranted.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

83

 
Strategic Report

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)

In meeting the requirements of Listing Rule 9.8.6 R, we have concluded that:

For FY23, we fully comply with recommended disclosures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 and 11.

For FY23, we partially comply with recommended disclosures 7 and 9.

We are not complaint with the requirement to consider the financial impact of identified risks over the medium and long-term 
time horizons, as we evolve our approach to TCFD, this will be addressed.

TCFD recommended disclosures

Cross-reference or reason for non-compliance

Next steps and further comments

Governance

1)    Describe the Board’s oversight of 

climate-related risks and opportunities.

2023 Annual Report – Governance 
section (Pages 100 to 161)

Compliant 

2)   Describe management’s role in 

assessing and managing climate-
related risks and opportunities.

2023 Annual Report – Governance 
section (Pages 100 to 161)

Compliant 

Strategy

3)    Describe the climate-related risks 

and opportunities the organisation 
has identified over the short, 
medium and long-term.

4)   Describe the impact of climate-
related risks and opportunities 
on the organisation’s businesses, 
strategy and financial planning.

5)   Describe the resilience of the 

organisation’s strategy, taking into 
consideration different future 
climate scenarios, including a 2°C 
or lower scenario.

Risk management

6)   Describe the organisation’s processes 
for identifying and assessing climate-
related risks.

2023 Annual Report – Strategic report 
section (Pages 10 to 99)

Compliant – We have undertaken 
an assessment of the financial 
impacts of our climate-related risks 
and opportunities.

2023 Annual Report – Strategic report 
section (Pages 10 to 99)

Compliant – We have assessed how 
our commercial strategy will be impacted 
by our identified climate-related risks 
and opportunities.

2023 Annual Report – Strategic report 
section (Pages 10 to 99)

Compliant – We have assessed the 
resilience of our commercial strategy 
to climate-related risks.

2023 Annual Report – Risk management 
(Pages 75 to 78)

Compliant

7)   Describe the organisation’s processes 
for managing climate-related risks.

2023 Annual Report – Risk management 
(Pages 75 to 78)

Partially compliant – We are yet to 
detail our processes (e.g. risk mitigation, 
transference, acceptance or control) 
for managing climate-related risks. 
In addition, we are yet to detail our 
process for determining climate-related 
materiality within our organisation. 

We will continue to ensure that 
climate-related issues are included 
in Bellway’s senior leadership decision-
making processes. 

During the year the Bellway p.l.c. 
Board formally constituted a Sustainability 
Committee. We will continue to develop 
and disclose the allocation of roles and 
responsibilities of climate-related issues to 
management across Bellway.

We will continue to undertake and 
refine a financial quantification 
assessment of our climate-related risks 
and opportunities, to further understand 
their financial impact.

We will continue to review our Better 
with Bellway strategy to encompass 
our identified climate-related risks 
and opportunities.

We have reviewed resilience of our Better 
with Bellway strategy to climate-related 
risks and opportunities.

On an ongoing basis, we will continue 
to enhance our level of awareness 
regarding our climate-related risks and 
opportunities in line with emerging 
regulatory requirements. Climate change 
is included as a principal risk (page 80). 

We will be undertaking further review of 
our decision-making processes for current 
and future risk control as well as further 
developing our processes for determining 
climate-related materiality. We aim to 
achieve this by the end of 2024.

84

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

TCFD recommended disclosures

Cross-reference or reason for non-compliance

Next steps and further comments

2023 Annual Report – Risk management 
(Pages 75 to 78)

Compliant

We will continue to monitor and manage 
our risk management processes to ensure 
climate-related risks are integrated and 
appropriate accountability is maintained.

8)   Describe how processes for 

identifying, assessing and managing 
climate-related risks are integrated 
into the organisation’s overall 
risk management.

Metrics and targets

9)   Disclose the metrics used by the 

organisation to assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities.

10)   Disclose scope 1, scope 2, and if 

appropriate, scope 3 greenhouse 
gas emissions, and the related risks.

2023 Annual Report – Carbon Reduction 
section (Pages 49 to 52)

Partially compliant – during the year we 
have set opportunity metrics related to 
climate-related remuneration. We have 
not yet set an internal price of carbon. 

2023 Annual Report – Carbon Reduction 
section (Pages 49 to 52)

Compliant

The process of setting and disclosing an 
internal price of carbon will be considered 
by the new Group Head of Sustainability 
during FY24. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Bellway commits to reduce absolute 
scope 1 and scope 2 GHG emissions by 
46% by July 2030 from a FY19 base year, 
aligned to the 1.5°C pathway.

Bellway commits to reduce scope 3 GHG 
emissions by 55% per square metre of 
completed floor area by July 2030 from a 
FY19 base year.

In addition to the GHG targets, 
Bellway commits to reduce waste per 
completed unit by 20% by July 2025 and 
to reduce construction site water usage. 

11)   Describe the targets used by the 
organisation to manage climate-
related risks and opportunities and 
performance against targets.

2023 Annual Report – Carbon Reduction 
section (Pages 49 to 52)

Compliant

As a responsible homebuilder, we recognise that climate change is a growing and significant issue. For a third consecutive year, 
we are reporting against the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) recommendations. 

This year, we have focused on assessing the resilience of our 
Better with Bellway strategy, taking into consideration different 
future climate scenarios and enhancing the disclosure of the 
metrics used to assess climate-related risks and opportunities. 
More details on emissions methodology and efficiency ratios 
used as part of our Better with Bellway strategy can be found 
on pages 38 to 62. 

Our approach is structured in line with the four TCFD 
supporting recommended disclosures:

•  Governance. 
•  Strategy.
•  Risk management.
•  Metrics and targets. 

We have provided a summary of our performance against 
each recommended disclosure above, and a reference table. 

We will continue to refine our approach to identifying, 
assessing and managing our climate-related financial risks 
and opportunities. We will align with the guidance outlined 
in the Task Force’s implementation guidance before 2025.

Governance
Climate change represents a principal risk for our business 
and, as such, it is treated with the utmost importance by our 
Board and within our approach to governance. During the 
year the Board made the decision to formally constitute 
a Sustainability Committee, which shall assist the Board in 
fulfilling its responsibilities in relation to ESG matters and 

overseeing the performance of the Better with Bellway 
strategy, and will report to the Board on at least an annual 
basis. Our Group Finance Director is the Board sustainability 
sponsor and with the support of the Committee is responsible 
for monitoring climate change risks, opportunities and 
business impacts. 

The Committee is supported by the Better with Bellway 
Leadership Team, chaired by the Group Head of Sustainability. 
The Better with Bellway Leadership Team has been assigned 
responsibility for raising the profile of environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) risks within Bellway and is responsible for 
the delivery of the Better with Bellway strategy.

Prior to the formation of the Sustainability Committee in May 
2023, an annual in-depth sustainability update was provided 
to the Board which included progress towards achieving the 
Better with Bellway KPIs and targets. In addition, a strategy 
update is provided at each meeting to ensure the Board 
are equipped with relevant information on climate issues. 
The Board use this information when reviewing the Group’s 
overall strategy, business decisions, forecasts and risk 
management. This can be evidenced in decisions relating to 
strategic land purchases, the continued expansion of timber 
framed construction and the early adoption of 10% bio-
diversity net gains within planning permissions submitted.

The Audit Committee receives quarterly updates on business 
risks which include climate change. Annually, the Committee 
undertakes a comprehensive review of key business risks.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

85

 
Strategic Report

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) continued

Strategy
Our Better with Bellway strategy relies on our commitment 
to deliver long-term value for our customers, employees, 
suppliers, shareholders, the environment and the wider 
community. We will continue to support the UK Government 
in the realisation of its net-zero target by 2050. Our efforts 
to tackle climate change are framed within four of the eight 
pillars of our strategy:

Carbon Reduction
•  Developing science-based carbon 

reduction targets.

•  Identifying and mitigating our climate-related 

financial risks and opportunities.

Resource Efficiency
•  Implementing energy-efficient construction 

practices and equipment.

•  Innovating and investing in research 

and development.

Sustainable Supply Chain
•  Evaluating the embodied carbon in our 

raw materials.

•  Working with suppliers to find opportunities 

along the supply chain.

Building Quality Homes, Safely
•  Complying and exceeding the requirements of 

the Government’s Future Homes Standard.

•  Designing homes with reduced 

energy consumption.

Climate scenario analysis
We first embarked on our journey to identify climate-related 
financial risks and opportunities for our business in 2021 
and in 2022 we expanded upon this and developed a 
robust approach to climate scenario analysis. This year we 
have again assessed the resilience of our strategy against 
possible climate futures using the latest climate science as 
set out in the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s 
Representative Concentration Pathways (‘RCPs’).a

a  Representative Concentration Pathways (‘RCPs’) were defined by the Intergovernmental 
Panel on Climate Change (‘IPCC’). The RCPs are considered a method to set different 
scenarios under economic, social and physical assumptions that might occur because 
of climate change, and compare global carbon emissions against pre-industrial levels, 
projecting the effects from now until the end of the century.

Climate scenarios

Cautious scenario 
(RCP 4.5)

Worst-case scenario 
(RCP 8.5)

A predicted global temperature 
increase between 1.7°C and 3.2°C, 
in line with current climate change 
policies, pledges and commitments. 

A global temperature increase 
between 3.2°C and 5.4°C, 
where carbon emissions 
continue growing unmitigated.

For our TCFD reporting, both climate scenarios are projected 
over three time horizons – short-term (2023 to 2040), medium-
term (2040 to 2060) and long-term (2060 to 2080). The time 
horizons encompass the wide range of timeframes over 
which the different climate-related risks will be realised. 

The equidistant timeframe of each presents a clear distinction 
between the short, medium, and long-term and allows for 
longer-term planning of key climate-related risks. For the 
context of Bellway, the time-horizons took into account the 
lifetime of Bellway’s assets (primarily homes), the profile of the 
climate-related risks, and the geography of operation across 
the UK. The following parameters were considered:

•  The short-term time-horizon allows for the prioritisation of 
risks and opportunities to be included within operational, 
financial, and capital planning; 

•  Industry guidance highlights the typical lifespan of homes 

as up to 60 years (for the purposes of whole lifecycle 
carbon assessments); and

•  Bellway Homes operates out of 21 divisions in England, 
Scotland, and Wales. The time-horizons took account of 
the relevant geographical data from the UK Met Office 
(2018). This dataset shows clear changes and projections 
for physical climate-related impacts at key milestones in 
alignment between present day and post-2070s. 

Notably, most climate models deliver scenario results for 
physical impacts at a timeframe beyond 2050. The immediacy 
of the physical risks will increase under a high-emission 
scenario and should be considered over the short-term.

The climate scenario analysis outlined above was used 
to identify the projected climate changes across England, 
Scotland and Wales. Consistent with TCFD, we identified:

•  Physical risks: defined as direct damage resulting from 

climate change phenomena. These can be event-driven 
(acute) or long-term shifts (chronic) in climate patterns. 
•  Transition risks: defined as policy and legal, technological, 

market and reputation impacts, associated with 
the implementation of measures to reach a low-
carbon economy.

•  Opportunities: realised benefits of climate change arising 

from new policies, operational efficiencies, resource 
efficiencies, and capitalising upon the low-carbon market 
and technological drivers. 

We also assessed the financial significance of our climate-
related financial risks and opportunities by:

1.  Conducting a financial climate change workshop with 

cross-departmental representation. 

2. Analysing the financial thresholds and value of our current 

and pipeline land and housing portfolio.

3. Identifying the potential financial impacts of every climate 

risk for the business. 

4. Classifying every risk and opportunity in the financial 
threshold, depending on the level of impact against 
Bellway’s portfolio value i.e. assets and land.

86

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The most relevant climate-related risks we have identified 
are summarised on pages 87 to 89. This includes the level of 
financial impact for the short-term time horizon (2023 – 2040). 
We are not compliant with the requirement to consider the 
financial impact of the identified risks over the medium and 
long term time horizons, we will do this as we evolve our 
approach to TCFD.

Risk: financial impact score key:

1.  Impacts less than 1% of Bellway’s portfolio value.
2. Impacts between 1% to 2.5% of Bellway’s portfolio value.
3. Impacts between 2.5% to 5% of Bellway’s portfolio value.
4. Impacts more than 5% of Bellway’s portfolio value.

For each climate-related opportunity, we have identified 
a potential value score for the short-term time-horizon 
(2023 to 2040). Each opportunity is scored against the 
strength of the benefits Bellway will experience if they are 
to realise the identified opportunity. 

Physical risk

The thresholds are defined as follows: 

Opportunity: financial impact score key:

1.  An increase to Bellway’s portfolio value at less than 1%.
2. An increase to Bellway’s portfolio value at 1% to 2.5%.
3. An increase to Bellway’s portfolio value at between 2.5% 

and 5%.

4. An increase to Bellway’s portfolio value at more than 5%.

The financial impacts of the risks and opportunities are 
considered as part of the financial planning process. 
This includes the allocation of resources for initiatives 
including the Future Home Standard (more detail on page 
52), the cost of complying with BNG requirements as well as 
continuing to consider the physical risks of climate change, 
such as flood risk, as part of land viability assessments. 
Bellway considers its strategy to be resilient to the climate 
risks identified. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Category

Identified climate risk

Actual and financial impact

Acute

Increased frequency and 
intensity of heatwaves 
leading to adverse on-site 
working conditions.

•  Increased expenditure as a result of 
implementing measures to maintain 
comfortable working conditions on 
construction sites. 

Financial score

Cautious Scenario 
(short-term 
time-horizons)

Worst Case 
Scenario (short-
term time-horizons)

Score 1 

Score 2

Increased frequency and 
intensity of extreme rainfall 
events leading to increased 
river, coastal and surface 
water flooding.

Chronic

Sustained increase in 
temperatures leading to 
poor thermal comfort/
overheating in homes.

Sea and tidal river levels 
rising may put some site 
locations in the coastal 
regions and near flood 
plains up-river at risk 
of flooding.

•  Reduced revenue and increased costs as 
a result of build delays caused by labour 
disruption and decreased production capacity.

•  Increased costs of repair and loss of useable 

Score 1

Score 2

materials during construction.

•  Reduced availability of future developable land.
•  Increased operating costs due to the need for 

additional drainage, or amendments to existing 
drainage, both during development and 
upon completion.

•  Increased costs due to adapting and 

Score 1

Score 2

redesigning new homes.

•  Reduced sales revenue and investment if 

buyers and investors perceive that the design of 
Bellway’s homes are not adequate for mitigating 
against the effects of climate change.

•  Increased costs due to prolonged planning 

Score 1

Score 2

and construction times for at-risk sites.

•  Loss of revenue due to reduced availability 

of future useable land and inability to include 
planned units on at-risk sites.

•  Increased insurance premiums and reduced 
availability of insurance on assets at high-
risk locations.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

87

 
Strategic Report

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) continued

Transition risk

Category

Identified climate risk

Actual and financial impact

Policy 
and legal

Many local authorities 
have declared climate 
emergencies, aligned to the 
Environment Act and the 
Planning and Energy Act, 
and have set expectations 
of developers to address 
associated impacts.

•  Increased operating costs as a result of 
planning delays or rejections by local 
authorities and the associated resubmissions.
•  Reduced revenue due to negative perception 
of stakeholders arising from an insufficient 
response to local authority requirements.
•  Constrained land supply leading to inflated 

land costs. 

Financial score

Cautious Scenario 
(short-term 
time-horizons)

Worst Case 
Scenario (short-
term time-horizons)

Score 1 

Score 1

•  Loss of revenue if stakeholders perceive that 

Bellway is not responding appropriately to local 
authority climate agendas.

•  Financial penalties and a fall in demand and 

investment if new local authority requirements 
are not met.

•  Reduced sales revenue and investment if 

Score 3

Score 4

buyers and investors perceive that the design 
of Bellway’s homes are not adequate for 
mitigating against the effects of climate change. 

•  Financial penalties and a fall in demand and 

investment if new regulatory requirements are 
not met.

The impact of this risk has been built into the 
Carbon Reduction strategy, metrics and targets as 
part of Better with Bellway, see pages 49 to 52.

•  Reduced demand and investment if partners, 
customers and potential investors perceive 
Bellway has had a delayed response to the 
climate-related reporting landscape. 

•  Increased costs from fines and judgments 

arising from non-compliance and with new 
reporting requirements.

Score 1

Score 1

Failure to comply with the 
Future Homes Standard for 
England which is planned 
to be introduced by 2025 – 
requiring new build homes 
to be future-proofed with 
low carbon heating and 
a very high standard of 
energy efficiency.

Failure to report and 
disclose both mandatory 
and voluntary climate-
related information to a 
credible standard.

Technology Insufficient development 

•  Increased costs due to investment in research 

Score 3

Score 3

and availability of more 
efficient products and 
technologies to deliver 
climate-resilient homes.

The Government has 
now recognised that 
low carbon homes may 
be more expensive for 
customers than existing 
(e.g., gas boiler) homes.

and development.

•  Increased costs from extended build time and 
effort to deliver homes and developments 
resilient to climate change.

•  Loss of revenue if buyers perceive that Bellway 

is unable to offer climate-resilient homes.

•  Constrained supply of more efficient products 
and technologies leading to inflated prices.

The impact of this risk has been built into the 
Carbon Reduction and Sustainable Supply Change 
strategies, metrics and targets as part of Better with 
Bellway, see pages 49 to 52, 55 and 56. 

•  Increased costs due to higher input prices 
of ‘renewable’ resources and equipment.
•  Reduced demand and sales revenue as a 

result of negative feedback from buyers on 
the costs of running a Bellway home or if 
buyers favour older properties as opposed to 
new builds.

Score 2

Score 2

88

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Transition risk continued

Category

Market

Identified climate risk

Actual and financial impact

Financial score

Cautious Scenario 
(short-term 
time-horizons)

Worst Case 
Scenario (short-
term time-horizons)

Supply chain challenges 
resulting in exhaustion 
of resources leading to 
decreased availability of 
building materials.

•  Increased costs due to inflated input prices 

Score 3

Score 3

and delays in construction activity.
•  Reduced revenue from a reduction in 

completed homes.

The impact of this risk has been built into the 
Sustainable Supply Change strategy, metrics and 
targets as part of Better with Bellway, see pages 
55 and 56. 

Failure to improve Bellway’s 
carbon footprint by 
meeting the Science Based 
Targets, whereby scope 1, 
2 and 3 carbon emissions 
are reduced.

•  Increased operating costs due to construction 
and wider business disruptions resulting from 
the transition to a low-carbon economy.

•  Damage to share price owing to a perception 
of potential and existing investors that Bellway 
has not met its net zero commitments.

•  Increased expenditure and costs resulting from 

the actions and initiatives required to meet 
Science Based Targets.

Score 2

Score 2

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Reputation Customers and 

•  Loss of competitive advantage resulting in 

Score 3

Score 3

communities do not 
perceive that Bellway has 
responded/contributed 
appropriately or sufficiently 
to the transition to a low-
carbon economy.

reduced demand for Bellway homes and a fall 
in sales revenue.

•  Damage to share price if potential and existing 
investors perceive that Bellway’s response to 
transitioning to a low-carbon economy has 
been inadequate.

The impact of this risk has been built into 
the Carbon Reduction and Customers and 
Communities strategies, metrics and targets as 
part of Better with Bellway, see pages 49 to 52. 

•  Increased costs due to recruitment/

Score 1

Score 1

inductions and associated construction 
and business disruptions.

•  Reduced revenues due to the impact of 

workforce issues on completions.

•  Damage to share price if the business is 
not seen as an attractive investment due 
to perceived poor performance regarding 
sustainability and ESG.

•  Increased staff turnover resulting in loss of 

knowledge and inefficiency.

Failure to embed 
sustainability in the business 
(including within staff 
training and development 
processes) may lead to 
the business becoming 
unattractive to staff, potential 
investors and existing 
shareholders as sustainability 
and ESG performance are 
increasingly incorporated 
into employment and 
investment decisions.

TCFD opportunity

Category

Identified climate opportunity

Business impact

Resource 
efficiency

Achieving savings from optimising resources 
consumption and adopting circular economy 
measures, reintegrating fit-out materials to productive 
cycles, reducing waste costs and buying less materials.

Technology Harnessing significant operational savings by investing 

in energy-efficient equipment, sustainable materials 
and implementing sustainable building practices.

Market and
reputation

Increase in demand for housing due to the impact of 
climate change (more people in need of homes due 
to forced displacement and migration, for example).

Operational savings and reduced expenditure 
for materials and waste management.

Operational savings, more efficient building 
processes, more efficient technology 
and equipment.

Increase in demand, sales and market 
share resulting in enhanced revenue.

Potential

Score 2

Score 2

Score 1

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

89

 
Strategic Report

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) continued

In line with our legal obligation under the Companies 
(Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy 
and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 and the Greenhouse 
Gas Protocol, we have continued to measure our scope 1 
and 2 greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions and are pleased 
to report a 15.0% reduction from 2021. This progress is critical 
to our business as we continue on our journey towards net 
zero by 2050. For Bellway, we define net zero as reducing 
our scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions to zero, consistent with 
achieving net-zero emissions in line with the Paris Agreement. 
Our definition accounts for neutralising any residual emissions 
at the net-zero target year and any GHG emissions released 
into the atmosphere thereafter with appropriate initiatives, 
measures and technologies.

For more information on our carbon footprint, please see 
pages 49 to 52.

We are proud of our performance to date and have set 
ourselves stretching targets, which will manage our climate-
related risks, realise our climate-related opportunities, and 
achieve net zero by 2050. Our targets include:

•  46% reduction of absolute scope 1 and scope 2 (tonnes 

of CO2e) emissions against our 2019 baseline by July 2030.

•  55% reduction of our scope 3 emissions (tonnes CO2e 

per m2 floor area) against our 2019 baseline by July 2030.
•  100% of purchased energy to be from renewable sources, 

and REGO-certified, by December 2023.

•  20% reduction in waste per completed unit by July 2025.
•  Reduction in construction site water usage against the 
baseline of FY21 by July 2025 (m3 of water per 1000m2 
of completed homes).

These targets will help strengthen our resilience against 
climate change, increase our investors’ trust and enable us 
to play a full and active role within the construction industry 
to drive innovative change around carbon reduction. 
In addition, targets around reducing scope 1 and scope 2 
emissions and waste have been added as a performance 
criteria for the Group’s long-term incentive remuneration, 
see page 135 for further information. 

For more information, please see our Better with Bellway page 
on our website.

Better with Bellway is regularly reviewed by the Board, 
the Sustainability Committee and the Better with Bellway 
Leadership Team, against our identified scenarios, to monitor 
and further identify climate risks, opportunities and financial 
impacts and how these will affect Bellway as a business. 

Risk management
At Bellway, climate-related risks have been integrated into our 
established company-wide Risk Management Framework. 
This framework is overseen by our Audit Committee, and we 
utilise our Risk Management Policy to identify the current 
climate-related risks and opportunities. This process considers 
internal and external uncertainties which, if they occur, will have 
a significant impact on our business. Once we identify our 
risks, we then categorise each of them as follows:

•  Strategic risks.
•  Operational risks.
•  Financial risks.
•  Compliance risks.
•  Reputational risks.

A full summary of our climate-related risks and opportunities, 
and their associated business and financial impacts, is captured 
within our internal TCFD Risk and Opportunities Register. 
The register provides a coherent framework to identify, 
assess, manage and monitor the impacts of climate change 
on our business. We identify current or future mitigation 
measures and controls for the risks to reduce the impact and 
likelihood of each arising. We follow the same method to 
identify our climate-related opportunities.

Following the quantification of the most significant risks and 
opportunities for our business, we then integrate these into 
our company-wide strategic Risk Register. This Risk Register is 
reviewed on an annual basis by the Board, with risks deemed 
high or significant then monitored on a quarterly basis by the 
Audit Committee, to prevent the actualisation of a risk event. 

Metrics and targets
We understand that further and more tangible steps 
need to be taken to mitigate our climate-related risks 
and realise opportunities, both for the future of our planet 
and our business. 

The most significant climate-related risk to the business 
identified through the scenario analysis is the failure to 
comply with the Future Homes Standard. More detail on our 
decarbonisation plans and actions to achieve our targets can 
be found on pages 49 to 52. 

Our scope 3 target goes beyond the emission reductions that 
will be required to meet the Future Homes Standard in 2025. 

The Group monitors carbon emissions through the metrics 
and targets that form part of the Better with Bellway 
strategy. These targets outline our commitment to drive 
down emissions throughout our operations and our value 
chain. We have set targets which are aligned to the SBTi 
1.5°C ambition. 

90

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’)

The Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’) is an independent not for profit organisation 
which sets standards to guide the disclosure of financially material sustainability information 
of companies.

Terminology used in the SASB is different from the UK marketplace, therefore we have used equivalent data where 
requirements are different from established building and sustainability related standards and measures for the UK.

The following table discloses our performance against the criteria set by the SASB for the Home Builders sector. 
Data relates to the period 1 August 2022 – 31 July 2023.

Throughout this section, ‘Plots’ are homes prior to completion which are equivalent to ‘Lots’.

Code

SASB criteria

Our approach

Land use and ecological impacts

IF-HB-16A.1

IF-HB-160a.2

IF-HB-160a.3

Number of (1) lots and 
(2) homes delivered on 
redevelopment sites

Number of (1) lots and 
(2) homes delivered in 
regions with High or 
Extremely High Baseline 
Water Stress

Total amount of monetary 
losses as a result of 
legal proceedings 
associated with 
environmental regulations

33.5% of our owned and controlled land bank plots were on brownfield land, 
as at 1 July 2023.

31.1% of completions (excluding joint ventures).

Data is currently unavailable.

Working towards reporting targets for the financial year ending 31 July 2024.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

There has been £108,790 in monetary losses as a result of legal proceedings 
associated with the environment.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

91

 
Strategic Report

Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’) continued

Code

SASB criteria

Our approach

Land use and ecological impacts continued

IF-HB-160a.4

Discussion of process to 
integrate environmental 
considerations into site 
selection, site design, 
and site development 
and construction

For all developments, we aim to mitigate our impact through a range of 
actions, including flood impact assessments, risk assessments, ecology surveys, 
environmental impact assessments, and, in agreement with local planning 
authorities, biodiversity mitigation, enhancement and offsetting.

We have a Group Head of Biodiversity who works closely with our Commercial, 
Planning and Land teams to ensure that we fully integrate all reasonable 
environmental considerations into our developments and achieve our Better 
with Bellway objectives.

The Group Head of Biodiversity has provided detailed training to a range of 
staff across the business on specific ecology and biodiversity related matters. 

Site selection:
•  At acquisition stage, we carry out detailed due diligence on sites with regard 
to flood risk and mitigation, land contamination, air quality, landscape and 
biodiversity assessments. 

•  We consider connectivity to transport links, and potential nitrate and 

phosphate issues. 

•  All land purchases are scrutinised by senior divisional management, prior to 

being reviewed by our Group Head Office. 

•  Flood risk authorities specify that new developments must survive a one in one 
hundred year storm with an additional risk tolerance of 30%. Our developments 
meet or exceed this specification. We also strive to reduce water use associated 
with our developments using a range of available techniques, most notably in 
areas of existing high water stress. 

•  We have committed to demonstrating a minimum Biodiversity Net Gain of 10% 

across all development designs submitted for planning from July 2023 onwards. 
Our Land teams utilise their knowledge received from training resources and 
models, as well as external ecologists, to assess biodiversity constraints and 
opportunities. This is performed at the earliest stage of site selection and they 
are supported by our Group Head of Biodiversity and Head Office teams.

Site design:
•  Our Artisan house type design standards exceed statutory requirements 

for energy efficiency. 

•  Environmental considerations are driven through our new Better with 

Bellway approach.

•  In 2023, we planted 15,023 tree saplings across our developments.

Site development and construction:
•  We identify and mitigate environmental impact during the development and 

construction phase through the application of Group Standards.

•  Our divisions are working towards being certified to IS0 14001 Environmental 
Management System Standards by the financial year ended 31 July 2026.

•  Wherever possible mature trees and woodlands located within our 

developments are retained. These trees are then protected during development 
in accordance with British Standard 5837:2012. 

•  Our Regional Health and Safety Managers conducted 770 monitoring 
visits of sites in FY23 to assess compliance with our health, safety and 
environmental policies. 

•  Over the past year, we’ve installed sustainable drainage systems on 253 

of our developments.

•  We’ve implemented biodiversity plans on 146 of our developments across 

the UK. 

•  100% of our sites have individual site waste management plans.

92

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Code

SASB criteria

Our approach

Workforce health and safety

IF-HB-320a.1

(1) Total recordable 
incident rate (‘TRIR’) 
and (2) fatality rate for (a) 
direct employees and (b) 
contract employees

Design for resource efficiency

IF-HB-410a.1

Number of homes that 
obtained a certified HERS 
Index Score and (2) 
average score

IF-HB-410a.2

Percentage of installed 
water fixtures certified to 
WaterSense® specifications

IF-HB-410a.3

IF-HB-410a.4

Number of homes 
delivered certified to a 
third-party multi-attribute 
green building standard

Description of risks and 
opportunities related to 
incorporating resource 
efficiency into home 
design, and how benefits 
are communicated 
to customers

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

We measure H&S performance using an Annual Injury Incidence Rate (‘AIIR’) 
metric which is per 100,000 employees. Our overall AIIR is 221.15. 

There were no fatalities.

The health, safety, and wellbeing of our colleagues and subcontractors is our 
highest priority. 

Reportable injuries are those covered by the UK’s Reporting of Injuries, 
Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations (‘RIDDOR’).

The Energy Performance Certificate (‘EPC’) is a UK equivalent to the HERS Index. 
Properties are assessed by an accredited assessor. 

99% of our homes achieve an energy efficiency rating of either A or B, 
this significantly exceeds the new build industry average of 84%. This statistic is 
based on analysis of actual final EPC data from 1 August 2022 to 31 July 2023. 
The sample analysed covered 8,652 homes accounting for 79% of the 
completions in the period.

The construction specification of every Bellway home includes high levels of 
thermal insulation, the detailed house type designs incorporate calculated 
thermal bridging thereby reducing a significant source of heat loss. Our homes 
also feature highly efficient services and appliances. Solar PV arrays and 
mechanical ventilation systems with heat recovery feature in a growing number 
of our homes.

100% of total home completions in FY23 were designed to a flow of less than 
110 litres per person per day.

Our homes incorporate low flow outlets and sanitary ware to achieve a low water 
consumption rate, this strategy permanently reduces water consumption.

The UK does not currently have an established third party multi-attribute green 
building standard for homes. 

All our homes are subject to UK building regulations. 

We continuously review risks and opportunities in relation to resource efficiency 
in our Artisan collection house designs. 

We do this through internal workshops, working directly with our supply chain 
partners, collaborating in sector forums and testing through customer research. 

It is recognised that the low carbon home of the future is not necessarily a 
low running cost home. We are conducting research projects that include 
energy monitoring and reporting to identify the prime configuration of fabric, 
services and renewable energy generation to ensure affordable running costs 
for our customers. 

These benefits will be communicated to the customer via improved EPC ratings.

The greater use of timber products increases construction efficiency and reduces 
the amount of embodied carbon in a home we build.

As part of Customer First we communicate with our customers throughout their 
customer journey, utilising various channels to keep them informed about all 
aspects of their new home.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

93

 
Strategic Report

Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’) continued

Code

SASB criteria

Our approach

Community impacts of new developments

IF-HB-410b.1

Description of how 
proximity and access to 
infrastructure, services, 
and economic centres 
affect site selection and 
development decisions

IF-HB-410b.2

Number of (1) lots and 
(2) homes delivered on 
infill sites

IF-HB-410b.3

(1) Number of homes 
delivered in compact 
developments and 
(2) average density

Climate change adaptation

IF-HB-420a.1

Number of lots located in 
100-year flood zones

IF-HB-420a.2

Description of climate 
change risk exposure 
analysis, degree of 
systematic portfolio 
exposure, and strategies 
for mitigating risks

Proximity and access to infrastructure, services, and economic centres influence 
site selection and development decisions.

For each site, we assess the current level of facilities and services to see if they 
are sufficient to support the scale of proposed development. We aim for future 
residents to have convenient access to local facilities and services.

Where it is deemed the current level of facilities or services are not adequate to 
support the development, we contribute to improve local facilities. 

The UK’s NPPF also requires consideration of the opportunities presented by 
existing or planned investment in infrastructure.

During 2023, we contributed £89.2 million to local communities via planning 
obligations to fund infrastructure and facilities.

Around 84.3% of our sites were within 400m of a public transport node.

This data is not currently collected. However, the majority of brownfield land in 
the UK would meet the definition of an infill site. 

10,812 (33.5%) of our owned and controlled land bank plots at 31 July 2023 were 
on brownfield land.

3,399 (31.1%) home completions (excluding joint ventures) were on brownfield land.

According to SASB definitions, all our schemes meet the criteria for 
compact development.

For all developments, and specifically where we develop greenfield sites, 
we aim to mitigate our impact through a range of actions, including flood 
impact assessments, risk assessments, ecology surveys, environmental 
impact assessments, and in agreement with local planning authorities, 
biodiversity mitigation, enhancement and offsetting.

Flood risk authorities specify that new developments must survive a one in 
hundred year storm plus 30%. 

We ensure our developments meet and very often exceed this specification.

We recognise climate change as a principal risk to our business and are 
committed to reducing our own emissions through our Science-Based 
Targets (‘SBTs’).

The assessment of, and response to climate risk is a key consideration in the 
Group’s future strategy. 

The identification of new and emerging climate-related risks, assessment and 
prioritisation of those risks, and our risk management approach will be key to 
integrate climate change mitigation into our overall approach to sustainability. 
Over the next year, we will undertake scenario planning to identify the risks 
related to the increasing frequency and severity of acute weather events 
or increasing water scarcity that could impact our operating environment. 
Once identified, we will work towards obtaining a better understanding of 
the potential financial impacts using our established scoring criteria, and our 
resilience with regards to different scenarios.

We have clear governance to allow the business to oversee climate risks, 
along with the Group’s progress on compliance with the Taskforce for 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’).

94

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Code

SASB criteria

Our approach

Activity metrics

IF-HB-000.A

Number of controlled lots As at 31 July 2023, our short-term land bank stood at 32,229 plots.

IF-HB-000.B

IF-HB-000.C

Number of 
homes delivered

Number of active 
selling communities

We delivered 10,972 home completions, 10,945 from wholly owned operations 
along with 27 from our share of joint ventures.

We sold from 239 average active sales outlets, 238 in our wholly owned 
operations and one in our joint ventures.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

95

 
Strategic Report

Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement

This section of the strategic report constitutes Bellway p.l.c.’s Non-Financial and Sustainability Information 
Statement, produced to comply with Section 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. The requirements are 
addressed in this section by means of cross referencing to indicate which sections of the narrative they 
are embedded. Our policies can also be found at www.bellwayplc.co.uk.

Non-financial information

Section

Description of our Business Model

Our Business Model

Principal Risks

Non-Financial KPIs

Risk Management

Principal Risks

Better with Bellway KPIs
Bellway with Bellway 
Our Business Model 

Climate-related Financial Disclosures

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

Pages

18 to 23

75 to 78

79 to 83

12 to 13
38 to 62
18 to 23

84 to 90

Page

84 to 90

49 to 52

58

55 to 56

Relevant policies 
and standards which 
govern our approach

•  Climate 

Change Policy
•  Environmental 

Policy

•  Sustainability 

Policy
•  Better 

with Bellway
•  Future Homes 
Standard (‘FHS’)

•  Waste 

Management 
Policy

Related principal 
risks*

Where to find more 
information

•  Environment 
and climate 
change
•  Land and 
Planning
•  Legal and 
Regulatory 
Compliance

•  TCFD

•  Better with 

Bellway – Carbon 
Reduction

•  Better with 
Bellway – 
Biodiversity 

•  Better with 
Bellway – 
Sustainable 
Supply Chain

•  Health and 
Safety Policy
•  Agile Working 

•  Health 

and Safety
•  Legal and 

Policy 

•  Safeguarding 

Policy
•  Equality 

Diversity & 
Inclusion Policy

Regulatory  
Human 
Resources

•  IT and Security
•  Legal and 
Regulatory 
Compliance

•  SASB Disclosures

91 to 95

•  Section 172 
Statement

•  Better with 
Bellway – 
Employer 
of Choice 

•  Better with 
Bellway – 
Building Quality 
Homes, Safely

•  Key Stakeholder 
Relationships

•  Nomination 
Committee 
Report

63

46 to 47

53 to 54

66 to 68

113

•  Audit 

114 to 125

Committee 
Report

•  SASB Disclosures

91 to 95

Reporting 
requirement 

Environmental 
matters

Employees

Our approach

As a responsible house builder 
we are committed to ensuring the 
business plays a role in delivering 
carbon reduction and planning for a 
sustainable future. We recognise that 
climate change is one of the defining 
challenges of our time and we are 
committed to reducing our own 
emissions, and customer emissions 
from the homes we build, through the 
setting of science-based targets to 
reduce our scope 1, 2 and scope 3 
emissions. Through collaborations 
and test trials, we are working on a 
variety of technologies to help reduce 
carbon emissions.

Bellway is committed to being an 
inclusive employer that aims to create 
an environment that is open, diverse, 
and free from all forms of prejudice 
and discrimination and we have 
set a range of targets to improve 
the diversity of our workforce. We 
also thrive to create a safe working 
environment that promotes personal 
development and equal opportunities. 
The mental health of our colleagues is 
important, and we are taking steps to 
improve the ratio of mental health first 
aiders within the Group. 

96

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Reporting 
requirement 

Respect for 
Human Rights

Our approach

Bellway is committed to respecting 
human rights ensuring our people, 
subcontractors and suppliers are 
always treated fairly. We will continue 
to take steps to ensure we are 
respecting human rights through our 
procedures and policies and develop 
our knowledge and awareness of 
human rights.

Social matters Bellway is committed to support our 

local communities through, community 
engagement, donations, and our 
recently introduced Volunteering 
Policy. We aim to continue investing 
in our local communities through the 
planning process, where we invest in a 
range of community services and build 
a wide range of houses and apartments 
to meet the varying budgets and needs 
of our customers. We are proud of our 
5-star6 homebuilder status, and we aim 
to do better through our Customer 
First programme. 

In August 2022, Bellway established a 
new standalone Building Safety division, 
which is dedicated to the remediation 
of buildings identified during the review 
of our high-rise portfolio, providing a 
full in-house capability in the delivery of 
remedial works. In March 2023 Bellway 
signed the DLUHC Self-Remediation 
Terms (SRT) in England, which converted 
the principles of the building safety 
pledge signed in 2022, in which we 
committed to resolve any historical fire 
remedial work on buildings completed 
since 5 April 1992, into a binding 
agreement between the Government 
and Bellway. This was followed in May 
2023, with the signature of the Welsh 
Government’s Self-Remediation Terms. 

Bellway is committed to high standard 
of ethics, honesty and integrity and 
have a zero-tolerance approach to any 
form of bribery and corruption and 
have compliance procedures in place 
to prevent bribery and corruption in 
our business. The standards set by 
Bellway are expected to be followed 
by all employees, subcontractors, 
suppliers and any other third party 
acting for or on behalf of the Company.

Anti-bribery 
and anti-
corruption 

Related principal 
risks*

Where to find more 
information

Page

46 to 47

•  Better with 
Bellway 
Employer 
of Choice

Relevant policies 
and standards which 
govern our approach

•  Anti-Slavery 
and Human 
Trafficking 
Statements

•  Data protection 

Policy

•  Privacy Notice
•  Bereavement 

Policy

•  Maternity Leave 

Policy

•  Paternity Leave 

Policy

•  Better with 
Bellway

•  Charity Policy
•  Volunteering 

Policy

•  Anti-Money 
Laundering 
Policy

•  Home Builders 

Federation

•  Self-Remediation 

Terms

•  Construction 
resources

•  Health 

and Safety
•  IT and Security
•  Legal and 
Regulatory 
Compliance

•  Health 

and Safety
•  Land and 
Planning

•  IT and Security
•  Legal and 
Regulatory 
compliance

•  Key Stakeholder 
Relationships 

66 to 70

•  SASB Disclosures

91 to 95

•  Nomination 
Committee 
Report 

•  Audit 

Committee 
Report 

•  Better with 
Bellway

113

114 to 125

38 to 62

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

•  Our Business 

18 to 23

Model

•  Our Marketplace

24 to 25

•  SASB Disclosures

91 to 95

•  Chief Executive’s 

30 to 33

Market and  
Operational  
Review

•  Section 172 
Statement

63

•  Key Stakeholder 
Relationships

64 to 74

•  Bribery 

and Corruption 
Policy

•  Whistle blowing 

Policy

•  Legal and 
Regulatory 
Compliance

•  Audit 

114 to 125

Committee 
Report

*  For full details on related principal risks see pages 79 to 83.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

97

 
Governance

Chair’s Statement on 
Corporate Governance

Board of Directors and  
Group General Counsel  
and Company Secretary

Board Activities and Decisions

Board Leadership

Division of Responsibilities

Composition, Succession 
and Evaluation

Nomination Committee Report 

Audit Committee Report

Remuneration Report

Sustainability Committee Report

Directors’ Report

Independent Auditor’s Report

100

102

104

106

107

111

112

114

126

146

147

151

98

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Making better 
choices for 
our stakeholders

Stakeholder engagement is an important part of our business 
operations as it helps inform Board decision-making and ensures 
we consider the impact of those decisions on key stakeholders.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

99

Governance

Chair’s Statement on Corporate Governance

SASB have produced standards to focus companies 
disclosing performance on the most financially material 
sustainability topics for the benefit of investors. We have 
reported against the standards applicable for our industry 
(more detail on pages 91 to 95).

There are 17 SDGs in total, and Bellway have mapped the 
goals which are applicable against the new Better with 
Bellway strategy (more detail on pages 43 to 62).

Diversity
The Board believe a highly qualified board with directors from 
diverse backgrounds will improve corporate governance and 
decision-making. The Board is therefore committed to making 
appointments on merit, against objective criteria and strongly 
supports boardroom diversity in all its characteristics, including 
but not limited to, age, gender, race, education, professional 
background and experience. 

As part of Board succession planning, the Nomination 
Committee has been actively working on promoting 
diversity with the objective of aligning Board composition 
with the Parker Reviews, the FTSE Women’s Leaders 
Review recommendations, and the FCA disclosure rules. 
During the year, Sarah Whitney has been appointed as Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director, and the Board has 
approved increasing the number of Non-Executive Directors 
to allow the Company to meet these targets. Recruitment for 
an additional Non-Executive Director is underway in order 
for us to meet the requirements of the FCA disclosure rules, 
however this was not completed in time for the financial 
year end 31 July 2023, the appointment is expected to 
be confirmed in advance of the Company’s 2023 AGM in 
December 2023. The Board welcomes the opportunity to 
further expand the diversity and skills of its Directors.

Diversity extends beyond the boardroom and the Board 
values diversity across the workforce. Becoming an ‘Employer 
of Choice’ is a flagship pillar of our Better with Bellway strategy 
(more details on pages 46 and 47). This objective includes 
becoming a more open, diverse and inclusive organisation. 
We are committed to providing a great working environment 
which recognises that people from different backgrounds, 
experiences and abilities can bring fresh ideas and innovation 
to improve our business. We want to ensure that equality, 
diversity and inclusion is embedded in our culture, and 
reflected in our people and behaviours. Bellway held its 
first Pride event in 2023, which was well supported across 
the Group. 

The UK construction sector has historically been a male 
dominated environment and tangible change will take some 
time to accomplish. We are committed to increasing the 
number of females in the business, especially in senior roles, 
and we continue to invest in our apprentice and graduate 
schemes to bring new diverse talent into the business. 

During the year the Board has constituted 
a Sustainability Committee. The Committee 
shall assist the Board in fulfilling its 
responsibilities in relation to ESG matters 
and overseeing the performance of the 
Better with Bellway strategy.”

John Tutte
Chair

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased with the Company’s continued commitment 
to sustainability and how this is being embedded within the 
business. I do however recognise we can build on these 
strong foundations and we have a strategic plan to improve 
corporate governance, sustainability and diversity at all levels 
of the organisation.

Sustainability 
The Board has worked hard to set an ambitious ESG agenda 
and I am pleased to update you, that during the year the 
Board has constituted a Sustainability Committee of which 
I am Chair. The Sustainability Committee shall assist the 
Board in fulfilling its responsibilities in relation to ESG matters 
and overseeing the performance of the Better with Bellway 
strategy. A Sustainability Committee report has been prepared 
for the first time, detailing the key responsibilities of the 
Committee and focus for FY24. More details can be found 
on page 146. 

Our Better with Bellway strategy has been operational 
since March 2022, with sustainability at its heart, it reinforces 
our commitment to operating in a responsible and 
ethical manner. 

In 2017, the Financial Stability Board released its report on 
the recommendations of the TCFD. We acknowledge the 
importance of these disclosures and we are committed to 
implementing the recommendations in full. This is our third 
year of making TCFD disclosures, and we will continue to 
refine and develop our approach. More information on 
TCFD reporting can be found on pages 84 to 90.

In addition, as part of our Better with Bellway strategy, we have 
chosen to report against SASB and SDGs reporting frameworks 
as these were identified as being most relevant to our investors.

100

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
The evaluation noted that the Board itself has evolved with 
the appointment of a new Chair and Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director. The two recent appointments to the 
Board have added sector knowledge depth and comparative 
perspective. The Board can be characterised as inviting and 
accepting of challenge and is operating effectively against the 
requirements of the short to medium term. 

Areas for further development include the ability to clearly 
articulate corporate ambition, continued evolution of attitude 
to risk, organisational structure and expanding the Executive 
Committee. The Board will agree formal action points relating 
to these areas of development.

The areas highlighted for improvement in last year’s internally 
facilitated Board evaluation and the progress made are set out 
in the table below.

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (‘The Code’)
I am pleased to confirm that the Board considers that it has 
complied throughout the year with the detailed provisions 
of the Code published in July 2018. The Code is available, 
from the Financial Reporting Council, online at www.frc.org.uk 
or by telephoning 020 7492 2300. 

John Tutte
Chair

16 October 2023

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Board effectiveness and evaluation 
In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, we undertake 
a formal and rigorous annual evaluation of our own performance 
and that of our Committees and individual directors. We operate 
a three-year cycle of internal and externally facilitated reviews. 
Bellway’s last externally facilitated evaluation took place in 
2020, and for 2023 we appointed Trusted Advisors Partnership 
(‘TAP’), a specialist consultancy which has no other business 
or connection to the Group or individual Directors, to facilitate 
the evaluation.

Having been provided with a comprehensive briefing by the 
Chair and Group General Counsel and Company Secretary, 
TAP conducted an evaluation process in July 2023, involving: 

•  Main Board and Chair’s questionnaires and the Chair’s 

and SID’s concluding memo from the internal 2022 review, 
together with the concluding report from the last external 
evaluation in 2020. 

•  Access to Board and Committee papers and minutes to 
enhance TAP’s understanding of how the Board and its 
Committees operate. 

•  Individual virtual meetings were held with each Executive 
and Non-Executive Board Director and with the Group 
General Counsel and Company Secretary. 

TAP reviewed the Chair, Non-Executive Directors, 
the Board and its Committees’ effectiveness to fulfil its 
duties considering: 

a. Board structure, capability and performance. 

b. Quality of Board discussion and review to support the 
delivery of Bellway’s sustainable growth strategy. 

The evaluation concluded that the Bellway p.l.c. Board is 
well constituted with a cohort of experienced, capable, 
and engaged Non-Executive and Executive Directors that 
are able and willing to fulfil their responsibilities, without any 
conflict of interest; the Board Committees operate well, 
and the Board is also well Chaired. The Board is constructive, 
respectful and allows for open and honest discussion 
and debate. 

Board evaluation 2021/22 update

Action point

Progress

The Board should give consideration to its formal objectives 
and regularly appraise itself against them.

Strategic progress has been added as a standing 
agenda item.

To further consider Board and Committee membership in line 
with the Parker Reviews’ recommendations.

The Board has approved the appointment of an additional 
Non-Executive Director and recruitment is underway. 

Further promote greater interactions between senior managers 
and the Board to better understand current challenges.

Senior Managers will continue to present updates to the 
Board. In addition the Board has held meetings at divisional 
offices and held site visits to increase interactions.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

101

Governance

Board of Directors and Group General Counsel and Company Secretary

John Tutte
Chair
Appointed 1 March 2022

N*

R

S*

Jason Honeyman
Group Chief Executive
Appointed 1 September 2017

NR*

S*

Background and experience
John was appointed to the Board on 1 March 2022 as 
Non-Executive Chair Designate, and succeeded Paul 
Hampden Smith as Non-Executive Chairman and Chair of 
the Nomination Committee on 1 April 2022. He is qualified 
in civil engineering and has over 40 years experience 
within the industry through various senior roles at Redrow 
plc, including Group Chief Executive, Executive Chairman, 
and then Non-executive Chairman, prior to him retiring 
from the Board in 2021. 

Other appointments
•  Home Builders Federation – Non-executive director.

Background and experience
Jason commenced employment with the Group in January 
2005 as Managing Director of the Thames Gateway division, 
becoming Southern Regional Chairman in December 2011. 
Jason joined the Board as Chief Operating Officer and was 
promoted to Group Chief Executive on 1 August 2018.

Jill Caseberry
Independent 
Non-Executive Director
Appointed 1 October 2017

S

A

N

R*

Sarah Whitney
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director
Appointed 1 September 2022

A

N

R

S

Background and experience
Jill was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive Director 
on 1 October 2017. Jill has extensive sales, marketing and 
general management experience across a number 
of blue-chip companies including Mars, PepsiCo and 
Premier Foods.

Other appointments
•  Halfords Group plc – non-executive director, 

Remuneration Committee Chair and a member of 
the Audit, Nominations and ESG Committees.

•  C&C Group plc – non-executive director and a member of 

the Remuneration and ESG Committees.

•  St. Austell Brewery Company Limited – Senior Independent 

Director, Chair of the Remuneration Committee and a 
member of the Audit and Nomination Committees.

•  Bakkavor Group plc – Senior Independent director, Chair of 

the Remuneration Committee, and a member of the 
Nomination Committee.

Background and experience
Sarah, a Chartered Accountant, was appointed to the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 September 2022 
and succeeded Denise Jagger as Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director on 16 December 2022 at the 
Annual General Meeting. She was formerly a partner at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers and held roles as Head of the 
Consulting & Research business at DTZ Holdings (now 
Cushman & Wakefield), and then at CBRE as an Executive 
Director heading the Government & Infrastructure team.

Other appointments
•  JP Morgan Global Growth & Income plc – non-executive 

director, Chair of Audit Committee and of the Management 
Engagement Committee.

•  BBGI Global Infrastructure S.A. – Chair of the Supervisory 

Board and Chair of the Nomination Committee. 
•  Tritax EuroBox plc – Senior Independent Director 
and member of the Audit, ESG and Management 
Engagement Committees.

•  The Canal & River Trust – Trustee and Chair of the 

Investment Committee.

•  Skipton Building Society - Non-Executive director, member 
of Nominations committee and Chair of Connells Limited.

102

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Keith Adey
Group Finance Director
Appointed 1 February 2012

S

NR

Simon Scougall
Group General Counsel 
and Company Secretary
Appointed 1 February 2016

Background and experience
Keith, a Chartered Accountant, joined Bellway in December 
2008 as Group Chief Accountant, becoming Group Finance 
Director on 1 February 2012. Prior to joining Bellway he 
worked at KPMG and Grainger plc.

Background and experience
Simon, a solicitor, was appointed Group General Counsel 
and Company Secretary in February 2016. Simon joined 
Bellway in March 2011 and has held senior positions within 
the Group including that of Group Commercial Director. 
He has over 20 years’ experience in the housebuilding 
sector, working either in-house or for clients in 
private practice.

Ian McHoul
Independent  
Non-Executive Director
Appointed 1 February 2018

A*

S

N

R

Denise Jagger
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director
Appointed 1 August 2013 
Resigned 16 December 2022

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Background and experience
Ian, a Chartered Accountant, was appointed to the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 February 2018, 
and appointed as Chair of the Audit Committee on 
12 December 2018. He was Finance & Strategy Director of 
the Inntrepreneur Pub Company Limited from 1995 to 1998 
and then served at Scottish & Newcastle plc from 1998 to 
2008, first as Finance Director of Scottish Courage and later 
as Group Finance Director of Scottish & Newcastle plc. 
From 2008 to 2017 he was Chief Financial Officer of Amec 
Foster Wheeler plc. He was also a non-executive director 
of Premier Foods plc from July 2004 to April 2013.

Other appointments
•  Videndum plc – Chairman. 
•  Young & Co’s Brewery, P.L.C. – non-executive director and 
Chairman of the Audit Committee and member of the 
Remuneration Committee.

Membership and meeting attendance

Number of meetings attended during the year

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

3/3

Director

John Tutte

Sarah Whitney

Jill Caseberry

Ian McHoul

Jason Honeyman

Keith Adey

Denise Jagger 

Key:

A Audit Committee

S

Sustainability Committee

R

Remuneration Committee

* Denotes Committee Chair

N Nomination Committee

NR Board Committee on Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

103

Governance

Board Activities and Decisions

For more detail on how the Board has considered and engaged with key stakeholders please  
see pages 64 to 74. 

2022
September

October

December

2023
January

March

May

June

July

Board activities, decisions and stakeholders considered

Board activity or decision 
Board visit to the Salford 
University – Energy 
House 2.0.

How stakeholders 
were considered 

The Board visited the 
Energy House 2.0 and were 
shown the technologies 
being tested to reduce 
scope 3 emissions for 
our customers. 

Board activity or decision 
Following the retirement 
of Denise Jagger from 
the Board, Sarah Whitney 
was appointed as Senior 
Independent Non-
Executive Director.

How stakeholders 
were considered 

The Board decision to 
appointment Sarah Whitney 
as Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director 
demonstrates commitment 
to complying with the 
requirements of the Parker 
Reviews, the FTSE Women’s 
Leaders Review and the 
FCA disclosure rules.

Board activity or decision 
AGM

How stakeholders 
were considered

Shareholders had the 
opportunity to meet the 
Board and discuss issues 
of importance. 

Board activity or decision
Sarah Whitney appointed 
as an Independent Non-
Executive Director. 

How stakeholders 
were considered 

Board activity or decision 
Approval of the 2022 annual 
report and accounts.

How stakeholders 
were considered 

The Board approved the 
preliminary announcement 
along with the 2022 annual 
report and accounts. 

The Board is committed to 
making appointments that 
complement and expand 
upon the Board’s existing 
skills, and to comply 
with the requirements 
of the Parker Reviews, 
the FTSE Women’s 
Leaders Review and the 
FCA disclosure rules.

Board activity or decision
Investor Meet the Team Day 

How stakeholders 
were considered 

The Board met with 
investors and analysts, 
the day focused on the 
key parts of our Better 
with Bellway sustainability 
strategy, including 
the delivery of low 
carbon homes.

Board activity or decision 
Board Evaluation

How stakeholders 
were considered 

The Board concluded 
its internal valuation and 
agreed actions point 
to further develop the 
effectiveness of the Board.

104

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September

October

December

January

March

May

June

July

Board activities, decisions and stakeholders considered

Key:

Customers

Employees

Investors, Analysts 
and Advisors

Subcontractors 
and Supply Chain

Local Communities 
and the Environment

Government 
and Regulators

Board activity or decision 
Tranche 1 of the share 
buyback ended and tranche 
2 of share buyback begun. 

How stakeholders 
were considered 

The Board approved the 
second tranche of the share 
buyback programme to 
return capital to investors.

Board activity or decision 
Annual Board 
Strategy Meeting including 
presentations from the 
Company’s brokers and 
the HBF.

How stakeholders 
were considered 

The Board’s annual strategy 
day allows for discussion 
of the short and long-term 
strategy of the business. 

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Board activity or decision 
£100m share buyback 
programme announced.

How stakeholders 
were considered 

The Board approved a 
£100m share buyback 
programme to return 
capital to investors. 

Board activity or decision 
Signing of the Self-
Remediation Terms with the 
Department for Levelling Up, 
Housing and Communities 
in relation to historical fire 
safety issues.

How stakeholders 
were considered 

The Board approved the 
Self-Remediation Terms 
further demonstrating 
Bellway’s commitment 
to being a responsible 
developer in relation to 
historical fire safety issues. 

Board activity or decision 
Tranche 1 of share 
buyback begun 

How stakeholders 
were considered 

The Board approved start of 
the first £50m tranche of the 
share buyback.

Board activity or decision 
Decisions to formally 
constitute a Sustainability 
Committee as a sub-
committee of the Board.

How stakeholders 
were considered 

Demonstrating the Board’s 
commitment to sustainability 
and the Better with Bellway 
strategy, in line with best 
practice, a Sustainability 
Committee was established. 

Board activity or decision 
Decision to seek 
an additional Non-
Executive Director.

How stakeholders 
were considered 

Demonstrating commitment 
to comply with the 
requirements of the Parker 
Reviews, the FTSE Women’s 
Leaders Review and the 
FCA disclosure rules, the 
Board is seeking to appoint 
and additional Non-
Executive Director. 

Board activity or decision 
Board site visit

How stakeholders 
were considered 

The Board visited an active 
site at Eastern Counties 
division and met with staff 
and subcontractors.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Board Leadership

The Board is the principal decision-making body of the Group and collectively, has the responsibility 
to promote the long-term sustainable success of the Group, while contributing to the wider society.

Board Leadership

Board of Directors

Sets and defines the Company’s purpose and 
values, which drives the Company’s culture.

Annual review of subcommittee terms of 
reference and the delegation of authority.

Reviews, considers and approves major 
transactions for the Group.

Sets and drives the Group’s strategies, including 
sustainability, volume growth and value creation.

Oversees the risk appetite of the Group and 
ensures sufficient controls.

Provides oversight of corporate governance and 
ensures effective engagement with stakeholders.

Audit Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Board Committee  
on Non-Executive  
Directors’ Remuneration

Sustainability 
Committee 

Approval of the annual 
Anti-Slavery and Human 
Trafficking Statement.

Annual Internal 
Control and Risk 
Management review.

Annual Policy 
compliance review.

Review and approval of 
the draft Annual Report 
and Accounts.

Audit plan and review of 
auditor policy.

   Read more  
on pages 114 to 125.

Review the structure, size 
and composition of the 
Board, in accordance 
with the Board’s 
Diversity Policy, and 
current legislation.

Review and 
determine salaries 
and other elements of 
remuneration package 
of individuals under the 
Committee’s remit.

Consider succession 
planning for the Board 
and their direct reports. 

Identify candidates to 
fill Board vacancies and 
nominate these to the 
Board for approval.

Consider diversity and 
inclusion targets for 
the Group.

Annual performance 
evaluation of 
the Committee.

   Read more  
on pages 112 and 113.

Work with external 
advisors to review and 
determine annual bonus 
performance targets.

Annual review of 
remuneration of 
management below 
board level and the 
general workforce.

Annual review, grant 
and vest of any awards 
under the long-term 
incentive plan.

Review 
Remuneration Policy.

   Read more  
on pages 126 to 145.

Meet at least once a year, 
to review fees, and the 
terms of appointment 
of the Non-Executive 
Directors (excluding 
the Chair).

Receive advice from 
the Group General 
Counsel and Company 
Secretary and external 
remuneration consultants 
when required. 

   Read more  
on page 110.

Oversee ESG matters 
for Bellway, including 
the Better with 
Bellway strategy.

Review industry best 
practice in respect of 
ESG compliance.

Review and approve 
Better with Bellway 
targets and KPIs.

Review relevant policies 
and determine their 
appropriateness in 
supporting the Group’s 
sustainability agenda.

Will meet at least twice a 
year, and when required 
in addition.

   Read more  
on page 146.

Leadership

Executive Directors

Group General Counsel 
and Company Secretary

Head Office Senior 
Management Team

Better with Bellway 
Leadership Committee

Regional Chairman

Divisional Boards

106

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Division of Responsibilities

Statement about applying the principles 
of good governance
The Board acknowledges the importance of, and is committed 
to the principle of, achieving and maintaining a high standard 
of corporate governance and in promoting a positive culture 
within the Group. 

Group Chief Executive
•  Implementing the strategy agreed by the Board.
•  Leading the Executive Directors, the Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary and the senior 
management team in the day-to-day running of the 
Group’s business.

We have applied the principles of good governance, 
including both the Main Principles and the Supporting 
Principles, by complying with the Code. Further explanations of 
how the Main Principles and Supporting Principles have been 
applied are set out below and in the Remuneration Report. 

Leadership
The Board is the principal decision-making body of the Group 
and is collectively responsible to shareholders for promoting 
the long-term success of the Group.

At the date of this report, the Board consists of six directors 
whose names, responsibilities and other details appear 
on pages 102 and 103. Currently two of the directors are 
executive and four are non-executive.

The Board sets the strategic aims, ensures that the necessary 
resources (including finances, people and materials) are in 
place for the Group to meet these objectives and also reviews 
management performance. It defines the Group’s values and 
standards and ensures that its obligations to its shareholders 
are understood and met.

The Board has put in place the following structure which 
allows it to provide entrepreneurial leadership of the Group 
and to delegate authority for operational matters through a 
framework of prudent and effective controls, which enable 
risk to be assessed and managed.

Chair
•  Promoting the highest standards of integrity, probity and 

corporate governance throughout the Group and 
particularly at Board level including ensuring that the 
correct cultural tone is set from the top.

•  Ensuring that the Group complies with the requirements of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code and adheres to the 
highest standards of governance.

•  Leading the Board and ensuring its effectiveness.
•  Setting the Board’s agenda.
•  Ensuring the Directors receive accurate, timely and 

clear information.

•  Ensuring effective communication with shareholders.
•  Ensuring the effective conduct of Board meetings and 

facilitating the effective contribution of all directors and the 
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary.

•  Leading the evaluation of the performance of the Board, 
its Committees, individual Directors and Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary.

•  Overseeing the induction of any new Board Directors and 

the development of existing Directors.

•  Ensuring that the views of shareholders are communicated 

to the Board as a whole.

•  Encouraging constructive relations between the Executive 

and Non-Executive Directors and the Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary.

•  Approving land purchases over specified limits in 

conjunction with the wider Board.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

•  Ensuring the effective implementation of Board decisions.
•  Reviewing the Group’s organisational structure and 

recommending changes as appropriate.

•  Supervising the activities of the Regional Chairmen 

and divisional senior management, overseeing their 
development and succession planning.

•  Overseeing Group operations.
•  Overseeing the activities of subsidiary companies.
•  Approving land purchases, within specified limits.
•  Overseeing divisional expansion plans. 
•  Together with the Chair, providing coherent leadership of 

the Group, including representing the Group to customers, 
suppliers, government, shareholders, financial institutions, 
employees, the media, the community and the 
general public.

•  Keeping the Chair informed of all important matters.
•  Overseeing the health and safety, sales and marketing, 

public relations, and technical departments.

Group Finance Director
•  Devising and implementing the financial strategy and 

policies of the Group, including treasury and tax.

•  Developing budgets and financial plans.
•  Responsible for the Group’s investor relations activities.
•  Responsible for delivering the Board agreed sustainability 

and ESG strategy.

•  Overseeing the sustainability, finance, IT and 

risk departments.

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
•  Acting as a sounding board for the Chair, Executive 

Directors and the Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary.

•  Being available to shareholders.
•  Leading the annual appraisal of the Chair.
•  Holding meetings with the Non-Executive Directors 

without the Chair present.

Non-Executive Directors
•  Constructively challenging management.
•  Contributing to the development of strategy.
•  Scrutinising the performance of management.
•  Ensuring integrity of financial information and financial 
controls and ensuring systems of risk management 
are robust.

•  Determining appropriate levels of Executive Director, 
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary and 
Regional Chairman remuneration.

•  Appointing and removing Executive Directors and 

succession planning.

•  Serving on Board committees. 

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

107

Governance

Division of Responsibilities continued

Group General Counsel and Company Secretary
•  Supporting the Chair and Group Chief Executive in fulfilling 

their duties.

•  Keeping the Board regularly updated on corporate 
governance, legal, commercial and HR matters.

•  Responsible for legal compliance throughout the Group 

including ensuring policies and procedures are maintained 
and updated on a regular basis.

•  Providing support to the Board and Committees.
•  Overseeing the legal, company secretarial, HR, land, 

strategic land and planning departments.

•  Supporting the Group Finance Director on the sustainability 

and ESG agenda. 

•  Managing the Group’s external legal panel.

Better with Bellway Leadership Committee
•  The Better with Bellway Leadership Committee is comprised 

of Group Finance Director, Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary, Group Production Managing Director 
and Group Head of Sustainability. 

•  Oversees the continued development of the Better with 

Bellway strategy, objectives, and targets.

•  Engages with the Board and key external stakeholders.
•  Works with senior management across the business 
to embed the Better with Bellway strategy into day to 
day activities.

Board effectiveness
All Directors have access to the advice and services of 
the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary and 
his department. All of the Directors may take independent 
professional advice at the Group’s expense where they judge 
it necessary to discharge their responsibilities as Directors.

In accordance with the Code, all of the Directors will retire 
from the Board and offer themselves for re-election or 
election at the forthcoming AGM. None of the Executive 
Directors hold external directorships.

The Board, its Committees and the individual Directors 
are subject to annual performance evaluation and all 
Directors are subject to annual re-election by shareholders. 
The Board regularly reviews the Directors’ other interests and 
appointments to ensure that there are no conflicts of interest.

The Chair is responsible for leading the Board and ensuring 
it operates effectively. The Directors possess an appropriate 
balance of skills, knowledge and experience to meet the 
requirements of the business. The Board recognises the 
value of both gender and ethnic diversity as well as the 
recommendations of the Parker Reviews, the FTSE Women’s 
Leaders Review, and the FCA disclosure rules. This will 
be taken into careful consideration when addressing 
Board succession.

108

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Conflicts of interest
Pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 relating 
to conflicts of interest, the Board has put in place a register 
to deal with the notification, authorisation, recording and 
monitoring of Directors’ interests and these procedures have 
operated throughout the year.

Board activity during the year
The Board meets formally and informally during the year to 
consider strategy, performance, risk, major land acquisitions, 
potential conflicts of interest and reports from senior 
employees and external advisers. 

One meeting a year is devoted entirely to the consideration of 
strategy where the Board agrees the way forward and ensures 
that the necessary financial, human, land and other resources 
are in place to meet its objectives. Areas focused on during 
the strategy day were the following strategic priorities of:

1. Delivering volume growth.

2. Value creation.

3. Better with Bellway.

Each year we look to hold separate annual conferences 
for the divisional Managing, Finance, Sales, Technical and 
Commercial Directors and our Planning Managers which are 
attended by Executive Directors or members of the Group 
Office senior management team. 

We also host informal Board dinners where senior 
management meet members of the Board. The Chair meets 
with Executive Management and individual Directors on a 
regular basis outside of Board meetings. This process allows 
for two-way discussion, enabling the Chair to act as necessary 
to deal with any issues relating to Board effectiveness.

Membership and meeting attendance

Director

John Tutte 
(Chair)

Denise Jagger

Date appointed 
to the Board

1 March 2022, appointed 
Chair 1 April 2022

1 August 2013
Resigned 16 December 2022

Jill Caseberry

1 October 2017

Ian McHoul

1 February 2018

Jason Honeyman 1 September 2017

Keith Adey

1 February 2012

Sarah Whitney 

1 September 2022

Number of 
meetings 
attended 
during the year

9/9

3/3

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

The number of Committee meetings are set out in each 
Committee report. There were no absences from any Board 
or Committee meetings.

The Executive Directors and Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary regularly met with the divisions during 
the year. The Board also received presentations from the 
Regional Chairs and certain Group Functional Heads, with an 
update on their operating area including the opportunities 
and challenges they face, and from external advisors.

Each Non-Executive Director separately visits at least one 
division during the year, independent of the Executive 
Directors, and reports their key findings and observations at 
the next Board meeting.

Meetings with operational management ensured that the 
Board’s standards and values for integrity and honesty are 
disseminated. Each of our divisions has its own management 
team and staff who manage and take pride in the success 
of their own operational business within the strategy set by 
the Board. In this way we create a culture that motivates and 
rewards our colleagues. We promote a supportive culture 
that enables our employees to develop their talents and skills. 
The Board assesses the Group’s corporate culture through 
various interactions with senior management and the wider 
workforce including Board presentations, divisional visits, 
Board dinners and the employee awards. The Board has 
concluded that the corporate culture of the Group is of a 
high standard. 

The Board has adopted a schedule of matters that are 
specifically reserved for its decision, which includes strategy 
and management, structure and capital, financial reporting 
and controls, internal controls covering both financial and 
operational areas of the business, land acquisition above 
specified limits, contracts and agreements, communication, 
Board membership and other appointments, remuneration, 
delegation of authority, corporate governance matters, 
Group policies and other miscellaneous items.

In addition, it has a series of matters that are dealt with at 
regular Board meetings including:

•  Operational and strategic review
•  Financial review
•  Major land acquisitions
•  Major projects
•  Risk
•  Health and safety
•  Sales and customer care
•  Human Resources
•  Reporting requirements
•  Corporate governance and internal control including any 

whistleblowing issues.

The Board also takes a report from the Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary on legal, HR, commercial 
and corporate governance matters at each Board meeting.

In between Board meetings, the Directors receive updates 
from the Chair, the Group Chief Executive or the Group 
General Counsel and Company Secretary to advise them of 
any significant matters affecting the Group or its performance.

During the year the work carried out by the Board included:

•  Strategy.
•  Considering regular reports on KPIs from the Group 

Chief Executive.

•  A review of risk and internal control.
•  Decision to formally constitute a Sustainability Committee as 

a sub-committee of the Board.

•  Consideration of recommendations from the 

Board Committees.

•  Scrutiny of reports from the Group Chief Executive, Group 
Finance Director, Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary and senior management at each Board meeting.

•  Considering regular reports on health and safety matters 

from the Group Chief Executive and approval of the health 
and safety targets for FY23.

•  Approval of major land purchases.
•  Board evaluation.
•  Approval of debt facility agreements.
•  Approval of the share buyback programme.
•  Receiving presentations from the four Regional Chairs the 
performance of the divisions under their responsibility.

•  Receiving presentations from Finance, HR, IT, Procurement, 

Sales and Marketing, Commercial and Technical Head 
Office departments. 

•  Receiving presentations on sustainability and approval of 

corporate responsibility targets for FY24 from the Better with 
Bellway Leadership Team.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

•  Approval of the Better with Bellway strategy.
•  Approval of the Self-Remediation Terms with the 

Department for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities 
in relation to historical fire safety issues and 
Welsh Government.

•  Approval of the Group’s tax strategy.
•  Approval of major IT expenditure.
•  Approval of the Group’s insurance programme.
•  Approval of the Group’s Slavery and Human Trafficking 

Statement for 2022.

•  Approval of the Annual Report and Accounts for 2021/22.
•  Approval of the preliminary announcement, interim results 

and trading updates.

•  Recommending the final dividend for 2021/22 to be 

approved by shareholders. 

•  Approval of the interim dividend for 2022/23.
•  Defence document review and meeting with 

corporate advisors.
•  Crisis protocol review. 
•  Approval of HR (including Equality, Diversity and 

Inclusion) KPIs.

•  Reviewed and assessed the Group’s cyber controls, 

based on best practices for securing systems and data.
•  Receiving regular updates on legacy apartment schemes 
where fire safety improvements may be required or where 
works are planned or underway.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

109

Board Committee on Non-Executive 
Directors’ Remuneration
The Board Committee on Non-Executive Directors’ 
Remuneration comprises the Executive Directors and is 
chaired by the Group Chief Executive. 

This Committee meets at least once a year. Last year it met 
on one occasion to review the fees and terms of appointment 
of the Non-Executive Directors (excluding the Chair) and 
received advice from the Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary and external remuneration consultants 
when required.

Governance

Division of Responsibilities continued

Training and development
The Board receives appropriate training and updates 
on various matters relevant to its role and responsibilities. 
Training needs are reviewed as part of the performance 
evaluation process through the Board’s skills matrix 
and on an ongoing basis. 

An external board evaluation was conducted in July 2023. 
Following this year’s evaluation no specific training needs 
were identified.

Non-Executive Directors attend external training sessions 
designed specifically for non-executives and members 
of Board Committees as and when required. 

Board balance and independence
The roles of Chair and Group Chief Executive are separate, 
with a clear division of responsibilities, ensuring a balance 
of responsibility and authority at the head of the Group.

The Company considers all of its Non-Executive Directors, 
including the Chair, to be independent, as defined in the 
Code. Each of the Independent Non-Executive Directors 
has, at all times, acted independently of management and 
has no relationship that would materially affect the exercise 
of his or her independent judgement and decision-making. 

The Senior Independent Director is Sarah Whitney, with whom 
shareholders may raise any queries or concerns they may have.

Whenever any Director considers that he or she is interested 
in any contract or arrangement to which the Group is or 
may be a party, due notice is given to the Board. No such 
instances have arisen during the year.

The Board Committees
The Board has formally constituted Audit, Nomination, 
Remuneration Committees, and Sustainability Committee. 
The terms of reference for these Committees are available 
either on request from the Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary, at the AGM or on our website: 
www.bellwayplc.co.uk. 

The Sustainability Committee was formally constituted during 
the year, as a sub-committee of the Board, and consists 
of the Non-Executive Directors and the Group Finance 
Director, with the responsibility for sustainability including 
environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’) matters relating 
to the Group and overseeing the performance of the Better 
with Bellway strategy.

Other Committees of the Board are formed to perform certain 
specific functions as and when required.

The work carried out by each of the Board Committees 
during the year is described in the reports of the Committee 
Chairs which follow.

110

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Composition, Succession and Evaluation

Board Evaluation
In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, we undertake 
a formal and rigorous annual evaluation of our own performance 
and that of our Committees and individual Directors. We operate 
a three-year cycle of internal and externally facilitated reviews. 
Bellway’s last externally facilitated evaluation took place in 
2020, and for 2023 we appointed Trusted Advisors Partnership 
(‘TAP’), a specialist consultancy which has no other business 
or connection to the Group or individual directors, to facilitate 
the evaluation.

Board evaluation cycle

Year 1 

Internal evaluation facilitated by the Chair.

Year 2 

Internal evaluation facilitated by the Chair.

Having been provided with a comprehensive briefing by the 
Chair and Group General Counsel and Company Secretary, 
TAP conducted an evaluation process in July 2023, involving: 

Year 3 

External evaluation facilitated by TAP.

Board evaluation process

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Reviewing Main Board and Chair’s 
questionnaires and the Chair’s and 
SID’s concluding memo from the 
internal 2022 review, together with 
the concluding report from the last 
external evaluation in 2020.

Also reviewed the Board and 
Committee papers to help 
understanding of how they operate.

Conducted a set of individual virtual 
meetings with each Board member 
and the Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary.

TAP reviewed the Board and its 
Committees’ effectiveness to fulfil 
its duties considering: 

a)   Board structure, capability 

and performance. 

b)   Quality of Board discussion 
and review to support the 
delivery of Bellway’s sustainable 
growth strategy.

Produced a report of findings and 
key area’s following the evaluation, 
and fed back to the Board.

The evaluation concluded 
that the Bellway p.l.c. 
Board was well constituted with a 
cohort of experienced, capable, 
and engaged Non-Executive and 
Executive Directors.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Board evaluation 2021/22 update

Action point

Progress

The Board should give consideration to its formal objectives 
and regularly appraise itself against them.

Strategic progress has been added as a standing agenda item.

To further consider Board and Committee membership in 
line with the Parker Reviews recommendations.

The Board has approved the appointment of an additional 
Non-Executive Director and recruitment is underway. 

Further promote greater interactions between senior 
managers and the Board to better understand 
current challenges.

Senior Managers will continue to present updates to 
the Board. In addition the Board has held meetings at 
divisional offices and held site visits to increase interactions.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

111

Governance

Nomination Committee Report
Composition, Succession and Evaluation

The Committee recognised the importance 
of gender and ethnic diversity as part of the 
succession planning.”

John Tutte
Chair of the Nomination Committee

Membership and meeting attendance

Director

Date appointed to the Committee

John Tutte 
(Chair)

Denise Jagger

1 March 2022, appointed 
Committee Chair on 1 April 
2022

1 August 2013, 
Resigned 16 December 2022

Jill Caseberry 

1 October 2017

Ian McHoul

1 February 2018

Sarah Whitney

1 September 2022

Number of 
meetings 
attended during 
the year

2/2

1/1

2/2

2/2

2/2

Focus areas for 2022/23
•  To focus on Board succession, in particular for the 

Senior Independent Director, taking into account the 
recommendations of the FTSE Women’s Leaders Review.

•  To consider expanding the number of Non-Executive 

Directors appointed to the Board. 

•  To continue our work to improve diversity across the Group.
•  With support from the Executive Management Team and 
Group HR, continue to develop the succession plan for 
those immediately below Board level.

Focus areas for 2023/24
•  To focus on Board succession.
•  To continue our work to improve diversity across the Group.
•  With support from the Executive Management Team and 
Group HR, continue to develop the succession plan for 
those immediately below Board level.

112

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Responsibilities and terms of reference 
The main areas of the Nomination Committee’s 
(the ‘Committee’) responsibilities are:

•  To review the structure, size and composition of the 

Board, in accordance with the Board’s Diversity Policy, 
and recommend to the Board any changes it considers 
appropriate. This encompasses membership of the 
Board Committees and the reappointment, if appropriate, 
of Non-Executive Directors at the end of their term of office.

•  To consider succession planning not only within the 

Board but also immediately below Board level and ensure 
appropriate plans are in place.

•  To identify candidates to fill Board vacancies and nominate 
these to the Board for approval. Appointments to the Board 
are made on merit using a formal, rigorous and transparent 
process against objective criteria recommended by 
the Committee. These criteria take into account the 
skills, knowledge and experience of existing members 
of the Board and the importance of diversity, in all its 
aspects, within the Board. The Committee is aware of 
the recommendations of the Parker Reviews, the FTSE 
Women’s Leaders Review and the FCA disclosure rules, and 
will continue to take these into consideration when making 
future Board appointments. The appointment of a Non-
Executive Director is for a specified term and reappointment 
is not automatic, rather it is made on the recommendation 
of the Committee.

•  To consider diversity and inclusion targets for the Group.
•  To carry out an annual performance evaluation of 
the Committee and review the results of the Board 
performance evaluation in relation to the composition 
of the Board.

The Committee meets at least twice a year and operates 
under its own terms of reference. These have been agreed 
by the Board and are available at www.bellwayplc.co.uk/
investor-centre/governance/committees. 

The members of the Committee are shown in the table to 
the left. 

Activities in 2022/23
•  Appointment of a Non-Executive Director to the Board in 

September 2022. The Committee recognised the importance 
of gender and ethnic diversity as part of succession planning. 
The Committee will continue to work towards increasing the 
diversity of the current Board.

•  Appointment of a new Senior Independent Director in 

December 2022, taking into account the recommendations 
of the FTSE Women’s Leaders Review and the FCA 
disclosure rules.

•  Consider the appointment of an additional Non-Executive 
Director, to comply with the requirements of the Parker 
Reviews, the FTSE Women’s Leaders Review and the FCA 
disclosure rules.

•  Planning for Board succession while considering the 

importance of gender and ethnic diversity, and the current 
UK recommendations.

 
Focus in 2023/24
•  To continue our work to improve diversity across the Group, 
taking into account the recommendations from the Parker 
Reviews, the FCA Diversity and Inclusion Policy Statement, 
and the FTSE Women’s Leaders Review.

•  In line with the recommendations of the FCA Diversity and 
Inclusion Policy Statement, as well as those of the Parker 
Reviews, and The FTSE Women’s Leaders Review Diversity 
recommendations, continue to investigate the appointment 
of an additional Non-Executive Director to the Board.
•  To continue to develop the succession plan for those 

immediately below Board level.

Director and employee profile
The following tables show the gender and ethnicity split in the 
Group as at 31 July 2023. Ethnic diversity was reported for the 
first time in 2021. More detail on the Group’s efforts to improve 
diversity can be found on pages 46 and 47:

Male 
No.

Male 
%

Female 
No.

Female 
%

Total 
No.

Total 
%

Board of Directors

4

67

6

<1

Executive Committee 
and direct reports

Senior managers

Other employees

Total

12

131

1,900

2,047

63

81

68

69

2

7

31

892

932

33

37

19

19

162

<1

5

94

32 2,792

31 2,979

100

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

•  Continued our work to improve diversity across the 

Group, taking into account the recommendations from the 
Parker Reviews and the FTSE Women’s Leaders Review. 
Building on the success of the 2022 Bellway Graduate 
Recruitment Programme, we continue to look for the 
opportunities to recruit female candidates and candidates 
from an ethic minority where possible, which helps drive 
diversity within Bellway and provides possible leaders of 
the future.

•  Presentation from the Group HR Director on initiatives 
to improve inclusion across the Group, including new 
strategies and key targets up to 2025, implementation of 
new governance structures, inclusive hiring training, 
accreditation through Clear Assured, the comprehensive 
schools and colleges engagement programme and 
improved engagement with supply and contract partners. 
•  The Committee continued to develop, with support from 
the Executive Management Team and Group HR Director, 
the succession plan for those immediately below Board 
level. This exercise will look to promote diversity and 
inclusion where possible.

The Committee had oversight of the following activities 
undertaken by the Group HR function.

•  Equality, diversity and inclusion e-learning continues to 

be issued to employees and forms part of the mandatory 
training a new employee must undertake. 73% of 
employees have completed this training within three 
months of joining Bellway. 

•  Partnering with external charities and organisations to 
promote diversity and inclusion throughout Bellway.
•  Rolling out talent and succession planning training to 

senior leaders and line-managers, focused on developing 
graduates as part of our three-year talent strategy. 

•  Continuing to work with the Regional Chairs and Managing 
Directors to develop progression and retention plans for 
key employees within each division, promoting diversity 
where possible.

Asian or 
Asian British

Black or 
Black British

Mixed/ Multiple 
Ethnicity

Other
Ethnic/ Arab

White British/
European/Non-
European

Any other 
ethnic group

Prefer not 
to say

Board of Directors

Executive Committee and direct reports

Monthly paid employees

Weekly paid employees

Total

–

–

62

–

62

–

–

30

14

44

–

1

21

3

25

–

–

6

–

6

6

18

2,134

656

2,814

–

–

4

1

5

–

–

18

5

23

John Tutte
Chair

16 October 2023

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

113

Governance

Audit Committee Report 

This report provides an overview of how 
the Committee operates, ... and its role 
in ensuring the integrity of the Group’s 
financial statements and effectiveness 
of audit, risk and internal controls.”

Ian McHoul
Chair of the Audit Committee

Membership and meeting attendance

Director

Ian McHoul
(Chair)

Denise Jagger

Date appointed to 
the Committee

1 February 2018,
appointed Committee
Chair on 12
December 2018

1 August 2013, resigned 
16 December 2022

Jill Caseberry

1 October 2017

Sarah Whitney

1 September 2022

Number of 
meetings 
attended during 
the year

3/3

1/1

3/3

3/3

Statement from the Chair of the Audit Committee
I am pleased to present our report to you as Chair of the 
Audit Committee. This report provides an overview of how 
the Committee operates, an insight into the Committee’s 
activities during the year and its role in ensuring the integrity 
of the Group’s financial statements and effectiveness of audit, 
risk and internal controls. We have worked closely with our 
finance, and risk and internal audit teams, along with Ernst & 
Young LLP (‘EY’), our external auditor, throughout the year.

The Committee met three times during the year and the 
attendance by Committee members can be seen above.

114

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Key areas of focus during the year
As detailed in last year’s report, I set out our focus areas for 
this year and I’m pleased to provide an update on these:

•  Ensure the Group has appropriate internal audit resource 
– we discussed the internal audit team resource when 
reviewing the Internal Audit Plan for the year ahead 
and re-visited this at every meeting to ensure resource 
remained appropriate. The resource levels will continue 
to be subject to regular review given the changing 
regulatory environment.

•  Continue to assess significant risk and profit items for the 

Group – this was discussed at both the March and October 
meetings before the Interim Accounts and Annual Report 
and Accounts were recommended to the Board for 
approval. As part of this review, the Committee dedicated 
a significant amount of time challenging the assumptions 
and methodology used in calculating the legacy 
building safety provision, along with the disclosure in the 
financial statements.

•  Ensure that the Group continues to have the appropriate 
disclosures as required by the TCFD in the 2023 Annual 
Report and Accounts – the process underlying the TCFD 
disclosures has been reviewed by management and an 
update presented to the Committee. It is anticipated that 
the reporting will continue to evolve in future years.

An additional focus area of the Committee during the year 
was the Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy 
(‘BEIS’) consultation on Restoring Trust in Audit and Corporate 
Governance. In advance of requirements becoming effective, 
we have reviewed management’s update in relation to 
progress to date. We will continue to monitor progress against 
our plan, which includes formal documenting and testing 
(design and operational effectiveness) of controls for IT, 
entity level and material financial processes.

Anticipated key areas of focus for the year ahead
•  BEIS consultation – we will continue to monitor changes 
in legalisation and the UK Corporate Governance Code 
resulting from the initial BEIS and subsequent Financial 
Reporting Council (‘FRC’) consultation process. In addition, 
we will monitor progress made by management against 
their strategy for formally documenting and testing the 
aforementioned controls. 

•  IT security – we will receive an update from the Group 

IT Director in relation to the Group’s IT infrastructure and 
operating environment. 

•  TCFD reporting – we will review the Group’s improved 
disclosures in relation to TCFD in relation to the 2024 
Annual Report and Accounts.

•  Legacy building safety provision – we will continue 
to review this provision to ensure the approach and 
assumptions are appropriate as more detailed information 
becomes available.

•  Audit Committees and the External Audit: Minimum 

Standard – we are working to early adopt the requirements 
contained in the FRC report issued in May 2023.

 
Other information

Our external auditor, Ernst & Young LLP (‘EY’) continues to 
provide robust challenge to management and provides its 
independent view to the Committee on specific financial 
reporting judgements and the control environment across 
the Group.

Every three years the Board appoints an external organisation 
to perform an independent review of the Committee to 
evaluate its performance. In the current year the performance 
was performed externally, and this concluded that the 
Committee was effective and provides a robust and 
independent challenge, underpinned by professional respect 
from all attendees.

Committee governance and competence
In September 2022, Sarah Whitney joined the Committee, 
which subsequently comprised four independent non-
executive directors. In December 2022 Denise Jagger 
stepped down from the Committee when she retired from 
the Board, taking the Committee membership to three non-
executive directors. Throughout the period the Committee 
members had significant and diverse experience, and I 
believe that between us we have an appropriate and relevant 
combination of experience and knowledge.

I am a Chartered Accountant, currently Chair of Videndum 
plc, and Chair the Audit Committee and am a member of 
the Remuneration Committee of Youngs & Co.’s Brewery 
P.L.C. Previously I served Scottish & Newcastle plc from 1998 
to 2008, first as Finance Director of Scottish Courage and 
later as Group Finance Director of Scottish & Newcastle plc, 
before becoming Chief Financial Officer of Amec Foster 
Wheeler plc until 2017. The Board considers that I have 
recent and relevant financial experience as required by the 
Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’). As part of the 
effectiveness review, the Nomination Committee has also 
confirmed that it is confident that the collective and broad 
experience of the members enables us to act effectively as 
an Audit Committee. 

Further information on the experience and knowledge of the 
Committee members is included in the Directors’ biographies 
on pages 102 and 103.

In line with the terms of reference, there were three meetings 
of the Committee during the year, scheduled in line with the 
Group’s financial reporting timetable, and all members of the 
Committee attended each meeting.

The Chair of the Board, Group Chief Executive, Group 
Finance Director, Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary, Group Financial Controller and Group Risk Director 
attend meetings by invitation. The Committee is supported by 
the Deputy Group Company Secretary who acts as Secretary 
to the Committee. 

Representatives of EY attended all meetings during the year 
and they, along with the Group Risk Director, also met with 
the Committee independently of management. Any matters 
raised during discussions with the external auditors and the 
Committee were discussed appropriately with executive 
management. I also had further discussions, independently 
of each other, with the Group Finance Director, Group 
Risk Director and external auditor and reported relevant 
information to other members of the Committee.

Detailed papers are prepared and circulated in advance of 
Committee meetings by both management and the external 
auditor, thereby allowing informed discussions, challenge, 
and decision making to take place.

Committee purpose and responsibilities
The Committee supports the Board in achieving the objectives 
of the corporate governance framework, with its principal 
activities focused on:

•  the integrity of financial reporting;
•  the quality of narrative reporting;
•  the quality and effectiveness of internal controls and risk 

management systems;

•  procedures relating to the prevention and detection 

of fraud and bribery;

•  risk and internal audit; and
•  external audit.

A comprehensive version of the Committee’s terms 
of reference is available on the Group’s website at 
www.bellwayplc.co.uk/investor-centre/governance/committees. 

A review of the terms of reference during the period 
determined that they remain appropriate and in line with best 
practice, reflecting the Committee’s responsibilities in line with 
both the Code and other regulations.

Committee evaluation and effectiveness
During the year the Committee assessed both the 
performance of the Committee as a whole and that of its 
individual members. This was externally facilitated and no 
major areas of improvement were identified. 

Following a review of these results, I consider the Committee 
to be effective and it provides a robust and independent 
oversight over the financial reporting, narrative reporting, 
internal control and risk management, fraud and bribery 
prevention and detection, internal audit, and external audit 
activities of the Group. The Committee has an appropriate 
and complementary set of skills and experience that enables 
it to deliver the aforementioned activities.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

115

Governance

Audit Committee Report continued 

Committee activities during the year
The activities undertaken at the October 2023 meeting concluded the Committee’s activities in relation to the Group’s financial 
reporting for the year ended 31 July 2023.

The main activities performed by the Committee at these meetings are described below:

Meeting date

October 
2022

January 
2023

March 
2023

October 
2023

Activity / review

Financial reporting

Reviewed the final draft of the Annual Report and Accounts, together with a report 
produced by EY which detailed their findings both on areas of key financial reporting 
matters and other areas of audit focus.

Reviewed the final draft of the Interim Announcement.

Received a paper on significant judgemental areas prepared by management, 
including the controls, and provided appropriate challenge.

Reviewed a paper which analysed notable one-off items, both those separately 
disclosed on the face of the income statement or otherwise, that affected profit during 
the period and provided challenge of the treatment of these.

Considered and challenged a paper produced by management setting out the 
accounting approach used for the SRT and associated review provision and 
related expense. This consisted of understanding the approach taken in identifying 
apartment blocks dating back to April 1992 that could fall within the scope of the SRT, 
cost estimates applied, inflation and discounting assumptions along with ensuring 
the associated disclosures are clear and understandable. The Committee challenged 
management’s cost and inflation assumptions, including considering a sensitivity paper, 
and believed management’s proposed assumptions to be appropriate.

Considered and challenged a paper produced by management setting out the 
accounting approach used for the structural defects provision and related expense. 
This consisted of understanding the technical background of the issue, the basis of the 
cost estimate, inflation and discounting assumptions along with ensuring the associated 
disclosures are clear and understandable. The Committee challenged management’s 
cost and inflation assumptions, and believed management’s proposed assumptions to 
be appropriate.

Considered and challenged management about the use of APMs and whether they 
were appropriate or whether GAAP measures would be more relevant.

Reviewed, discussed, and challenged a paper produced by management setting 
out the rationale for preparing the Annual Report and Accounts and the Interim 
Announcement on a going concern basis. The paper incorporated a sensitivity analysis 
based on the Group’s internal forecasts.

Reviewed a paper produced by management setting out a proposed change to the 
inventory accounting policy to incorporate promotion agreements following the 
acquisition of two companies that hold such assets.

Narrative reporting

Concluded that the Annual Report and Accounts presented a fair, balanced 
and understandable assessment of the Group’s position and prospects after 
considering reports from both internal audit and the external auditor. The Committee 
recommended the Annual Report and Accounts to the Board for approval.

Reviewed the draft viability statement to appear in the Annual Report and Accounts, 
together with the supporting assumptions and financial forecasts.

Reviewed a paper setting out the TCFD disclosure requirements and how they have 
been satisfied by Bellway.

116

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Meeting date

October 
2022

January 
2023

March 
2023

October 
2023

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Activity / review

Internal control and risk management systems

Reviewed and approved the Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement.

Reviewed compliance with the Group policies in the period.

Reviewed a paper produced by management setting out proposed changes to the 
journals accounting policy.

Reviewed the BEIS project delivery plan.

Reviewed a paper setting out the effectiveness of the internal control and risk 
management framework during the year.

Reviewed and approved the Group’s Corporate Criminal Offence policy and 
risk assessment.

Prevention and detection of fraud

Reviewed a paper produced by management setting out the main controls for 
preventing and detecting fraud.

Reviewed the Group’s policies and procedures in relation to Whistleblowing, 
Anti-Bribery and Corruption, Anti-Slavery, Data Protection and Anti-Money Laundering.

Risk and internal audit

Reviewed and challenged a risk management and internal audit update.

Considered whether the interaction between the Group risk and audit function 
(internal audit) and external auditor during the period had been appropriate.

Reviewed and considered the effectiveness of the Group risk and audit function.

Held a private meeting with the Group Risk Director.

Reviewed the Risk Management Policy.

Reviewed the Internal Audit Charter and provided feedback on the proposed 2023 
Internal Audit plan.

External audit

Assessed the performance of the external auditor, including obtaining an explanation 
from EY in relation to the firmwide annual Audit Quality Inspection findings compared 
to their peers and understanding the effect, if any, these had on the Bellway audit.

Challenged EY’s audit plan, including the proposed Group, subsidiary, and divisional 
materiality for the 2023 audit. 

Reviewed the Independent Auditor Policy.

Held a private meeting with EY.

Approved the Recruitment of Auditor Staff Policy. 

Reviewed a report produced by management setting out the requirements of the FRC 
report ‘Audit Committees and the External Audit: Minimum Standard’ and agreed a 
strategy of how the Group will early adopt the requirements.

Governance

Considered the findings of the performance evaluation of the Committee. 

Reviewed the terms of reference of the Committee, number of meetings and skills and 
experience of the Committee. No items were identified that needed to be updated.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

117

Governance

Audit Committee Report continued 

Integrity of financial reporting
Significant financial reporting matters

The table below sets out the matters considered and the action performed by the Committee during the year in relation 
to the significant financial reporting matters of the Group.

Key financial matters

Revenue recognition

Matter considered

Revenue of £3,406.6 million has 
been recognised in the year. 
The majority of housing revenue 
is recognised on a point in time 
basis either i) when the completed 
dwelling is transferred to the 
customer; or ii) when the home 
is build complete and all material 
contractual obligations have been 
satisfied. For a small number of 
contracts, revenue is recognised 
over time from the point that the 
land is irrevocably transferred to 
the customer.

Information provided 
by management

Procedures performed by the 
external auditor

Committee assessment 
and conclusion

Management outlined 
the existing systems and 
controls surrounding 
revenue recognition. 
The Committee 
discussed these controls, 
challenging management 
where appropriate.

The external auditor 
explained to the 
Committee that they had:

The Committee understood 
the Group’s revenue 
recognition policy. 

•  reviewed the 

appropriateness 
of the Group’s 
revenue recognition 
accounting policy;
•  used data analytics to 
identify any anomalies, 
which were investigated;

•  reviewed internal audit 

work in relation to 
sales cut-off;

•  agreed a sample of legal 
completions to source 
documentation; and

•  reviewed any 

manual journals.

The Committee also reviewed 
a summary prepared by 
EY explaining the findings 
from their work testing the 
design of the Group’s systems 
and controls pertaining to 
revenue recognition.

Following enquiries with 
management and the external 
auditor, the Committee 
concluded that there are 
appropriate systems and 
internal controls in place 
to ensure revenue is 
recognised appropriately, 
and that the Group’s revenue 
recognition policy has been 
properly applied in these 
financial statements.

Cost of sales (before net legacy building safety expense) recognition

Management outlined 
the existing systems and 
controls surrounding 
gross profit recognition 
and the valuation 
process. The Committee 
discussed these controls, 
challenging management 
where appropriate.

Matter considered

Cost of sales (before net legacy 
building safety expense) of 
£2,719.3 million has been recognised 
on housing and other revenue. 
Cost of sales for completed housing 
sales is recognised based on the 
latest whole site/phase margin, 
which is derived as part of the 
site/phase valuation process. 
These valuations are updated 
frequently throughout the life of 
the site/phase and include both 
actual and forecast selling prices, 
land costs and construction costs. 
The forecast costs and revenues 
are estimates and are inherently 
uncertain due to potential changes 
in market conditions.

The external auditor 
explained to the 
Committee that they had:

The Committee understood 
the Group’s gross profit 
recognition policy.

•  reviewed the 

appropriateness 
of the Group’s 
margin recognition 
accounting policy;
•  attended valuation 

meetings;

•  performed Group-wide 
analytical reviews; and
•  challenged assumptions 
in relation to forecast 
selling prices and costs. 

The Committee also reviewed 
a summary prepared by EY 
explaining the findings from 
their work testing the design 
of the Group’s systems and 
controls pertaining to the 
valuation process.

Following enquiries with 
management and the external 
auditor, the Committee 
concluded that there are 
appropriate systems and 
internal controls in place 
to assess and quantify 
both actual and forecast 
selling prices and costs, 
and that the Group’s gross 
profit recognition policy is 
appropriate and has been 
properly applied in these 
financial statements.

118

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Key financial matters

Information provided 
by management

Procedures performed by the 
external auditor

Committee assessment 
and conclusion

Carrying amount of land and work in progress 

Matter considered

Land and work in progress are 
the most significant assets on 
the Group’s balance sheet and 
at 31 July 2023 had a book value 
of £4,440.4 million. The carrying 
value of land and work in progress 
is affected by both the revenue 
recognition and gross profit 
recognition policies of the Group. 
In addition, all inventory is held at 
the lower of cost and net realisable 
value, which is determined by the 
whole site/phase margin as set out 
in the ‘cost of sales recognition’ 
section. The risk for any site/
phase, currently trading or not, is 
that the whole site/phase margin 
may be negative resulting in a net 
realisable value that is below cost. 
Divisional management review all 
sites/phases to ensure any with 
a forecast negative whole site/
phase margin have an appropriate 
provision, and this has been re-
assessed at regular intervals during 
the year. 
Going concern 

Matter considered

The financial statements have been 
prepared on a going concern basis. 
If the financial statements were not 
prepared on this basis, significant 
adjustments and presentational 
changes would be required to the 
balance sheet.

Management set out 
details of the land 
and work in progress 
impairment review process 
and the outcome of this. 

Management provided 
a summary of this work 
which was considered by 
the Committee.

The external auditor 
explained to the 
Committee they had:

•  reviewed land with 

either internal or external 
impairment indicators 
and discussed these 
with management; and

•  performed enquires 
with management.

This included the 
procedures identified 
in relation to profit 
recognition and a review 
of the latest site/phase 
valuation for all sites/
phases active during the 
year and those that are yet 
to commence production.

The Committee reviewed 
and understood the Group’s 
methodology in reviewing the 
carrying value of the Group’s 
land and work in progress and 
the surrounding controls. 

Following enquiries with 
management and the external 
auditor, the Committee 
concluded that there are 
appropriate systems and 
internal controls in place to 
assess the carrying value of 
the Group’s land and work 
in progress, and that the 
carrying value of these assets 
in the financial statements 
is appropriate.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Following a review of this 
paper and challenge of both 
management and the external 
auditor, the Committee 
concluded that the going 
concern basis of preparation 
continues to be appropriate 
in the context of the Group’s 
expected funding and 
liquidity position.

Further details in relation to 
the Group’s going concern 
and viability assessment can 
be found on pages 77 and 78.

Management produced 
a paper setting out 
detailed forecasts and 
adverse scenarios 
compared to a base case 
forecast. These were then 
compared against the 
Group’s banking facilities 
to show the expected 
headroom and bank 
covenant compliance. 
This showed that the 
Group could continue 
to meet its liabilities as 
they fall due during the 
review period.

The external auditor 
explained to the 
Committee they had:

•  reviewed and 

challenged the Group’s 
assessment of going 
concern and obtained 
an understanding of 
significant assumptions;

•  understood the 

assumptions relation to 
adoption of the Future 
Homes Standard;

•  challenged the Group’s 
downside and reverse 
stress testing scenarios;
•  reviewed the effect of 
the various scenarios 
on debt headroom 
and covenants;
•  recalculated debt 
covenants; and

•  considered the accuracy 

of previous forecasts.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

119

Governance

Audit Committee Report continued 

Key financial matters

Information provided 
by management

Procedures performed by the 
external auditor

Committee assessment 
and conclusion

Legacy building safety improvement provision 

Matter considered

There are two components of the provision as set out below:

Legacy building safety improvement 
provision totalling £508.2 million was 
recognised in the balance sheet as 
at 31 July 2023.

Overall

Following a review of these 
papers and challenge of 
management and the external 
auditor, the Committee 
concluded that the legacy 
building safety improvement 
provision consisting of (i) 
SRT and associated review, 
and (ii) structural defects, 
held in the balance sheet and 
the associated disclosures 
are appropriate.

SRT and associated review

The Committee reviewed 
a paper setting out the 
IAS 37 requirements for 
recognising a provision, 
and how this applies 
following the signing of the 
SRT in March 2023 and the 
Pact in May 2023.

The paper set out the 
approach taken in 
identifying apartment 
blocks dating back to April 
1992 that could fall within 
the scope of the SRT, 
cost estimates applied, 
inflation and discounting 
assumptions along with 
ensuring the associated 
disclosures are clear 
and understandable. 
The Committee 
challenged management’s 
cost and inflation 
assumptions, and after 
considering a sensitivity 
paper concluded 
that management’s 
proposed assumptions 
are appropriate.

Structural defects

The Committee reviewed 
a paper setting out the 
background of the issue, 
how the risk has been 
quantified, inflation and 
discounting assumptions 
along with ensuring the 
associated disclosures are 
clear and understandable. 
The Committee challenged 
management’s cost and 
inflation assumptions, 
and concluded 
that management’s 
proposed assumptions 
are appropriate.

The external auditor 
explained to the 
Committee they had:

•  reviewed the 

completeness of 
the Group’s model 
capturing the potential 
developments that fall 
under the scope of 
the SRT;

•  reviewed the detailed 

cost estimates;

•  challenged assumptions 
relating to cost inflation, 
timing of spend and the 
discount rate; and

•  reviewed the disclosures 

in relation to the 
legacy building safety 
improvement provision.

The external auditor 
explained to the 
Committee they had:

•  reviewed the detailed 

cost estimates;

•  challenged assumptions 
relating to cost inflation, 
timing of spend and the 
discount rate; and

•  reviewed the disclosures 

in relation to the 
legacy building safety 
improvement provision.

120

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Key financial matters

Information provided 
by management

Procedures performed by the 
external auditor

Committee assessment 
and conclusion

Net legacy building safety expense disclosure 

Matter considered

A pre-tax net legacy building 
safety expense of £49.6 million 
has been recognised in the year. 
Separate disclosure is required on 
the face of the income statement 
when, in the opinion of the Board, 
a transaction is material by size or 
nature and of such significance 
that it is necessary to give a proper 
understanding of the results.

Management produced 
a paper setting out 
the accounting and 
presentational requirements 
of IFRSs relating to the 
separate disclosure of 
material items of income or 
expense that could affect 
decisions made by the 
primary users of the Annual 
Report and Accounts.

This paper used the above 
framework, which set out 
the treatment of whether 
the net legacy building 
safety expense should 
be disclosed separately. 
The paper ensured the 
principles agreed in the 
previous year had been 
consistently applied.

The external auditor 
explained to the 
Committee they had:

•  reviewed the disclosures 

in relation to the 
legacy building safety 
improvement expense.

The Committee provided 
careful consideration to the 
judgements made in the 
presentation and disclosure 
of the net legacy building 
safety expense, ensuring 
the Annual Report and 
Accounts as a whole provides 
a balanced view, including 
the presentation of GAAP 
measures and APMs.

Following enquiries with 
management and the external 
auditor, the Committee 
concluded that the net legacy 
building safety expense is 
appropriately presented 
and disclosed in the 
financial statements.

Long-term viability statement

Accounting policies

The Committee received a report from management in 
relation to an updated accounting policy for inventory 
following two corporate acquisitions, one in FY22 and 
one in FY23. These corporate acquisitions resulted in the 
Group having promotional agreements which were not 
covered by the previous policy. Following discussions with 
management and EY, the Committee approved the updated 
accounting policy.

In accordance with provision 31 of the Code and the FRC 
guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related 
Financial and Business Reporting, the Committee challenged 
management on the assumptions, methodology and 
timespan that the viability statement covers. 

A paper by management was considered by the Committee 
which set out the resilience of the Group to the emerging 
and principal risks and uncertainties to various adverse 
sensitivities. The base case and scenarios incorporated the 
anticipated costs arising from the Future Homes Standard. 
These scenarios included a reduction in both the total 
number of legal completions and private average selling 
price, with both sales and administrative overheads, land 
spend, and construction spend reducing accordingly. 
The results were then compared to the Group’s financing 
facilities to ensure sufficient headroom exists and to 
determine whether the Group could continue to meet its 
liabilities as they fall due.

The paper concluded that the viability statement and going 
concern basis of preparation is appropriate. This was then 
recommended to the Board for approval.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

121

Governance

Audit Committee Report continued 

Quality of narrative reporting
2023 Annual Report and Accounts: fair, balanced and 
understandable

Group Risk and Audit provided a paper to the Committee 
to assist them in concluding whether the 2023 Annual 
Report and Accounts are fair, balanced, and understandable. 
This independent review of the Annual Report and Accounts 
ensured the various components satisfied the requirements 
when read as a whole. This review also considered whether 
feedback provided by shareholders in respect of the 2022 
Annual Report and Accounts has been reflected.

In addition, the Committee performed a comprehensive 
review of the Annual Report and Accounts considering items 
is shown in the table below.

The Committee concluded that the 2023 Annual Report 
and Accounts, when taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable.

ESG and climate risk considerations

ESG and climate risks are considered by the Board due 
to their importance, although the associated disclosure 
requirements, processes and controls are separately reviewed 
by the Committee. The Committee is aware of the increasing 
significance of ESG reporting matters with the Group having 
established a road map for climate risk disclosures relating to 
its Annual Report and Accounts. This, along with updates from 
EY throughout the year, has enabled the Committee to review 
and assess the disclosures included in the 2023 Annual 
Report and Accounts. 

Quality and effectiveness of internal controls and 
risk management systems
The Committee is responsible for reviewing and assessing 
the Group’s internal controls and risk management systems 
and providing guidance on these to the Board. The Board is 
responsible for reviewing the effectiveness of the system of 
internal controls.

Throughout the year the risk register for the Group has been 
reviewed and updated by management on a quarterly basis. 
This review includes ensuring the completeness of risks, 
assessing their likelihood, their impact, and the effectiveness 
of the control environment to mitigate the risks. 

Risk is considered by the Board, with a full review of the risk 
register taking place throughout the business at least annually. 
The internal control and risk management process only 
reduces the risk of material misstatement or loss and does not 
eliminate this risk completely.

The emerging and principal risks facing the Group, which 
are described in the Strategic Report on pages 79 to 83, 
are regularly reviewed and cover all aspects of Bellway’s 
operations including land acquisition, planning, construction, 
health and safety, sales, HR, IT, legal and regulatory 
compliance, and climate change. 

The continuing role of the Board is, on a systematic and 
ongoing basis, to review the key emerging and principal 
risks inherent in the business, the operation of the systems 
and controls necessary to manage such risks and their 
effectiveness, and to satisfy itself that all reasonable steps are 
being taken to mitigate these risks. 

Fair

Balanced

Understandable

The Annual Report and Accounts 
provide a comprehensive review of the 
Group’s strategy and activities during 
the year which is consistent with the 
business model.

The Annual Report and Accounts 
provide a balanced view of the 
performance and position of the entity, 
with both significant positive and 
negative points disclosed.

The narrative section is both consistent 
throughout and also with the financial 
results and performance.

The key accounting judgements 
considered by the Committee are 
appropriately disclosed and are 
consistent with those considered by EY.

Market conditions are clearly described, 
and the emerging and principal risks 
and uncertainties are both accurate 
and complete.

All material transactions and issues 
faced by the Group are included within 
the financial statements and disclosed 
where required.

The Annual Report and Accounts are 
clear and understandable and have 
consistent messaging throughout.

There are clear links between the 
strategy and KPIs.

The KPIs and APMs have remained 
consistent and there has been no 
change in the methodology.

122

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The key areas of control are as follows:

•  The Board has agreed a list of key risks which affect the 
Group, that are reviewed throughout the year and has 
considered the extent to which the measures taken by the 
Group mitigate those risks.

•  The acquisition of land and land interests is initiated by 

divisional management and reviewed by the appropriate 
Regional Chair prior to submission to Head Office for 
approval. All land acquisitions must achieve minimum 
financial acquisition criteria and are subject to approval 
by the executive directors and in certain circumstances, 
approval by the Board.

•  A comprehensive monitoring and reporting system is 

in place including annual budgets, monthly forecasting, 
and management reporting, incorporating variance 
analysis and commentary. This is produced by divisional 
management and reviewed by the Regional Chairs and 
functional heads at Head Office. Summaries are also 
provided to the Executive Directors.

•  Monthly divisional board meetings are held to review 

divisional performance, which are attended by the Regional 
Chairs. The executive directors attend certain divisional 
board meetings on a regular basis during the year, and this 
is supplemented with Regional Chair visits to divisions.

Review

Focus and outcomes

•  Site/phase valuations are produced periodically throughout 
the life of a site/phase, with a summary of the actual and 
forecast costs and revenues produced at a divisional level 
prior to review by the divisional management team and 
Head Office team. 

•  Regular visits to sites by in-house health and safety teams 
and external consultants to monitor health and safety 
standards and performance.

•  A central treasury function operates at Head Office ensuring 

the appropriate financing is obtained for the Group as 
a whole.

•  A number of the Group’s key functions are dealt with 

centrally. These include taxation, pensions, insurance, IT, 
legal, HR, regulatory compliance and company secretarial 
functions. This centralisation ensures a consistent approach 
and the appropriate range of skills to manage these 
specialised areas. 

Throughout the year, the Committee received reports 
from the Group Risk and Audit team on the following areas 
of focus:

Legal completions 
(half-year and year-end)

2 reviews

Divisional compliance

15 reviews

Building safety 
progress review

1 review

Journals (half-year and 
year-end)

2 reviews

Better with Bellway 
risk assessment

1 review

Testing of legal completions is undertaken on a bi-annual basis to check that transactions have 
been recorded and recognised in the correct period, with appropriate supporting documentation. 
For FY23, this work provided positive assurance that the processes operate effectively and 
prevent the occurrence of cut-off issues.

These reviews assess whether the design and operation of accounting, land acquisition 
and commercial processes in trading divisions is compliant with the requirements of key 
Group policies. Findings and recommendations have resulted in policy improvement, 
updated procedural guidance, and focused training for divisional management.

This review assessed progress made with regard to the recommendations raised in the 2022 
building safety risk assessment, which were intended to further strengthen the Group’s policies, 
training and audit arrangements over fire safety.

Testing of journals is undertaken on a bi-annual basis to check the validity and accuracy of a 
sample of transactions and confirm that appropriate journal reviews are being undertaken by the 
trading divisions. For FY23, administrative improvement opportunities were identified.

This risk assessment offered a number of recommendations to further strengthen the Group’s 
monitoring and achievement of the Better with Bellway sustainability strategy.

Document retention 
risk assessment

This risk assessment offered a number of recommendations to help drive the secure and 
consistent retention of documents in line with Group policy.

2 reviews

Modern slavery – 
subcontractors

10 site visits

This work included an audit of trades at 10 sites. The work provided positive assurance that 
the Group takes its responsibilities surrounding modern slavery seriously and raised minor 
recommendations which have further enhanced third-party onboarding and induction processes.

Where any control recommendations are made by the external auditors, these are considered, and where relevant are 
implemented to further strengthen the control environment.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

123

Governance

Audit Committee Report continued 

Procedures relating to the prevention 
and detection of fraud and bribery
Whistleblowing

The Group’s Whistleblowing Policy is well publicised at all 
locations and allows all employees and members of the 
supply chain to raise concerns in confidence to either the 
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary, Deputy 
Group Company Secretary or, alternatively, an independent 
third party. The Group encourages employees and members 
of the supply chain to raise any concerns in an open 
and honest way. These concerns could be in relation to 
possible wrongdoing in financial reporting, breaches of 
Group policies and procedures, or other matters such as 
harassment, bullying, money laundering, modern slavery, 
or discrimination. 

All whistleblowing reports are reviewed and confidentially 
investigated by senior, independent personnel and the 
findings are reported to the Board.

During the year the Committee approved minor changes 
to the Whistleblowing Policy.

Bribery Act

The Group’s Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy and 
procedures are circulated throughout the Group and are 
included on the Group’s intranet.

Internal audit

Testing of processes which help the Group prevent and 
detect fraud is undertaken as part of a rolling programme 
throughout the year by the Group Risk and Internal Audit 
function and is focused in the following areas: bank 
reconciliations, employee expenses, payments, journal 
transactions, sales completions, site valuations and supplier 
bank details.

Risk and internal audit
The Group has a risk and audit function which, in part, 
performs internal audit reviews. The Group Risk Director 
has a direct reporting line into both the Group Finance 
Director and myself. During the year the Group Risk and 
Audit function undertook a number of internal audit 
reviews, utilising specialists from within relevant functions 
where appropriate. The Group Risk Director provided 
the Committee with a summary of the findings together 
with recommendations to further enhance the control 
environment. A register is maintained centrally which monitors 
progress against any system and control enhancements to 
ensure they are implemented appropriately and in a timely 
and controlled manner.

External audit
Audit performance and effectiveness 

The external auditor of the Group is EY. Their performance is 
regularly reviewed by both management and the Committee, 
and this is done formally on an annual basis.

The Committee considered a paper produced by 
management which used the FRC practice aid ‘Audit Quality 
– Practice aid for audit committees’ as a basis.

The review consisted of:

•  considering the robustness and appropriateness of EY’s 
approach to auditing the significant risk areas facing 
the Group;

•  considering whether EY’s materiality proposal for the 

previous financial year, which was the most up-to-date 
information held at the date of review, was set at an 
appropriate level for the component parts of the Group;
•  discussions with management who were involved in the 

financial reporting processes;

•  an understanding of the findings of the Audit Quality 

Inspection (‘AQI’) results that were published by the FRC 
on 20 July 2022, following their inspection of audit firms 
including EY. This included understanding whether any of 
the findings would have affected the Bellway audit;

•  an understanding of the Audit Quality Review (‘AQR’) and 
internal EY quality review findings, specifically in relation to 
the engagement partner, Mark Morritt;

•  considering EY’s independence, objectivity, and 

professional scepticism;

•  reviewing the performance of EY against their audit strategy 
for the 2021/22 financial year, the most recent completed 
audit cycle, and their interaction with the Committee during 
the process; and

•  considering where EY have added value and 

demonstrated proactivity;

Following this review, the Committee recommended to the 
Board, which is in turn recommending to the shareholders, 
that EY be re-appointed as auditor of the Group.

Auditor rotation 

The Committee acknowledges the provisions contained in 
the Code in respect of audit tendering. In conformance with 
these requirements, Bellway will be required to tender the 
external audit no later than for the 2030 financial year end.

124

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Auditor independence and non-audit fees
The Independent Auditor Policy, which seeks to preserve the 
independence of the external auditor by defining those non-
audit services which the external auditor may and may not 
provide, was reviewed during the year.

Any engagement with the external auditor needs to be 
approved, in advance, by the Audit Committee.

The Group’s external auditor is only engaged to provide 
statutory audit services.

For an analysis of fees paid to EY see note 4 to the accounts. 

The ratio of non-audit fees for the year to the external audit 
fee was 0:1. The Committee considers EY to be independent 
and EY, in accordance with professional ethical standards, 
provided the Committee with written confirmation of 
its independence throughout the year. The Committee 
monitors all fees paid to the external auditor at each 
Committee meeting.

The Group has a policy which includes certain restrictions on 
the recruitment of employees from the external auditor.

The Committee confirms there are no independence issues 
in relation to the external auditor and that these policies have 
been adhered to throughout the year.

Ian McHoul
Chair of the Audit Committee

16 October 2023

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

125

Governance

Remuneration Report 

The Committee continues to operate a 
remuneration structure… which it considers 
closely aligns management interests with 
those of stakeholders.”

Jill Caseberry
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Annual Statement
Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present the Report of the Remuneration 
Committee (the ‘Committee’). This report consists of this 
Annual Statement and the Annual Report on Remuneration 
for the 2022/23 financial year, which will be subject to a single 
advisory shareholder vote at the forthcoming AGM.

Performance and reward in 2022/23

The Committee continues to operate a remuneration 
structure based on the three core elements of basic salary, 
annual cash bonus, subject to the deferral policy, and a share- 
based long-term incentive plan, which it considers closely 
aligns management interests with those of stakeholders.

The Group has delivered a set of results, consistent with 
its announcements to the market. The number of housing 
completions fell by 2.3% to 10,945 (2022 – 11,198), underlying 
operating profit fell to £543.9 million(2,3) (2022 – £653.2 million). 
Underlying earnings per share fell by 22.0% to 328.1p(2,3) per 
share (2022 – 420.8p) and underlying RoCE fell to 15.8%(2,3) 
(2022 – 19.4%).

The Company has awarded the Executive Directors a 
bonus payment of 25.06% of basic salary, however, the 
long-term incentive plan awarded in November 2020 will 
not vest based on performance over the three financial 
years to 31 July 2023. The Committee considers that the 
bonus outcome is reflective of the performance, during 
challenging macro economic conditions, of the Group and 
the Executive Directors during the 12-month period to 31 July 
2023. Whilst zero vesting is disappointing for the executives, 
the Committee determined that there was no reason to 
exercise its powers of discretion in relation to the LTIP 
outcome, which were considered to be in line with the overall 
Company performance during the performance period.

As previously noted, the pension rates for the Directors were 
aligned with those of the workforce at the end of 2022, at 10% 
of salary, with the workforce pension rates having recently 
been increased to this level.

As we disclosed last year, whilst not a requirement of the 
policy at the time, the Group Chief Executive voluntarily 
agreed to invest all of the FY22 bonus he received above 90% 
of salary (after paying tax and national insurance) in Bellway 
shares which would be kept for a minimum of three years.

During the year, the Committee approved the grant of PSP 
Awards to the Executive Directors which will vest to the 
extent TSR, EPS, carbon and waste reduction performance 
conditions are met over the period to 31 July 2025, with any 
shares delivered being subject to a further two-year holding 
period. Details of these awards are set out on pages 134 and 
135. This grant was intended to be over shares with a value 
of 200% of salary. However, as we announced at the time, 
recognising the 39.7% fall in share price that had taken place 
from the time of the 2021 grant, the Committee scaled back 
the grants by 30% of salary.

How we will implement the Remuneration Policy in 2023/24

There will be a 3.5% increase to the Executive Directors’ 
salaries in 2023/24 which is lower than the level of 
average increase to the workforce in general, given the 
challenging inflationary environment. All other benefits 
remain unchanged.

Within the bonus plan, we have been reviewing whether the 
profit, land bank and ESG measures are suitable for the year 
ahead and concluded that some modest changes should be 
made. We felt that an additional financial measure of adjusted 
capital employed would strengthen the focus on the efficient 
use of capital. We have moved the customer service measure 
to the long term and have introduced an element focused on 
developing our plans to reduce carbon within our building 
process. Details are set out on pages 134 and 135. 

126

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
Scope 3 emissions – Making material changes to the amount 
of carbon generated within the housebuilding process, 
which makes up 99% of our carbon footprint, will take 
a number of years to make. Our focus is to develop less 
carbon intensive building processes, likely through timber 
frame construction. Accelerating this process will require 
considerable management time and focus and we feel 
that it warrants prioritization through incentivisation over 
both the next year and the next three years. The way the 
Committee assesses this measure will differ for each element 
of remuneration, bonus and long-term incentive plan, so that 
the same performance is not being rewarded for twice.

Waste reduction – We have set ambitious goals for reducing 
waste in each housing unit built by 20% by 2025 from a 
starting point of 8.90 tonnes (measured in July 2021). In 2022, 
we set a threshold to stretch range of reducing waste by 
17.5% to 22.5% (1.56 to 2.0 tonnes) per housing unit in FY25. 
Rather than set targets that extend this by a year, we felt 
it would be better to focus management on achieving a 
reduction in scope 3 emissions.

Concluding remarks

The Committee continues to monitor changes in best 
practice and corporate governance to ensure the policy, 
how it is operated, and our disclosures remain appropriate. 
We are grateful for the support from our shareholders at the 
2022 AGM with around 96% voting for the Annual Report 
on Remuneration and we hope you are supportive of the 
approach we have taken and will support the resolution 
approving this report at the 2023 AGM. 

Jill Caseberry
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

16 October 2023

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

In the long term incentive plan, we are increasing the 
weighting and therefore focus on margin protection rather 
than setting absolute EPS targets. We are also increasing 
the weighting on relative TSR so it accounts for half of the 
opportunity. There are also some changes within the 20% 
that is allocated to ESG measures. In particular, we are making 
customer satisfaction a long term rather than annual bonus 
measure and incentivising scope 3 carbon reduction over 
a 3 year period to complement the annual bonus element. 
Details of these changes are set out on pages 134 and 135.

These changes better align management’s incentives with 
our current business strategy and also apply to long-term 
incentives granted to our senior managers.

Health and safety performance will be taken into account 
as part of the Committee’s overall assessment of the 
bonus payment, which it does every year before making a 
final determination.

Mandatory deferral of any bonus earned above 100% of salary 
into Bellway shares for three years was introduced by the 2021 
Remuneration Policy. This structure for deferral recognises 
that the bonus opportunity for Executive Directors is below 
the mid-market level for both housebuilding companies and 
UK listed companies of similar size to Bellway. However, if an 
Executive Director’s shareholding is below the target of 200% 
of salary, then they are encouraged to build that holding 
through share purchases as well as retaining shares they earn 
through our incentive plans. Our policy also normally requires 
this level of shareholding to be retained for two full years after 
leaving Bellway for whatever reason.

The Committee believes that the manner in which it sets 
and operates this policy is clear to executives and is aligned 
to our corporate culture. We operate it with regard to risks 
inherent in the business and marketplace, providing the 
opportunity for executives to earn rewards in a manner which 
is proportionate to the value delivered against clear targets.

Environmental

As referred to above, we are making changes to the 
measures we are going to be using for the bonus and long-
term incentives. 

Scope 1 and 2 emissions – We have set our goal for 2030 of 
reducing these by 46% from the 2019 level of 25,715 tonnes. 
As this target had an eight-year delivery period in 2022 we 
set a threshold target that equals 3/8ths of the 46% reduction 
(17.3% reduction by 2025). This created a straight line between 
2022 and 2030 for the achievement of our goal. A stretch 
target of a 25% reduction was set to incentivise earlier delivery 
of the total 46% reduction. Rather than set targets that extend 
this by a year, we felt it would be better to focus management 
on achieving a reduction in scope 3 emissions.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

127

Governance

Remuneration Report continued 

Remuneration at a glance 
How remuneration links to our strategy 

(See pages 10 to 13 for details of our performance).

Strategic objective

Link to remuneration

Metric

Performance against metric

Earnings growth and driving 
down costs

Annual bonus and future long-
term incentive plan awards

Underlying operating profit

Not achieved

Volume growth and focus on 
RoCE

Annual bonus

Customer First

Annual bonus

Customer First

Annual bonus

Employee Engagement

Annual bonus

Customer First and responsible 
employer/developer

Value creation through capital 
and dividend growth

Underpin to annual bonus

Long-term incentive plan

Sufficient land bank of plots 
with DPP
Retain 5-star6 
homebuilder status

Achieved

Partly achieved

Overall customer 
satisfaction score

Results of Employee 
Engagement Survey

Overall health and 
safety performance

Relative TSR against two 
comparator groups

Not achieved

Not achieved

Achieved

Not achieved

The Committee set ambitious targets which have been challenging to achieve in a tough economic environment which has 
impacted all elements of the business, this is reflected in the outcomes highlighted above.

How our executive directors were paid during 2022/23

Chief 
Executive

Group
Finance
Director

82%

17%

£1,088,625

82%

17%

£667,896

0

£200,000

£400,000

£600,000

£800,000

£1,000,000

£1,200,000

  Fixed pay total

Other items

  Annual bonus

Bonus outcomes – see page 130

The 2022/23 bonus was based on financial and strategic targets. 

Strategic objective

Weighting 
(% of salary)

Threshold
 (25% pays out)

Maximum value 
(100% pays out)

Actual(a) 

Payment 
(% of maximum)

Payment 
(% of salary)

Operating profit (underlying)

80.0%

£600m

£720m

£543.9m

0%

0%

Strategic objectives and performance against target

Land bank

Customer 
First

The land bank of plots with DPP (available for completion in the following 
financial year) exceeded the maximum target and an award of 20% of 
salary was achieved.
We retained our 5-star6 homebuilder status.

The Group’s ‘Recommend a Friend’ score in 2023 was 92.3% compared 
with the base of 90.0%

The Group’s 9-month customer satisfaction score in 2023 was 80.5% 
compared with the base of 82.0%.

Employee 
Engagement

The Group’s employee engagement score in 2023 was 79.3% compared 
with the base of 87.5%.

Threshold
 (25% pays out)

Achieved in full – 20% of 
salary awarded

Partly achieved – 5.06% of 
salary awarded

Not achieved – no award

Not achieved – no award

Note: 
a.  For underlying operating profit and land bank bonus purposes, targets and outcomes include our share of joint ventures.
b.  Underlying profit excludes exceptional items of income and expenditure, for example costs and recoveries associated with the net legacy building safety expense. This removes any 

incentive to delay or reduce spending on life-critical fire safety remedial works.

128

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

LTIP outcomes – see page 131

The PSP awards granted in 2020/21 were based on a three-year TSR performance for the period to 31 July 2023. 

Metric

Performance condition

Threshold target

Stretch target

Actual % Vesting

50% of 
awards

Relative TSR against an index of peer 
housebuilders 

50% of 
awards 

Relative TSR against the FTSE 250 
(excluding financial services companies 
and investment trusts)

Total 

Annual Report on Remuneration
Committee membership and activity

4.1% TSR
(median)

26.6% TSR
(median +22.5%)

-3.3%
Bellway TSR

Rank 69 
(median) 

Rank 35 
(upper quartile)

Rank 77
Bellway

0%

0%

0%

The Committee met five times during the year and details of the Committee members and their attendance are set out in the 
table below. 

Membership and meeting attendance 

Date appointed to the Committee

Number of meetings 
attended during the year

Director

Jill Caseberry (Chair)

John Tutte

Denise Jagger

Ian McHoul

Sarah Whitney

1 October 2017  
(appointed as Committee Chair on 13 December 2017)

1 March 2022

1 August 2013 
(resigned 16 December 2022)

1 February 2018

1 September 2022

5/5

5/5

2/2 

5/5

5/5 

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

The operation of the Committee is conducted by reference to its terms of reference which have been prepared 
to comply with relevant statutory, regulatory and corporate governance requirements and best practice and are available 
at www.bellwayplc.co.uk/investor-centre/governance/committees. 

None of the Committee members have a personal financial interest, other than as shareholders, in the matters to be decided. 
There are no conflicts of interest arising from cross-directorships and no day-to-day involvement in running the business.

The Committee appointed Korn Ferry as independent external advisers, following a competitive tender process, on 1 January 
2019. Korn Ferry do not provide any other services to the Company other than to the Remuneration Committee and the 
Board Committee on Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration. They are members of the Remuneration Consultants Group 
and abide by its Code of Conduct. The Committee is satisfied that Korn Ferry are independent. The total fee paid to Korn Ferry 
for advice to the committees during the year was £70,287 (2022 – £40,963) which was charged on a time and material basis. 
The Committee also benefited from advice received from the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary on issues other 
than those relating to his own remuneration.

The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors (apart from the Chair) is determined by the Board Committee on Non-
Executive Directors’ Remuneration, which comprises the Executive Directors. It also receives advice from the Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary, and Korn Ferry.

Main focus in 2022/23
•  Review and determine the remuneration packages for the Executive Directors and the Group General Counsel and Company 

Secretary, and the first tier of management below Board level.

•  Review remuneration policies for senior management below Board level and the wider workforce.
•  Approve the long-term incentive awards vesting levels for the 2022/23 year for the Executive Directors and the Group 

General Counsel and Company Secretary.

•  Approve the 2022/23 financial year bonus payments for the Executive Directors and the Group General Counsel 

and Company Secretary.

•  Approve the 2021/22 Remuneration Report.
•  Set the bonus targets for the 2022/23 year.
•  Make awards under the long-term incentive scheme.
•  Engage with employees on executive remuneration through the Employee Listening Groups.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

129

Governance

Remuneration Report continued 

Focus areas for 2023/24
•  Review and determine the remuneration packages for the Executive Directors and the Group General Counsel and Company 

Secretary, and the first tier of management below Board level.

•  Review remuneration policies for senior management below Board level and the wider workforce.
•  Approve the long-term incentive awards vesting levels for the 2023/24 year for the Executive Directors and the Group 

General Counsel and Company Secretary.

•  Approve the 2023/24 financial year bonus payments for the Executive Directors and the Group General Counsel and 

Company Secretary.

•  Approve the 2022/23 Remuneration Report.
•  Set the bonus targets for the 2023/24 year.
•  Make awards under the long-term incentive scheme.
•  Engage with employees on executive remuneration through the Employee Listening Groups.

Implementation of Remuneration Policy in 2022/23
The auditor is required to report on the information contained in the following part of this report, as noted on the relevant sections.

Salary for the year ended 31 July 2023
For 2022/23, Jason Honeyman received a salary of £739,490 and Keith Adey received a salary of £451,259.

Annual bonus for the year ended 31 July 2023
The annual bonus is payable in November 2023 for performance during the year ended 31 July 2023. The performance targets 
for the 2022/23 bonus comprised of underlying operating profit and three strategic targets. Any bonus earned above 100% of 
salary will be deferred into shares which cannot be sold for three years. 

The actual bonus payment against underlying operating profit was determined on the following basis:

Strategic objective

Weighting 
(% of salary)

Threshold
 (25% pays out)

Maximum value 
(100% pays out)

Actual(a) 

Payment 
(% of maximum)

Payment 
(% of salary)

Operating profit (underlying)

80.0%

£600m

£720m

£543.9m

0%

0%

Underlying operating profit including our share of joint ventures fell by 16.7% to £543.9 million which is below the threshold.

The basis for payment of the actual bonus against the three strategic measures is set out below:

Strategic pillar

Objectives and performance against target

Land bank

Customer 
First

Level of land bank plots with detailed planning permission (‘DPP’) (available for 
completion in the following financial year) to ensure our growth aspirations are not 
frustrated by land shortages in future years. A threshold payment of 5% of salary would 
be triggered for a threshold number of plots with DPP, with an additional 1% payment 
for further improved performance, up to a maximum of 20% of salary. The land bank 
targets are commercially sensitive and will be disclosed one year in arrears.(b)
The land bank of plots with DPP (available for completion in the following financial 
year) exceeded the maximum target and an award of 20% of salary was achieved.
Retention of 5-star6 homebuilder status (as measured by the HBF).

Opportunity and score

Maximum –  
20% of salary

Achieved in full – 
20% of salary awarded

Maximum –
7.5% of salary 

We retained our 5-star6 homebuilder status. The Group’s score in 2023 was 92.3% 
compared with the target range of 90.0% (2.5% of salary) to 94.5% (7.5% of salary).

Partly achieved –
5.06% of salary awarded

9-month customer satisfaction score (as measured by NHBC). A threshold payment of 
1.25% of salary would be triggered for a threshold score of 82.0%, with an additional 
bonus opportunity on a straight-line basis for further improvement in the score, up to 
a maximum of 7.5% of salary for a score of at least 83.0%.

The Group’s 9-month customer satisfaction score in 2023 was 80.5%.

Employee 
Engagement

Employee engagement scores (as measured by the July 2023 employee survey). 
A threshold payment of 2.5% of salary would be triggered for a threshold score 
of 87.5%, with an additional bonus opportunity on a straight-line basis for further 
improvement in score, up to a maximum of 5% of salary for a scores of at least 90.0%. 

Maximum – 
7.5% of salary

Not achieved –
No award 

Maximum – 
5% of salary

The Group’s employee engagement score in 2023 was 79.3% compared with the
 target range of 87.5% to 90.0%.

Not achieved –
No award

Notes: 
a.  For underlying operating profit and land bank bonus purposes, targets and outcomes includes our share of joint ventures.
b.  The 2021/22 base target was set at 12,250 plots with a maximum target of 12,800 plots. The actual performance achieved was 12,825 plots.

130

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The Committee also set a minimum level of operating profit of £520m that had to be achieved for any bonus to be capable of 
being earned. This minimum hurdle was achieved. Health and safety performance is taken into account by the Committee as 
part of its overall assessment of the bonus payment, and the Committee has discretion to reduce the overall bonus payment 
if it considers that health and safety standards have been unsatisfactory. The Committee is satisfied with the health and safety 
standards over the year. 

Long-term incentives vesting in respect of performance period ended 31 July 2023 
The PSP awards granted in 2020/21 were based on a three-year TSR performance for the period to 31 July 2023. The applicable 
vesting percentages were as follows:

Metric

Performance condition

Threshold target

Stretch target

Actual % Vesting

4.1% TSR
(median)

26.6% TSR
(median +22.5%)

-3.3%
Bellway TSR

0%

Relative TSR against an index of peer 
housebuilders comprising Barratt Developments 
PLC, The Berkeley Group plc, Crest Nicholson 
Holdings plc, Persimmon plc, Redrow plc, 
Taylor Wimpey plc and Vistry Group plc (‘Index’): 
25% of this part of an award vests at the median, 
increasing pro-rata, to full vesting at median 
+22.5% (+7.5% p.a.).

Relative TSR against the FTSE 250 (excluding 
financial services companies and investment 
trusts): 25% of this part of an award vests at 
median, increasing pro-rata, to full vesting at the 
upper quartile.

50% of 
awards

50% of 
awards 

Total 

Rank 69 
(median) 

Rank 35 
(upper quartile)

Rank 77
Bellway

0%

0%

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Regardless of TSR performance, the Committee may adjust the level of vesting (including to nil) to such extent as it 
considers appropriate to ensure the level of vesting is a true reflection of the overall performance of the Company over the 
performance period. 

The TSR performance thresholds have not been met, and the Committee agreed there were no circumstances that warranted 
the exercise of discretion. As a result, no awards will vest in October 2023.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

131

Governance

Remuneration Report continued 

Single figure of total remuneration (audited) 

Salary and 
fees (a) 
£

Taxable 
benefits(b)
£

Pension(c)
£

Annual 
bonus
£

Sub-total
£

Long-term 
incentives(d) 
£

Other 
items(e)
£

Total

£

Total fixed 
remuneration
£

Total variable 
remuneration
£

Non-executive Chair

John Tutte

Paul Hampden 
Smith

2023

260,000

2022

108,333

2023

2022

–

152,282

Executive Directors

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

260,000

108,333

–

152,282

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

260,000

260,000

108,333

108,333

–

–

152,282

152,282

Jason Honeyman 2023

739,490

51,570 104,761

185,316

1,081,137

– 7,488 1,088,625

903,309

Keith Adey

2022

2023

2022

Non-executive Directors

711,048

43,797

142,210

841,312

1,738,367

–

– 1,738,367

451,259

35,143 63,915

113,086

663,403

– 4,493

667,896

423,572

34,410

84,714

501,170

1,043,866

–

–

–

–

185,316

841,312

113,086

501,170

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 1,043,866

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

28,177

71,776

63,879

–

75,999

71,776

75,999

71,776

897,055

554,810

542,696

28,177

71,776

63,879

–

75,999

71,776

75,999

71,776

Denise Jagger

Sarah Whitney

Jill Caseberry

Ian McHoul

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

28,177

71,776

63,879

–

75,999

71,776

75,999

71,776

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

28,177

71,776

63,879

–

75,999

71,776

75,999

71,776

Total

2023 1,694,803

86,713 168,676 298,402

2,248,594

– 11,981 2,260,575

1,962,173

298,402

2022 1,610,563

78,207 226,924 1,342,482

3,258,176

–

– 3,258,176

1,915,694

1,342,482

Notes:
a.   Paul Hampden-Smith retired as Chair on 1 April 2022, John Tutte was appointed to the Board on 1 March 2022 and took over as Chair upon Paul’s retirement.
  Denise Jagger retired from the Board and as Senior Independent Director on 16 December 2022, Sarah Whitney was appointed to the Board on 1 September 2022 and took over as Senior 

Independent Director upon Denise’s retirement. Their fees reflect their service during the financial year. 

b.  Taxable benefits include car allowance/benefit and health insurance and £17,143 for Jason Honeyman which relates to hotel and travel costs.
c.  Pension includes payments in lieu of pension. In 2022/23 Keith Adey made contributions to a defined contribution scheme of £2,613 (2021/22 £5,333). None of the directors are members of 

the Group’s defined benefit scheme. 

d.  The value of long-term incentives in 2023 is nil as the threshold performance targets for the 2020 PSP awards were not met and as a result the awards lapsed in full. 
e.  Other items refer to the discount on the awards, during the year stated, under the Group’s all-employee savings-related share option scheme.

Directors’ share-based rewards and options (audited)
Details of all directors’ interests in the Company share-based reward schemes are shown.

Jason Honeyman

Scheme

PSP(a)
PSP(b)
2013 SRSOS(f)
PSP(C)
PSP(d)
2013 SRSOS(f)
Totals

Awards/
options held at 
1 August 2022 

Granted/
awarded during 
the year

Exercised 
during the year

Lapsed during 
the year

Awards/
options held at 
31 July 2023

Exercise price/
market price 
at date of 
award (p)

Date of grant/
award

Exercisable/ 
capable of 
vesting from

30,667

39,005

771

33,216

–

–

103,659

–

–

–

–

64,901

1,935

66,836

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(30,667)

–

3,370.0

16.10.2019

16.10.2022

–

(771)

–

–

–

39,005

2,317.0

27.10.2020

27.10.2023

–

2,333.0

04.12.2020

01.02.2024

33,216

64,901

1,935

3,211.0

1,937.0

26.10.2021

26.10.2024

11.11.2022

11.11.2025

1,550.0

07.12.2022

01.02.2028

(31,438)

139,057

132

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Keith Adey

Scheme

PSP(a)
2013 SRSOS(f)
2013 SRSOS(f)
PSP(b)
PSP(c)
PSP(d)
2013 SRSOS(f)
Totals

Awards/
options held at 
1 August 2022

Granted/
awarded during 
the year

Exercised 
during the year

Lapsed during 
the year

Awards/ 
options held at 
31 July 2023

Exercise price/
market price 
at date of 
award (p)

Date of grant/
award

Exercisable/ 
capable of 
vesting from

17,823

621

356

22,668

19,304

–

–

60,772

–

–

–

– 

–

39,604

1,161

40,765

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(17,823)

(621)

(356)

–

–

–

–

(18,800)

–

–

–

22,668

19,304

39,604

1,161

82,737

3,370.0

2,414.4

2,528.0

2,317.0

3,211.0

1,937.0

16.10.2019

16.10.2022

03.12.2018

01.02.2024

03.12.2019

01.02.2023

27.10.2020

27.10.2023

26.10.2021

26.10.2024

11.11.2022

11.11.2025

1,550.0

07.12.2022

01.02.2026

Notes: 
a.  The performance period was 1 August 2019 – 31 July 2022. The TSR performance condition was in two parts. Half was measured by reference to the median of a group of UK housebuilders 
comprising Barratt Developments PLC, The Berkeley Group plc, Crest Nicholson Holdings plc, Persimmon plc, Redrow plc, Taylor Wimpey plc and Vistry Group (‘Housebuilders’ Index’). 
If Bellway’s TSR matched that of the median of the companies in that group, 25% of the awards would vest. Full vesting would be achieved for at least a 7.5% per annum outperformance of 
the median (22.5% in total). The other half was measured by reference to the companies in the FTSE 250 Index (excluding financial services companies and investment trusts). Awards would 
start to vest at 25% if Bellway’s TSR matches the median of the companies in the group, increasing on a straight-line basis so that full vesting would be achieved if Bellway’s TSR reached the 
upper quartile. Regardless of TSR performance, no part of an award will vest unless the Committee is satisfied that there has been an improvement in the underlying financial performance of 
the Company over the performance period. The performance conditions were not met therefore none of the award vested.

b.  The performance period for the awards granted in October 2020 finished on 31 July 2023. Details of the vesting of these awards which will take place after this Report is published are set out 

in full under the heading ‘Long-term incentives vesting in respect of performance period ended 31 July 2023’ above.

c.  The performance period is 1 August 2021 – 31 July 2024. The awards are subject to an EPS performance condition in addition to the same TSR performance conditions set out in note a 
above. The TSR element of the award would start to vest at 25% if Bellway’s EPS reaches a threshold of 383.5p, increasing on a straight-line basis so that full vesting would be achieved if 
Bellway’s EPS reaches 435.9p. Each performance condition represents a maximum of 33.3% of the overall award. These awards are also subject to clawback provisions.

d.  On 11 November 2022, awards of performance shares under the PSP were made to Jason Honeyman and Keith Adey, equal to 170% of their respective salaries at the date of grant. The face 
values on grant of these awards were therefore £1,257,133 and £767,140 respectively. The performance period is 1 August 2022 – 31 July 2025. The performance condition was in six parts 
as detailed below. The Committee may adjust the level of vesting (including to nil) to such extent as it considers appropriate to ensure the level of vesting is a true reflection of the overall 
performance of the Company over the performance period. These awards are also subject to clawback provisions. 

Metric

Performance condition (25% to 100% straight line vesting)

Threshold target

Stretch target

20% of opportunity

Underlying EPS in 2024/25 (Calculated using underlying profit and the current tax rates). 

20% of opportunity

Relative TSR against a group of peer housebuilders comprising Barratt Developments PLC, The Berkeley Group plc, 
Crest Nicholson Holdings plc, Persimmon plc, Redrow plc, Taylor Wimpey plc and Vistry Group PLC.

20% of opportunity

Relative TSR against the FTSE 350 (Excluding financial services companies and investment trusts).

20% of opportunity

Underlying Return on Adjusted Capital Employed (Adding back land creditors and legacy building safety provisions 
to Capital Employed).

409.7p

Median 

Median 

14%

463.8p

Median 
+7.5% p.a.

Upper
Quartile

19%

10% of opportunity

Reduction in scope 1 and 2 emissions. 25% of this part of the award vests at a reduction in tonnes by 17.3%, increasing 
pro-rata, to full vesting at a reduction in tonnes by 25% measured by emissions for 2024/25.

4,436 tonnes reduction 6,429 tonnes reduction 

10% of opportunity

Reduction in waste per completed unit. 25% of this part of the award vests at a reduction in tonnes by 17.5%, 
increasing pro-rata, to full vesting at a reduction in tonnes by 22.5% for 2024/25 compared to 2021/22. 

1.56 tonnes reduction

2.01 tonnes reduction 

e.  All of the above awards set out in notes a-d were granted for nil consideration. 
f.  Further details of the 2013 SRSOS are shown in the summary of outstanding share options in note 23 to the accounts.
g.  The value of long-term incentive plan awards for the Executive Directors which were exercised in the year and those which will become exercisable in 2023/24 are shown in the single 

figure of total remuneration table on page 132. As no awards will be exercised the value is nil. 

h.  The market price of the ordinary shares at 31 July 2023 was 2,216p and the closing range during the year was 1,587p to 2,500p.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Payments to past Directors (audited)
No past Director received any payments from the Company during the year.

Payments for loss of office (audited)
No payments have been made in respect of loss of office during the 2022/23 financial year.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

133

Governance

Remuneration Report continued 

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)
The Directors’ interests (including family interests) in the ordinary share capital of the Company as at 31 July 2023 are set 
out below:

Scheme

Jason Honeyman

Keith Adey

John Tutte

Sarah Whitney

Jill Caseberry

Ian McHoul

Beneficially 
owned at  
31 July 2023(c)

% basic 
salary held 
by Executive 
Directors in 
shares(a)(b)

Shareholding 
target of 200% of 
basic salary met?

Beneficially 
owned at 
31 July 2022

Outstanding 
and unvested 
PSP awards

Outstanding  
and unvested 
share options

Share options 
exercised in 
the year

38,186

80,218

20,000

– 

470

2,000

108

373

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

In progress

Yes

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

34,777

78,188

20,000

–

470

2,000

137,122

81,576

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1,935

1,161

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

–

–

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Notes:
a.  Executive Directors are required to accumulate a minimum shareholding equivalent to 200% of basic salary. Within a period of three months of appointment an Executive Director must 
acquire a minimum of 1,000 ordinary shares in the Company and must retain at least 50% of any shares vesting under the PSP, after allowance for paying tax, until the requisite number 
of shares has been accumulated. Jason Honeyman joined the Board in September 2017 so has not yet had sufficient time to build the target shareholding from vesting share awards. 
Jason agreed to invest all bonus he received in FY23 above 90% of salary (after paying tax and national insurance) in Bellway shares.

b.  The % shareholding is based on salaries as at 31 July 2023 using the average share price for the year.
c.  Includes shares owned by partner.
d.  There has been no change in any of the above interests between 31 July 2023 and the date of this report.

The following section of this report is not required to be audited.

Implementation of Remuneration Policy in 2023/24
This section sets out how the Company will implement the Remuneration Policy for the 2023/24 financial year. Full details of 
how each element will operate are set out in the Remuneration Policy table later in this report. 

The Committee has taken into account the remuneration and related policies for the rest of the workforce generally 
and engaged with the workforce through the Employee Listening Groups when setting the 2023/24 targets for the 
Executive Directors.

Basic salaries 
The Committee has awarded Jason Honeyman and Keith Adey salary increases of 3.5% which are below the level of the 
average for the workforce for 2023/24 of 5%. Therefore, from 1 August 2023, Jason’s salary was increased to £765,372 p.a., 
and Keith’s salary was increased to £467,053 p.a.

Annual bonus 
For the 2023/24 financial year, the bonus opportunity will continue to be limited to 120% of basic salary. The performance 
conditions relate to (i) a stretching target of underlying operating profit, including Bellway’s share of joint ventures (with a 
maximum payment of 72% of basic salary achievable), (ii) a stretching target of adjusted capital employed (with a maximum 
payment of 12% of basic salary achievable), and (iii) the following strategic performance measures which provide a maximum 
bonus opportunity of 36% of basic salary. 

Strategic 
measure

Land bank

Sustainability 
– 5 star6 
builder

Sustainability 
– Employee 
Engagement

Sustainability 
– Carbon 
Reduction

Objectives

This will be in two parts:
•  Sales outlet openings to ensure that we have the ability to meet our sales ambitions 

and have secured sufficient planning consents.

•  Availability of land bank of plots with DPP (available for completion in the following 
financial year) to ensure our sales ambitions are not frustrated by land shortages in 
future years.

Maximum – 21% of salary

Score

Retaining 5 star6 homebuilder status (as measured by the HBF).

Maximum – 5% of salary

Targets relating to the annual employee engagement survey.

Maximum – 5% of salary

Development of a high quality timber frame proposition to enable investment to be 
evaluated in line with our strategic business objectives.

Maximum – 5% of salary

Health and safety performance will be taken into account as part of the Committee’s overall assessment of the bonus payment.

134

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The Committee would have discretion if, for example, health and safety standards have been unsatisfactory, or there has been 
a major safety failure, to reduce the overall bonus payment and could, in exceptional cases, reduce the overall bonus payment 
to nil. Maintaining a strong health and safety record remains a critical objective and this bonus structure allows for health and 
safety to have a greater influence on annual bonus outcomes.

In line with the 2021 Remuneration Policy, any bonus earned above 100% of salary is required to be deferred into shares which 
cannot be sold for three years.

The actual annual bonus performance targets are considered to be commercially sensitive at this time, and the Committee will 
disclose these retrospectively in next year’s annual report on remuneration, provided they are no longer commercially sensitive.

Long-term incentives 
In line with the rationale set out in the Statement from the Committee Chair, the Company anticipates making a grant under 
the PSP in October 2023 with a face value equivalent up to 200% of salary to the Executive Directors. Awards will vest to the 
Executive Directors after three years, subject to the achievement of performance conditions with any shares vesting subject to 
a two year holding period.

Regardless of the vesting outcome the Committee may adjust the level of vesting (including to nil) to such extent as it 
considers appropriate to ensure the level of vesting is a true reflection of the overall performance of the Company over the 
performance period.

Metric

Performance condition (25% to 100% straight line vesting)

Threshold target

Stretch target

25% of 
opportunity

25% of 
opportunity

10% of 
opportunity

10% of 
opportunity

10% of 
opportunity

10% of 
opportunity

10% of 
opportunity

Relative TSR against a group of peer housebuilders comprising Barratt 
Developments PLC, The Berkeley Group plc, Crest Nicholson Holdings plc, 
Persimmon plc, Redrow plc, Taylor Wimpey plc and Vistry Group plc.

Relative TSR against the FTSE 350 (excluding financial services companies and 
investment trusts).

Margin protection: ROCE in FY26

Median Median +7.5% 
p.a.

Median Upper quartile

10%

13%

Margin protection: Strategic land in DPP land bank in FY26

2,700 plots

3,000 plots

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Margin protection: Relative underlying operating margin against a group of peer 
housebuilders comprising Barratt Developments PLC, The Berkeley Group plc, 
Crest Nicholson Holdings plc, Persimmon plc, Redrow plc, Taylor Wimpey plc 
and Vistry Group plc in FY26. Median is calculated as an average of the median 
company and the company above and below it. 

Median Median x 1.05

Sustainability: Customer satisfaction score 9-month survey result in FY26

79%

82%

Sustainability: Achieve a meaningful contribution towards reducing scope 1,2 
and 3 carbon emissions including through the redesign of Artisan house types 
to accommodate timber frame construction. We are stretching management to 
go beyond emission reduction requirements under building regulations through 
this measure. The Committee will assess performance achieved (including 
the level and pace of achievement) during the 3 years and report these 
achievements and our expectations at the end of FY26.

Satisfactory 
performance

Excellent 
performance

Chair and Non-Executive Director fees from 1 August 2023

Director

Non-Executive Chair fee

Non-Executive Director fee

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

Audit and Remuneration Committee Chair fees

Fee from 
1 August 2022 
£

% 
increase

Fee from 
1 August 2023 
£

260,000

62,500

11,750

13,500

3.5

3.5

3.5

3.5

269,100

64,688

12,161

13,973

The Company’s Articles of Association specify an annual limit on Non-Executive Director fees of £500,000. This excludes the 
fees for the Chair and additional fees payable to the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and to Committee Chairs. 
Shareholder approval is required to amend this limit. 

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

135

Governance

Remuneration Report continued 

Performance graph and table 
The graph below shows the TSR performance over the past ten years of the Company, the FTSE 250 Index and the bespoke 
Housebuilders’ Index (as defined in note a on page 133). The FTSE 250 Index has been selected as the most appropriate 
‘broad equity market index’ as the Company has been a constituent of the FTSE 250 Index over this period. The bespoke 
Housebuilders’ Index has been selected as these companies have been used for the Company’s long-term incentive plans.

This graph shows the value, as at 31 July 2023, of £100 invested in Bellway on 31 July 2013 compared with the value of 
£100 invested in the FTSE 250 Index and £100 invested equally in each of the other housebuilders, who form part of the 
Housebuilders Index. The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year ends.

Total shareholder return

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

)

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

£
n
r
u
e
r

t

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s

l

a
t
o
T

0

31 July
2013

264

211

147

251

210

159

269

222

151

238

194

128

315

280

183

246

226

163

238

206

161

185

182

126

166

144

125

112

106
107

31 July
2014

31 July
2015

31 July
2016

31 July
2017

31 July
2018

31 July
2019

31 July
2020

31 July
2021

31 July
2022

31 July
2023

Source: Datastream (Refinitiv Datastream)

Bellway

Housebuilder’s Index

FTSE 250 Index

Group Chief Executive total remuneration
The table below sets out the total remuneration for the Group Chief Executive over the same ten-year period as for the chart 
overleaf, together with the percentage of annual bonus paid and the vesting of long-term incentives as a percentage of the 
maximum (relating to the performance periods ending in that year).

Total remuneration 
(£000)

Annual bonus paid 
(as % of maximum)

PSP vesting (as a % 
of maximum)

2014

1,450

2015

1,960

2016

2,785

2017

3,468

2018(a)

1,737

2019(b)

1,220

2020

1,110

2021

1,998

2022

1,738

2023

1,089

91.6%

88.8%

95.8%

93.8%

0.0%

76.7%

0.0%

99.5%

98.6%

20.9%

50.0%

50.0%

100.0%

100.0%

99.8%

30.6%

47.7%

28.7%

0%

0%

Notes:
a.  Ted Ayres was absent during the 2017/18 financial year due to ill health and so the figures shown are lower than would normally be expected if he had been at work during the year.
b.  Jason Honeyman was appointed as Group Chief Executive on 1 August 2018.

136

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
Percentage change in remuneration of directors compared to workforce 
The table below shows the annual percentage change in base salary, benefits and bonus between FY19 and FY23 in respect 
of the Directors of the Company and the average for all other employees. Over time, the percentage change over five years will 
eventually be disclosed.

FY22–FY23

FY21–FY22

FY20–FY21

% 
Change 
in salary 
/ fees(a)

% 
Change in 
benefits

% 
Change 
in bonus

% 
Change 
in salary 
/ fees(a)

% 
Change in 
benefits

% 
Change 
in bonus

% 
Change 
in salary 
/ fees

% 
Change in 
benefits

% 
Change 
in bonus

% 
Change 
in salary 
/ fees

FY19–FY20

% Change 
in benefits

% 
Change 
in bonus

+6.3

+1.6

+4.5

+6.0

+8.4 +83.2

+1.6

+8.3

-79.9

+2.6

+8.7

+17.8

+4.0

-11.9

-78.0

+3.2

-11.2

+2.6

+3.4

+9.8

+100 +25.6

+38.5

-100

+6.5

+140

-100

-60.7

+100

+5.9

+5.9

-13.1

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

-77.4

n/a

+5.6

+100

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

-31.2

+3.2

n/a

+3.2

+3.2

+3.3

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

+5

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

+3.4

n/a

+3.4

+3.4

n/a

+3.4

+3.4

+0.3

n/a

+100

n/a

-1.4

n/a

+2.4

n/a

-100

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

+31.4

+2.3

n/a

-1.4

+4.4

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

All other employees(b)
J Honeyman  
(Group Chief Executive)(c)
K Adey  
(Group Finance Director)
J Tutte (Chair)(d)
P Hampden Smith  
(Chair)(e)
D Jagger (INED)

S Whitney (INED)

J Caseberry (INED)

I McHoul (INED)

Notes:
a.  The comparative figures used for the Board are the actual salary and fees paid as per the Single figure of remuneration table on page 132.
b.  All other employee figures are calculated on a cash basis.
c.  Upon appointment as Group Chief Executive, the Board had agreed a salary increase for Jason Honeyman to be implemented for the financial year beginning August 2019. Details of 

Jason’s benefits are included in note b page 132.

d.  John Tutte was appointed as Non Executive Chair during the 2021/22 financial year, having joined Bellway on the 1 March 2022.
e.  Paul Hampden Smith resigned as Non Executive Chair on the 31 March 2022.
f.  Denise Jagger retired from the Board and as Senior Independent Director on 16 December 2022.
g.  Sarah Whitney was appointed to the Board on 1 September 2022 and took over as Senior Independent Director upon Denise’s retirement.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

CEO pay ratio 
We are publishing our CEO pay ratio figures for the financial years 2018/19, to 2022/23. Over time, ten-year ratios will eventually 
be disclosed.

Financial year

Method

Upper quartile

Median

Lower quartile

Pay 
ratio

Total pay 
and benefits 
£

Salary 
component 
£

Pay 
ratio

Total pay 
and benefits 
£

Salary 
component 
£

Pay
ratio

Total pay 
and benefits 
£

Salary 
component 
£

2018/19

2019/20

2020/21

2021/22

2022/23

A

A

A

A

A

19:1

18:1

31:1

25:1

15:1

62,168

60,675

65,866

70,036

74,421

50,200

24,400

52,279

62,311

55,000

28:1

27:1

45:1

36:1

22:1

42,845

40,415

44,864

48,662

49,903

22,647

22,000

40,556

29,438

40,215

40:1

43:1

68:1

54:1

29,858

25,580

29,886

32,148

23,305

25,200

24,750

24,561

34:1

32,422

26,462

The pay ratios have been calculated as at 31 July 2023 using Option A of the Regulations, that is, the full-time equivalent pay 
and benefits for all of our employees to identify those employees on the quartiles. Option A has been selected as it is the 
most statistically accurate method of calculation. Employee benefits include company car, car allowance, private medical, 
employer pension contributions and share option gains. All payments are included on a cash basis, with the exception of the 
annual bonus for the Group Chief Executive. The annual bonus earned during the 2022/23 financial year, which is expected 
to be paid in November 2023, has been approved for the Group Chief Executive, there is not an accurate estimate for all 
other staff, therefore cash bonus paid during the year (relating to the 2021/22 financial year) has been used in the calculations. 
The decrease in the CEO pay ratio in the current year is driven by the current year’s lower bonus payment.

Jason Honeyman was appointed as Group Chief Executive on 1 August 2018, with a phased increase to his salary implemented 
in the 2019/20 financial year, this resulted in a lower CEO pay ratio in 2018/19. Due to COVID-19 no bonuses were paid in the 
2019/20 financial year, this led to a further fall in the CEO pay ratio. 

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

137

Governance

Remuneration Report continued 

Importance of remuneration relative to dividends and section 106 and CIL payments 
The table below shows the relative expenditure of the Group in respect of employee remuneration, dividends and section 106 
and CIL payments, together with the percentage change in each, for the financial years ended 31 July 2022 and 31 July 2023. 
The Directors have chosen dividends and section 106 and CIL payments as comparators to employee costs as they consider 
that these demonstrate the relative importance of the remuneration of its employees to the returns the Group generates to 
shareholders and the contribution it makes to developing communities through section 106 and CIL payments.

Employee costs(a)
Dividends(b)
Section 106 and CIL payments(c)

2023
£m

191.5

169.2

89.2

2022 
£m

167.0

172.4

117.2

% change

14.7%

(1.9%)

(23.9%)

Notes:
a.  Employee costs are calculated as wages and salaries, bonus and taxable benefits (including the directors).
b.  The dividend figures shown are the interim and final dividends paid or payable for the relevant financial year less forfeited dividends (see note 20 to the accounts).
c.  The section 106 and CIL payments figures are calculated from invoices received for these payments. 

Dilution limits/shares held in Trust to satisfy awards
The Bellway Employee Share Trust (1992) (the ‘Trust’) holds market-purchased shares to satisfy awards made under some of 
the Company’s executive and employee share schemes. As at 31 July 2023 the Trust held 327,202 shares. It is the Company’s 
current intention to use market-purchased shares to satisfy awards made under the PSP. Awards made under the deferred 
bonus plans (to which the Executive Directors are not eligible) must be satisfied using market-purchased shares. The SRSOS 
uses new issued shares. The Company’s share plans comply with the IA guidance on dilution limits and the position as at 
31 July 2023 was:

Limit of 5% in any ten years under all executive share plans

Limit of 10% in any ten years under all share plans 

Actual 0.99%

Actual 0.88%

Statement of voting at AGMs 
The votes cast by proxy at AGMs in relation to resolutions regarding directors’ remuneration are set out in the table below: 

For

Against

Total votes cast (excluding votes withheld)

Votes withheld

Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
(binding vote at AGM on 6 
December 2021)

Remuneration Report 
(advisory vote at AGM 
on 16 December 2022)

Number
of votes 

% of
votes cast

Number
of votes 

% of
votes cast

89,540,335

2,815,436

92,355,771

206,210

96.95

91,378,412

3.05

100

3,081,126

94,459,538

207,611

96.74

3.26

100

At the AGM on 15 December 2023, the Company’s shareholders will have an advisory vote on the Remuneration Report.

On behalf of the Board

Jill Caseberry
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

16 October 2023

138

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
This part of the remuneration report provides a summary of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy which was approved by 
shareholders at the AGM on 6 December 2021. Factual data has been updated where appropriate (e.g. details of service 
contracts). A full version of the policy, as approved by shareholders, can be found in the Annual Report and Accounts for 2021 
on the Company’s website.

Policy principles
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy is aligned with the principles within the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code and these 
principles are taken into account in its implementation:

Principles

Considerations within the Policy

Clarity: remuneration arrangements 
should be transparent and promote 
effective engagement with 
shareholders and the workforce.

We clearly communicate our approach to remuneration in this report and in all 
communications with shareholders whilst providing transparency in our rationale. 
This also allows straightforward engagement with the wider workforce.

Simplicity: remuneration structures 
should avoid complexity and their 
rationale and operation should be 
easy to understand.

We have structured the Remuneration Policy to be as simple as possible, within the 
confines of ensuring arrangements are in line with the business strategy, have a 
robust link between pay and performance and are designed with consideration of 
investor expectations.

Risk: remuneration arrangements 
should ensure reputational and 
other risks from excessive rewards, 
and behavioural risks that can arise 
from target-based incentive plans, 
are identified and mitigated.

Predictability: the range of possible 
values of rewards to individual 
Directors and any other limits or 
discretions should be identified and 
explained at the time of approving 
the policy.

Proportionality: the link between 
individual awards, the delivery 
of strategy and the long-term 
performance of the Company 
should be clear. Outcomes should 
not reward poor performance.

Alignment to culture: incentive 
schemes should drive behaviours 
consistent with Company purpose, 
values and strategy.

We mitigate against these risks through a carefully designed policy which includes a 
balance between financial and non-financial bonus metrics, a Performance Share Plan 
which is based on long-term performance, deferral of a portion of the annual bonus 
into shares, and shareholding requirements. The Committee also has the ability to apply 
discretion and clawback provisions if incentive payment levels are inappropriate.

We carefully consider the range of likely performance outcomes for incentive plans 
when setting performance target ranges and at the time of assessment would use 
discretion where necessary if the formulaic result is considered inappropriate.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

The opportunity under incentive plans is determined based on a proportion of salary 
with the quantum determined to ensure that there is an appropriate link between pay 
and performance.

The performance conditions applying to the incentives are aligned with the 
Company’s strategy and are reviewed on an annual basis to consider whether 
they are working effectively.

There are provisions to override the formula-driven outcome of incentive plans and 
clawback provisions to ensure that there is not reward for poor performance.

The annual bonus is based on both financial and non-financial metrics aligned with the 
strategy incentivising the profitability of the Company whilst maintaining a focus on our 
customers and the quality of our service.

Objectives of Remuneration Policy
The aim of the Committee is to ensure that the Company has competitive remuneration packages in place that will promote 
the long-term success of the Company and motivate Executive Directors in the overall interests of shareholders, the Group, 
its employees and its customers.

The Committee has a policy of paying a level of remuneration comparable with that at a peer group of similar UK housebuilding 
businesses, subject to experience and performance.

The Committee uses this comparative approach to benchmarking with caution, recognising the relatively few direct 
housebuilding comparators, their differing size and the risk of an upward ratchet effect with any peer-based analysis. 
The structure of the package has been designed to ensure that the performance-related elements of remuneration (annual 
bonus and long-term incentives) constitute a significant proportion of an executive’s potential total remuneration package, 
but are only receivable if stretching performance targets are achieved.

The structure of the performance conditions for annual bonus and long-term incentives has been designed to provide a 
strong link to the Group’s performance, namely a focus on maximising profit in a sustainable fashion and producing superior 
shareholder returns, thereby generating a strong alignment of interest between senior executives and shareholders. The two- 
year post-vesting holding period which applies to the long-term incentive plan (which also applies to good leavers) reinforces 
that alignment.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

139

Governance

Remuneration Report continued 

Decision-making process
The Committee is responsible for the determination of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and how it is implemented. In addressing 
this responsibility the Committee works with management and external advisers to develop proposals and recommendations. 
The Committee considers the source of information presented to it, analyses the detail and ensures that independent judgement 
is exercised when making decisions. Information is independently verified where there are conflicts of interest and no individual is 
present when their remuneration is being discussed.

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
We have commenced using our Employee Listening Groups to provide an opportunity to engage with the workforce on 
executive remuneration and for employees to raise issues which are reported to the Board. This is one of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code’s requirements. In determining the elements of remuneration for the Executive Directors, the Committee 
takes into consideration the pay and conditions of employees throughout the Group as a whole, paying particular attention to 
the levels of basic pay increase awarded to the workforce generally.

All eligible employees, including the Executive Directors, can join the Group’s savings-related share option scheme, have life 
assurance benefits and have access to pension arrangements. A significant proportion of employees benefit from health 
insurance, a company car or car allowance and are eligible to participate in a discretionary bonus scheme.

The Committee is regularly updated of any significant policy changes for the workforce generally and management below 
Board level in particular.

Clawback/malus
The time period over which clawback/malus will apply to bonuses in respect of bonus years commencing and PSP awards 
granted after 1 August 2018 is at any time before the third anniversary of payment of bonus or vesting of PSP award, as relevant.

Incentive plan discretions
The Committee will operate the annual bonus plan and PSP in accordance with their respective rules. As part of the rules 
the Committee holds certain discretions which are required for both an efficient operation and administration of these plans, 
and are consistent with standard market practice. Any use of the discretions would, where relevant, be explained in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration and may, as appropriate, be the subject of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders.

Policy table
This section of the report describes the key components of each element of the remuneration arrangements for executive and 
non-executive directors.

Component and 
link to strategy

Salary

To be market 
competitive and 
therefore assist 
in recruiting, 
retaining and 
motivating high-
quality executives. 
Reflects individual 
role and 
experience.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Framework to assess performance

In addition to the reviews by the 
Chair, as part of the annual Board 
evaluation, the performance of the 
executives and the Company is 
kept under continuous review by 
the Board.

No prescribed maximum.

Increases are normally in 
line with the average for 
the workforce generally.

Increases may be 
below or above this 
e.g. due to promotion, 
change in responsibility 
or experience, role 
change or a significant 
change in the size, 
value and/ or complexity 
of the Company.

Salaries are set 
out in the Annual 
Remuneration Report.

Salaries are normally reviewed 
in July each year and changes 
normally take effect from 1 August. 
They are typically determined by 
reference to market levels of a peer 
group of similar UK housebuilding 
businesses, taking account of salaries 
at other companies of a similar size, 
and by taking account of the role, 
performance, and experience of the 
individual, Company performance, 
salary increases throughout 
the rest of the business and 
economic conditions.

Where salaries of new executive 
directors are positioned below 
market levels, the Committee’s 
policy is to progress these over time, 
with increases potentially higher 
than for the general workforce, 
as experience is gained, subject 
to performance.

140

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Component and 
link to strategy

Pension

To provide a 
structure and 
value that is market 
competitive.

Benefits

To provide a range 
and value that is 
market competitive

Annual bonus

To reward 
achievement with 
a combination 
of financial and 
non-financial 
operational-based 
performance targets 
in accordance with 
Group KPIs.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Framework to assess performance

Pension contributions into the 
Company’s Group Self Invested 
Personal Pension Plan and/
or a salary supplement in lieu of 
pension contributions.

Up to 20% of salary.

Not applicable.

The rate for current 
Directors was aligned with 
that of the workforce at the 
end of 2022.

Typically comprises car or car 
allowance, life assurance and health 
insurance. Other benefits may be 
provided where appropriate.

Any expenses incurred in carrying 
out duties will be fully reimbursed 
by the Company including any 
personal taxation associated with 
such expenses.

Annual bonuses are normally payable 
in cash in November following the 
year end on 31 July, subject to the 
achievement of performance targets 
that were set at the start of the 
financial year.

The Company operates a recovery 
mechanism which allows the 
Company to clawback some or 
all of the payments made under 
the variable components of an 
individual’s remuneration, in the 
following circumstances:

(i)  material misstatement of results;

(ii)   error in assessing a 

performance condition;

(iii)   gross misconduct by 

the individual;

(iv) in the case of corporate failure; or

(v)   in the case of material 

reputational damage.

Any bonus over 100% of base salary 
will be deferred into shares which will 
have to be held for three years.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

120% of basic 
salary maximum.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

The bonus may be based on 
a combination of financial and 
strategic objectives, with financial 
performance accounting 
for a majority of the overall 
bonus opportunity.

The Committee determines the 
choice of measure(s) and their 
weighting for each year to ensure 
alignment with the Board’s priorities 
and Company strategy over the 
short to medium-term.

The level of pay-out at threshold for 
financial metrics will not be more 
than 40% of maximum, and varies 
for non–financial metrics.

Full vesting will take place for 
equalling or exceeding maximum, 
subject to the health and 
safety underpin.

The Committee has discretion to 
adjust the payment outcome to 
ensure it reflects the individual’s 
contribution and/ or the overall 
performance of the Company over 
the performance period.

Details of the performance measures 
used are set out in the Annual 
Remuneration Report.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

141

Maximum opportunity

Framework to assess performance

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Governance

Remuneration Report continued 

Component and 
link to strategy

Operation

Share ownership guideline for Executive Directors

To align Executive 
Directors’ interests 
with those of 
shareholders.

Executive Directors are required to 
accumulate a minimum shareholding 
equivalent to 200% of basic salary. 
This level, or if lower the actual 
shareholding on departure, must be 
maintained for at least two years 
post departure. 

Within a period of three months of 
appointment an Executive Director 
must acquire a minimum of 1,000 
ordinary shares in the Company 
and must retain at least 50% of any 
shares awarded under the PSP, 
after allowance for paying tax, until the 
requisite number of shares has 
been accumulated.

If personal circumstances make 
this difficult, the Committee would 
exercise discretion.

PSP awards are subject to stretching 
three-year targets.

No more than 25% of a part of an 
award will vest at threshold with full 
vesting taking place for equalling or 
exceeding maximum targets set.

The Committee has discretion 
to adjust the vesting outcome in 
exceptional circumstances to ensure 
it is a true reflection of the overall 
performance of the Company over 
the performance period.

Further details of the performance 
metrics applying to the awards 
are set out in the Annual 
Remuneration Report.

Long-term incentives (‘PSP’)

To encourage long-
term value creation, 
aid retention, 
encourage 
shareholding and 
promote alignment 
of interests with 
shareholders.

The Company operates a PSP as its 
primary long-term incentive.

Annual awards of nil-cost options or 
conditional awards may be made 
under the PSP to the Executive 
Directors, at the discretion of 
the Committee.

200% of basic salary.

Awards normally vest three years after 
grant, subject to the achievement of 
stretching performance targets.

Dividend equivalents (in cash or 
shares) may be payable, and will only 
accrue during the vesting and holding 
period on awards that ultimately vest.

The Company operates recovery 
and withholding mechanisms which 
allow the Company, in exceptional 
circumstances, to clawback some 
or all of the payments made, 
or recover unvested awards, 
in the following circumstances:

(i)  material misstatement of results;

(ii)   error in assessing a 

performance  condition;

(iii)   gross misconduct by 

the individual;

(iv) in the case of corporate failure; or

(v)   in the case of material 

reputational damage.

A minimum holding period of two 
years applies to awards post vesting.

142

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Maximum opportunity

Framework to assess performance

Subject to prevailing 
HMRC limits.

Not applicable.

The aggregate of NED fees 
is set out in the Articles 
of Association and is 
currently £500,000 p.a.

The performance of the Non-
Executive Directors is assessed 
by the Chair.

The Senior Independent Non- 
Executive Director reviews the 
performance of the Chair in 
conjunction with the Directors.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Component and 
link to strategy

Operation

All-employee share schemes

To encourage 
employees to build 
a stake in the future 
of the Company.

The Executive Directors can 
participate in any HMRC approved 
all-employee plans operated by 
the Company.

Chair and Non-Executive Directors

To set appropriate 
fees in light of the 
time commitment, 
responsibilities, 
wider market and 
best practice.

The Chair’s fee is determined by 
the Remuneration Committee.

The remuneration of the Non-
Executive Directors is determined 
by the Board Committee on 
Non-Executive Directors’ 
Remuneration, which comprises the 
Executive Directors.

Fee levels are normally reviewed 
annually, taking into account the time 
commitment and responsibilities of 
the roles including membership or 
chairing of Board committees and 
the level of fees for similar positions 
in comparable companies.

Non-Executive Directors are not 
normally entitled to any taxable 
benefits or pension. They do not 
participate in any bonus or long-
term incentive plans and they are 
not entitled to compensation on 
termination of their arrangements, 
other than normal notice provisions 
of three months given by either party.

Travel, accommodation and other 
related expenses incurred in 
carrying out the role will be paid 
by the Company including any 
personal taxation associated with 
such expenses.

For the avoidance of doubt, under this Directors’ Remuneration Policy, authority is given to the Company to honour any 
commitments entered into with current or former directors that is consistent with the approved remuneration policy in force at 
the time the commitment was made (or, if made before the current policy was approved, as have been disclosed previously 
to shareholders), or was made at the time when the relevant individual was not a director of the Company. Details of any 
payments made to former directors will be set out in the Annual Remuneration Report as they arise.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

143

Governance

Remuneration Report continued 

Approach to recruitment remuneration
In arriving at a total package and in considering the quantum for each element of the package, the Committee will take into 
account the skills and experience of the candidate and the market rate for a candidate of that experience, as well as the 
importance of securing the preferred candidate.

Element

Salary

General policy

Detail

At a level required to attract the 
most appropriate candidate.

Discretion to pay lower basic salary with incremental 
increases, potentially higher than for the general workforce, as 
new appointee becomes established in the role.

Additional benefits in relation to recruitment may be provided 
where considered appropriate, for example, relocation expenses 
or allowances, legal fees and other recruitment-related costs 
may be payable.

Any new director’s pension contributions will be in line 
with the wider workforce. The current employer pension 
contribution rate is between 5% and 10% of salary.

Depending on the timing of recruitment, bespoke targets 
could be introduced for an individual within the maximum 
individual limits of the annual bonus plan applicable at 
the time.

Pro-rating would be applied as appropriate for intra-year joiners.

An award may be made in the year of joining or, alternatively, 
the award can be delayed until the following year.

Targets would normally be the same as for other directors 
and grant levels consistent within the permitted individual 
maximum under the rules of the plan and this policy.

Awards would, where possible, be consistent with the awards 
forfeited in terms of the vehicle, structure, vesting periods, 
expected value and performance conditions.

Pension and benefits

In accordance with 
Company policies.

Bonus

In accordance with 
existing schemes.

Long-term 
incentives (PSP)

In accordance with Company 
policies and maximum limits in 
the PSP rules.

Buyout of forfeited 
remuneration

The Committee may make 
an award in cash or shares to 
replace deferred or incentive pay 
forfeited by an executive leaving a 
previous employer (and, if required, 
by relying on the flexibility provided 
in the Listing Rules to grant such 
replacement awards).

Service contracts and loss of office payment policy
The details of the Executive Directors’ service contracts are as follows:

Executive Director

Jason Honeyman

Keith Adey

First appointed as 
a Director

Current contract 
commencement date

1 September 2017

1 August 2018

1 February 2012

1 February 2012

Notice period 
from employer

6 months

12 months

Notice period 
from executive

6 months

6 months

Our policy is that notice periods for Executive Directors should be no longer than 12 months.

The Executive Directors may accept external appointments provided that such appointments do not, in any way, prejudice their 
ability to perform their duties as Executive Directors of the Company. The extent to which any Executive Director is allowed to 
retain any fees payable in respect of such appointments, or whether such fees are remitted to the Company, will be assessed on 
a case-by-case basis. Neither of the Executive Directors currently holds any outside appointments.

Our policy is that notice periods for Non-Executive Directors should be no longer than three months, save in the case of the 
Chair whose notice period may extend to six months.

Currently, all Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the Company for no more than three years, subject to 
annual reappointment at the AGM, with a three-month notice period by either side. The appointment letters for the Chair and 
Non-Executive Directors provide that no compensation is payable on termination, other than fees accrued and expenses.

144

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Non Executive Director

John Tutte

Sarah Whitney

Jill Caseberry

Ian McHoul

First appointed as 
a Director

Current letter 
of appointment 
commencement date

Current letter 
of appointment 
end date

1 March 2022

1 March 2022

28 February 2025

1 September 2022

1 September 2022

31 August 2025

1 October 2017

1 October 2017 30 September 2023

1 February 2018

1 February 2021

31 January 2024

The overriding principle for payments on loss of office will be to honour contractual remuneration entitlements. The Committee 
would determine, on an equitable basis, the appropriate treatment of performance-linked elements of the package, taking account 
of the circumstances, in accordance with the rules of each respective plan. Failure will not be rewarded.

The Company may pay statutory claims. Reasonable costs of legal expenses incurred by the Director may be reimbursed by the 
Company by making direct payment to the professional adviser.

Element

Bad leaver(a)

Departure on agreed terms(b)

Good leaver(c)

Nil.

Salary, pension 
and benefits 
(after cessation 
of employment)

Annual bonus

No bonus payable.

PSP (and SMP 
awards granted 
in 2014 or before)

All awards, including 
those which have 
vested but are 
unexercised will 
lapse immediately 
upon cessation 
of employment.

Other payments Nil.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Up to 12 months’ basic salary, 
benefits and pension.

Payments may be phased and 
subject to offsetting against alternative 
income from elsewhere during the 
notice period.

Apart from death, the Company may pay 
up to 12 months’ basic salary, benefits and 
pension, less any period of notice worked.

Payments may be phased and subject to 
offsetting against alternative income from 
elsewhere during the notice period.

The Company may pay in lieu of notice 
an amount equivalent to 12 months’ 
salary, pension and benefits.

The Company may pay in lieu of notice 
an amount equivalent to 12 months’ salary, 
pension and benefits.

For the proportion of the financial 
year worked, bonus may be payable 
pro-rata, subject to performance, at the 
discretion of the Committee. There will 
be no bonus payment in respect of any 
period of notice not worked.

Awards will lapse upon cessation of 
employment, unless the Committee 
decides otherwise, in which case 
awards may vest.

Where employment ends before the 
vesting date, awards may vest at the 
normal time (other than by exception) 
to the extent that the performance 
conditions have been satisfied.

The level of vested award will be 
reduced, pro-rata, based upon the 
period of time after the grant date 
and ending on the date of cessation 
of employment, relative to the three-
year performance period unless the 
Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, 
decides that such a scaling back is 
inappropriate in any particular case.

Depending upon circumstances, the 
Committee may consider payments in 
respect of an unfair dismissal award, 
outplacement support and assistance 
with legal fees.

For the proportion of the financial year 
worked, bonus may be payable pro-rata, 
subject to performance, at the discretion of 
the Committee.

Awards may be exercised within 12 months 
of the vesting date.

Where employment ends before the 
vesting date, awards may be exercised 
at the normal vesting time (other than by 
exception) and only to the extent that the 
performance conditions have been satisfied.

The level of vested award will be reduced, 
pro-rata, based upon the period of time 
after the grant date and ending on the date 
of cessation of employment, relative to the 
three-year performance period unless the 
Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, 
decides that such a scaling back is 
inappropriate in any particular case.

The Company may pay for outplacement 
support and assistance with legal fees.

Notes:
a.  For example, normal resignation from the Company or termination for cause (e.g. disciplinary issues).
b.  This may cover a range of circumstances such as business reorganisation, changes in reporting structure, change in requirements for the role, termination as a result of a failure to be 

re-elected at an AGM, etc.

c.  Leaver for compassionate reasons such as death, injury, disability or retirement, with the agreement of the employer.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

145

Governance

Sustainability Committee Report 

Responsibilities and terms of reference 
The main areas of the Sustainability Committee’s (the 
‘Committee’) responsibilities are:

•  Debate, review and scrutinise the Better with Bellway 

sustainability strategy and implementation plan and make 
recommendations to the Board for approval.

•  Monitor and challenge the objectives, KPIs and targets set 
in relation to the implementation of the Better with Bellway 
strategy, make recommendations for new KPIs and targets 
and recommend these to the Board for approval.
•  Scrutinise the implementation of major Better with 

Bellway initiatives.

•  Identify, debate, review and scrutinise the business 

response to environment and social risks with specific focus 
on climate risks and opportunities. 

•  Review the ongoing appropriateness of the Group’s 

approach to ESG issues in the context of external best 
practice and monitor ESG compliance.

•  Review the ongoing appropriateness and relevance 

of policies relating to ESG matters.

Activities in 2022/23
•  The Committee was established and met for the first time 

in 2023.

•  The Committee Terms of Reference, outlining the 

Committee’s purpose, membership and key responsibilities 
was drafted during the year and approved by the Board in 
September 2023.

•  Key management met with the Committee and presented 

an update on the Better with Bellway strategy.

Focus in 2023/24
•  To approve the Better with Bellway targets and KPIs for 
FY24, ensuring they support the delivery of the overall 
Better with Bellway strategy.

•  Monitor progress of the Better with Bellway strategy, 

KPI’s and targets.

•  Meet with key management with responsibility 

for the delivery of the Better with Bellway strategy.

•  Review relevant policies and determine their 
appropriateness in supporting the Groups 
sustainability agenda.

•  Review industry best practice in respect of ESG compliance. 

The Board has determined that it 
would be… beneficial to both the 
Group and its stakeholders to establish 
a Sustainability Committee.”

John Tutte
Chair of the Sustainability Committee

The Board had determined that it would be appropriate and 
beneficial to both the Group and its stakeholders to constitute 
Sustainability Committee to oversee ESG matters at Bellway. 
The Committee was established and met for the first time in 
May 2023.

Membership and meeting attendance

Director

Date appointed to the Committee

John Tutte 
(Chair)

18 May 2023

Sarah Whitney

18 May 2023

Jill Caseberry 

18 May 2023

Ian McHoul

18 May 2023

Keith Adey 

18 May 2023

Number of 
meetings 
attended during 
the year

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

Focus areas for 2022/23
•  To focus on the establishment of the Committee 
and drafting the Committee Terms of Reference.

•  Agree the membership of the Committee and number 

of meetings per annum.

•  Monitoring progress of the Better with Bellway strategy.

Focus areas for 2023/24
•  To approve the Committee Terms of Reference.
•  Approve the Better with Bellway targets and KPIs for FY24.
•  Continue to monitor progress of the Better with 

John Tutte
Chair

16 October 2023

Bellway Strategy.

•  Meet with key management with responsibility for the 

delivery of the Better with Bellway strategy.

146

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
Directors’ Report 

The Directors have proposed a final 
ordinary dividend for the year ended 
31 July 2023 of 95.0p per share.”

Simon Scougall
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary

The Directors of Bellway p.l.c. present their report in 
accordance with section 415 of the Companies Act 2006.

Bellway p.l.c. is the holding company of the Bellway group of 
companies and is a UK publicly listed company whose shares 
are traded on the London Stock Exchange. The main trading 
company is Bellway Homes Limited and this and all other 
subsidiaries and joint arrangements of the Group are listed in 
note 26 to the accounts. 

The following table sets out where information can be found 
which is required to be reported on in the Directors’ Report 
but has been included elsewhere in the Annual Report and 
Accounts and is cross-referenced here to avoid repetition.

Topic

Directors

Page number

102 and 103

Appointment and 
replacement of directors

108 and in the Articles

Directors’ interests

134

Future developments

33 of the Strategic Report

Group undertakings

196

Environmental issues

38 to 62 of the Strategic Report

Section 172 statement/
reporting 

Greenhouse gas emissions 49 to 52 of the Strategic Report

Whistleblowing

124

Financial risk management 75 to 78 of the Strategic Report

Going concern

77 of the Strategic Report

Results and Dividends 
The profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent 
company amounts to £365.0 million (2022 – £242.6 million).

The Directors have proposed a final ordinary dividend for the 
year ended 31 July 2023 of 95.0p per share (2022 – 95.0p). 
This has not been included within creditors as it was not 
approved by shareholders before the end of the financial 
year. The Directors recommend payment of the final dividend 
on Wednesday 10 January 2024 to shareholders on the 
Register of Members at the close of business on Friday 
1 December 2023.

Dividends paid during the year comprise the final dividend 
of 95.0p per share in respect of the year ended 31 July 2022, 
together with an interim dividend in respect of the year ended 
31 July 2023 of 45.0p per share.

Directors’ indemnities and Directors’ and officers’ 
liability insurance 
The Company carries appropriate insurance cover in respect 
of possible legal action being taken against its Directors, 
Officers and senior employees. The Articles provide the 
Directors and Officers with further protection against liability 
to third parties, subject to the conditions set out in the 
Companies Act 2006. Such qualifying third-party indemnity 
provision remains in force as at the date of this report.

Major interests in shares
As at 31 July 2023 and as at the date of this report, the 
Company had been notified under DTR 5 of the following 
interests, amounting to 3% or more of the voting rights in the 
issued ordinary share capital of the Company:

As at 31 July 2023

As at 16 October 2023

Topic

Number of 
shares with 
voting rights

% total 
voting 
rights

BlackRock Inc

Below 5%

Number of 
shares with 
voting rights

Below 5%

% total 
voting 
rights

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Polaris Capital 
Management

4,941,297

4.09

4,941,297

4.09

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

147

63 of the Strategic Report

FMR LLC

Below 5%

6,008,422

6,148,373

4.99

6,148,373

4.99

5.02

3,890,282

3.38

3,890,282

3.38

Credit Suisse 
Securities 
(Europe) Ltd

Dimensional 
Fund Advisors LP

 
Governance

Directors’ Report continued 

Post balance sheet events
There were no post balance sheet events.

Information on those third parties with which the 
Company has contracts or arrangements essential 
to its business.

The Company is party to a number of debt agreements 
with major clearing banks. The withdrawal of such facilities 
could have a material effect on the financing of the business. 
There are no other arrangements that the Group considers to 
be critical to the performance of the business.

Takeovers directive and change of control 
The Company is party to a number of banking agreements 
that may be terminable in the event of a change of control 
of the Company. On a change of control, any outstanding 
options and awards granted under the Group’s share 
schemes would become exercisable, subject to any 
performance conditions being met.

Share capital
The Company’s total issued share capital, as at 31 July 2023, 
consisted of 120,558,573 ordinary shares of 12.5p each. 
Further details of the issued capital of the Company can be 
found in note 18 to the accounts. The rights and obligations 
attaching to the ordinary shares in the Company are set out in 
the Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’). Copies of the Articles 
can be obtained from Companies House or by writing to 
the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary at the 
Company’s registered office.

Restrictions on the transfer of shares 
The restrictions on the transfer of shares are set out in 
the Articles. In compliance with the Company’s Share 
Dealing Code, Company approval is required for Directors, 
certain employees and those persons closely associated with 
them to deal in the Company’s ordinary shares. No person 
has special rights of control over the Company’s share capital. 
There have been no amendments to these procedures 
during the year.

Rights in relation to the shares held in the 
employee benefit trust
The voting rights on shares held in the Bellway Employee 
Share Trust (1992) in relation to the Company’s employee 
share schemes are exercisable by the trustees.

Restrictions on voting rights
Details of the deadlines for exercising voting rights are set out 
in the Articles. The Directors are not aware of any agreements 
between shareholders that may result in restrictions on the 
transfer of securities or on voting rights.

Amendments to the Articles
The Company may amend its Articles by passing a special 
resolution at a general meeting of its shareholders.

148

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Powers of the Board
The business and affairs of the Company are managed 
by the Directors, who may exercise all such powers of the 
Company as are, not by law or by the Articles, required to be 
exercised by the Company in general meetings. Subject to 
the provisions of the Articles, all powers of the Directors are 
exercised at meetings of the Directors which have been 
validly convened and at which a quorum is present.

Allotment of shares
During the year, 1,107 new ordinary shares were issued to 
satisfy awards made under the Company’s employee share 
schemes. The Directors have authority to allot shares within 
limits agreed by shareholders. Details of the renewal of this 
authority, including the resolutions which seek to renew this 
authority, are set out in the Notice of Meeting of the AGM, 
to be held on Friday 15 December 2023.

Purchase of the Company’s own shares
The Company was given authority at its Annual General 
Meeting on 16 December 2022 to purchase its own 
ordinary shares. On 28 March 2023 the Group announced, 
‘The Buyback Programme’, with the Board approving a return 
of surplus capital of £100 million to shareholders. An initial 
tranche of £50 million (First Tranche) was completed on 
16 June 2023, with a further tranche of £50 million (Second 
Tranche) commencing on 19 June 2023. 

Listing Rules
There are no disclosures required by LR9.8.4 that apply to 
the Company.

Accountability and audit
The Going Concern Statement, Long-Term Viability Statement 
and the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of 
the Annual Report and Accounts are shown on pages 77 and 
107 respectively.

The Audit Committee, whose role is detailed on page 114 and 
115, has meetings at least twice a year with the Company’s 
auditor, Ernst & Young LLP.

People
The important role that our people perform is described 
throughout the Strategic Report. In addition supported by the 
‘Better with Bellway’ sustainable approach and the ‘Employer 
of Choice’ business priority, we aim to be an employer of 
choice, with a safe, diverse, and inclusive environment. 
More details are included within the Better with Bellway 
section on pages 46 and 47.

The following disclosures provide additional information on 
how we treat our people and how we engage with them. 

We are an equal opportunities employer. It is our policy 
to develop and apply, throughout the Group, procedures 
and practices which are designed to ensure that equal 
opportunities are provided to all of our employees, or 
those who seek employment with the Group, irrespective 
of their age, colour, disability, ethnic origin, gender, marital 
status, nationality, parental status, race, religion, belief, or 
sexual orientation. 

All employees, whether part-time, full-time, or temporary, 
are treated fairly and equally. Selection for employment, 
promotion, training, or other matters affecting their 
employment is on the basis of aptitude and ability. 
All employees are supported and encouraged to develop 
to their full potential and the talents and resources of the 
workforce are fully utilised to maximise the efficiency of 
the organisation. Training at each division is planned and 
monitored through an annual training plan. 

It is our policy to give full and fair consideration to the 
employment needs of disabled persons (and persons 
who become disabled whilst employed by the Group) 
and to comply with any current legislation with regard to 
disabled persons.

The importance of good communications with employees is 
recognised by the Directors and senior management team. 
Employee Listening Groups are held on a regular basis to 
engage in open communication and a newsletter is issued to 
all of our employees. Each division maintains good employee 
relations using a variety of means appropriate to its own 
particular needs, with guidance, when necessary, from Group 
Head Office. The Group HR function also facilitates an annual 
employee engagement survey with the results and proposed 
action points presented to the Board for approval.

All new employees, when eligible, are automatically 
entered into the Group’s pension arrangements. In addition, 
we operate a savings-related share option scheme and 
have discretionary bonus arrangements in place. We also 
provide life assurance cover to all of our employees, offer a 
private medical scheme (depending on seniority), and offer 
childcare vouchers. 

Health and safety at work
We promote all aspects of health and safety throughout our 
operations in the interests of employees, subcontractors, 
suppliers, customers and visitors to our sites and premises. 
This is further supported by our sustainable approach, 
Better with Bellway, and the ‘Building Quality Homes, Safely’ 
business priority. More details can be found within the Better 
with Bellway section pages 53 and 54.

Health and safety issues are considered at each Board 
meeting and are addressed in the Strategic Report, and on 
our website at www.sustainability.bellwayplc.co.uk/quality-
safety. The Board receives external advice and training from 
specialist advisers on both the Directors’ and the Company’s 
regulatory obligations.

Auditor 
In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 
2006, a resolution for the re-appointment of Ernst & Young 
LLP as auditor of the Company is to be proposed at the 
forthcoming AGM. 

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

AGM – special business
Seven resolutions will be proposed as special business 
at the AGM to be held on Friday 15 December 2023. 
Explanatory notes on these resolutions are set out in the 
Notice of Meeting of the AGM.

Disclosure of all relevant information to the auditor
The Directors who held office at the date of this report confirm 
that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware 
and that each Director has taken all the steps that he or she 
ought to have taken as a Director to make himself or herself 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. 
This confirmation is given, and should be interpreted 
in accordance, with the provisions of section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect 
of the financial statements 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable 
United Kingdom law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Financial 
Statements for each financial year. Under that law, the Directors 
have elected to prepare the Group and parent company 
Financial Statements in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006. Under company law, the Directors 
must not approve the Financial Statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Group and the company and of the profit or loss of the 
Group and the company for that period. 

Under the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules, Group Financial Statements are 
required to be prepared in accordance with international 
financial reporting standards (IFRS) as adopted by the UK.

In preparing these Financial Statements the Directors are 
required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8 
Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and 
Errors and then apply them consistently;

•  Make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

•  Present information, including accounting policies, in a 

manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information;

•  Provide additional disclosures, when compliance with 

the specific requirements in IFRS is insufficient, to enable 
users to understand the impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on the Group and Company 
financial position and financial performance; 

•  In respect of the Group Financial Statements, state whether 

international accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and IFRSs 
as adopted by the UK have been followed, subject to 
any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
Financial Statements;

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

149

Governance

Directors’ Report continued 

•  In respect of the parent company Financial Statements, 
state whether UK adopted international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 have been followed, subject to 
any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
Financial Statements; and

•  Prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern 

basis, unless it is appropriate to presume that the Company 
and/or the Group will not continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s and Group’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
Company and the Group and enable them to ensure that 
the Company and the Group Financial Statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and parent company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance 
Statement that comply with that law and those regulations. 
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the company’s website. 

The Board consider the annual report and accounts, taken as a 
whole, is fair, balanced, and understandable, and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the company’s 
position, performance, business model and strategy.

Directors’ responsibility statement (DTR 4.1)
The Directors confirm, to the best of their knowledge:

•  That the consolidated Financial Statements, prepared in 
accordance with international accounting standards 
in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 and IFRSs as adopted by the UK, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit 
of the parent company and undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; 

•  That the Annual Report, including the Strategic Report, 

includes a fair review of the development and performance 
of the business and the position of the Company and 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a 
whole, together with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face; and

•  That they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, business model 
and strategy.

By order of the Board

Simon Scougall
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary

16 October 2023

150

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Bellway p.l.c.

Opinion
In our opinion:

•  Bellway p.l.c.’s Group financial statements and Parent 

Company financial statements (the “financial statements”) 
give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of 
the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 July 2023 and of the 
Group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with UK adopted international 
accounting standards;

•  the Parent Company financial statements have been 
properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards as applied in 
accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 
2006; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

We have audited the financial statements of Bellway p.l.c. 
(the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for 
the year ended 31 July 2023 which comprise:

Parent Company

Statement of changes 
in equity for the year 
then ended

Balance sheet as at 
31 July 2023

Statement of cash flows 
for the year then ended 

Related notes 1 to 
28 to the financial 
statements, including a 
summary of significant 
accounting policies

Group

Consolidated income statement 
for the year then ended

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income for 
the year then ended

Consolidated statement of 
changes in equity for the 
year then ended

Consolidated balance sheet 
as at 31 July 2023

Consolidated statement of cash 
flows for the year then ended

Related notes 1 to 28 to the 
financial statements, including 
a summary of significant 
accounting policies

The financial reporting framework that has been applied 
in their preparation is applicable law and UK adopted 
international accounting standards and as regards the 
Parent Company financial statements, as applied in 
accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements section of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Independence
We are independent of the Group and the Parent Company 
in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the 
FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements. 

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent 
Company and we remain independent of the Group and 
the Parent Company in conducting the audit.

Conclusions relating to going concern 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that 
the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. 
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group 
and Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:

•  In conjunction with our walkthrough of the Group’s 
financial close process, obtaining an understanding 
of management’s going concern assessment process 
and challenging management to ensure key factors 
were considered in their assessment. We obtained an 
understanding of each of management’s modelled 
scenarios, including the base case, severe downside case 
and reverse stress test cases. The reverse stress test case 
had been prepared to illustrate severe and unrealistic 
assumptions which achieve or nearly achieve a break case; 
i.e. where the Group runs out of cash.

•  Assessing the appropriateness of the duration of the going 

concern assessment period to 31 July 2025 and considering 
the existence of any significant events or conditions beyond 
this period based on our procedures on the Group’s 
business plan, cash flow forecasts and from knowledge 
arising from other areas of the audit.

•  Obtaining management’s going concern assessment, 
including the cash forecast, for the going concern 
period through to 31 July 2025 and testing these for 
arithmetical accuracy.

•  Assessing the historical accuracy of forecasting and 
challenging the appropriateness of key assumptions 
in management’s forecasts, including the impact of 
housing completions and average selling price on 
revenue generation. We also assessed these against 
information from the Office of National Statistics, 
with consideration to trends in respect of house price 
inflation, noting no contradictory indicators. We considered 
the appropriateness of the methods used to calculate the 
cash flow forecasts and determined through inspection 
and testing of the methodology and calculations that the 
methods utilised were appropriately sophisticated to be 
able to make an appropriate assessment of going concern.

•  Verifying the inputs into the cash flow forecasts, the debt 
facility terms, and reconciling the liquidity position as at 
31 July 2023. We further reviewed borrowing facilities to 
confirm both availability to the Group and the forecast debt 
repayments through the going concern assessment period 
and to validate the financial covenants in relation to the 
available facilities.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

151

Governance

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Bellway p.l.c. continued 

•  Obtaining the reverse stress test and downside scenarios 

Overview of our audit approach

prepared by management and assessing the plausibility of 
these. We did this by challenging the assumptions made 
and considering indicators of contradictory evidence.

•  Considering any mitigating factors included in the 

downside scenarios that are within control of the Group. 
This includes assessment of the Group’s operating and 
non-operating cash outflows relating to discretionary 
bonus payments and dividend payments and evaluating 
the Group’s ability to control these outflows as mitigating 
actions if required.

•  Subjecting the reasonable downside model to additional 
stress testing to confirm management has considered 
a balanced range of outcomes in their assessment of 
going concern.

•  Assessing management’s consideration of material climate 
change impacts in the going concern period, including 
incorporation of the expected costs of applying the Future 
Homes Standard during the going concern period.
•  Reviewing the Group’s going concern disclosures 

included in the Annual Report and Accounts in order to 
assess whether the disclosures appropriately described 
the assessment management performed and the key 
judgements taken.

Key observations

•  The directors’ assessment forecasts that the Group 

will maintain sufficient liquidity throughout the going 
concern assessment period in the base case scenario. 
Under management’s reverse stress test scenario (which 
comprises a significant investment in land via increasing 
land creditors by £950m, followed by a reduction in private 
home completions of 50% from 31 January 2024, and 
average selling prices on private homes subsequently 
reducing by 10%), liquidity headroom is eliminated in 
July 2025.

•  Other than the impact of the Future Homes Standard, 

we have not identified any material climate-related risks 
that should be incorporated into the Group’s forecasts to 
31 July 2025.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not 
identified any material uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant 
doubt on the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern for the period to 31 July 2025. 

In relation to the Group and Parent Company’s reporting 
on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements 
about whether the directors considered it appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors 
with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report. However, because not all future 
events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is 
not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern.

Audit scope

Key audit 
matters

•  We performed an audit of the complete 
financial information of Bellway p.l.c. 
and its components.

•  The components where we performed full 
scope audit procedures accounted for 99% 
of profit before taxation, 99% of revenue and 
98% of total assets.

•  Risk of inappropriate revenue recognition; 
•  Risk of inappropriate cost of sales 
recognition and valuation of work-
in-progress and land on sites under 
development; and

•  Risk of inappropriate recognition of legacy 
building safety improvement provisions.

Materiality

•  Overall Group materiality of £24.2m which 

represents 5% of profit before taxation.

An overview of the scope of the Parent Company 
and Group audits 
Tailoring the scope

Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality 
and our allocation of performance materiality determine 
our audit scope for each company within the Group. 
Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the 
consolidated financial statements. We take into account 
size, risk profile, the organisation of the Group, changes in 
the business environment, the potential impact of climate 
change and other factors such as recent Internal audit 
results when assessing the level of work to be performed at 
each component.

In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the Group 
financial statements, and to ensure we had adequate 
quantitative coverage of significant accounts in the financial 
statements, of the 10 reporting components of the Group, we 
selected 2 full scope components covering entities which 
represent the principal business units within the Group.

Of the 2 full scope components selected, which were 
selected based on their size or risk characteristics, we 
performed an audit of the complete financial information. 
The full scope components accounted for 99% (2022: 99%) 
of the Group’s profit before taxation, 100% (2022: 99%) of 
the Group’s revenue and 99% (2022: 99%) of the Group’s 
total assets.

The remaining 8 components together represent 1% of the 
profit before taxation. For these components, we performed 
other procedures, including analytical review, testing of 
consolidation journals, and intercompany eliminations to 
respond to any potential risks of material misstatement 
to the Group financial statements. The statutory audits of 
these 8 components were performed concurrently with the 
Group audit.

Changes from the prior year 

There are no changes to our scoping compared to the 
prior year.

152

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

We also evaluated the Directors’ considerations of climate 
change risks in their assessment of going concern and 
viability and associated disclosures. Where considerations 
of climate change were relevant to our assessment of going 
concern, these are described above. 

We read the climate related information within the Annual 
Report, which included the Group’s Task Force for Climate 
related Financial Disclosures and considered consistency with 
the financial statements and our audit knowledge.

Based on our work we have considered the impact of climate 
change on the financial statements to impact certain key 
audit matters. Details of our procedures and findings on cost 
of sales recognition and valuation of work-in-progress and 
land on sites under development are included in our key 
audit matters below.

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters 
included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and 
directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Involvement with component teams 

All audit work performed for the purposes of the audit was 
undertaken by the Group audit team.

Climate change 

Stakeholders are increasingly interested in how climate 
change will impact Bellway p.l.c. The Group has determined 
that the most significant future impacts from climate 
change on their operations will be from evolving legal 
and regulatory requirements (e.g. the Future Homes 
Standard and biodiversity net gain requirements set by the 
government) and the availability of more efficient products 
and technologies to deliver climate-resilient homes. These are 
explained on pages 84-90 in the required Task Force for 
Climate related Financial Disclosures that form part of 
the “Other information” rather than the audited financial 
statements. Our procedures on these unaudited disclosures 
therefore consisted solely of considering whether they 
are materially inconsistent with the financial statements, 
or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or 
otherwise appear to be materially misstated, in line with our 
responsibilities on “Other information”.

In planning and performing our audit we assessed the 
potential impacts of climate change on the Group’s 
business and any consequential material impact on its 
financial statements. 

The Group has explained in the Basis of Preparation note 
on page 168 how they have considered the impact of 
climate change, specifically providing an assessment of 
inventories and how they could be affected by measures 
taken to address additional requirements included in the 
Future Homes Standard and biodiversity net gain objectives. 
Management concluded in this assessment that no issues 
were identified that would have a material impact on the 
carrying value of the Group’s assets or liabilities or have any 
other material impact on the financial statements.

Our audit effort in considering the impact of climate change 
on the financial statements was focused on understanding 
management’s assessment of the impact of climate risk, 
physical and transition, and their climate commitments. 
We also understood the Group’s strategy to address these 
risks that may affect the financial statements and our audit. 

As part of this evaluation, we performed our own risk 
assessment, supported by our climate change internal 
specialists, to determine the risks of material misstatement 
in the financial statements from climate change which 
needed to be considered in our audit. We identified the 
specific impact of climate change relating to the valuation 
of inventory, including land and work-in-progress under 
development arising from the requirements of the Future 
Homes Standard. Specifically, we considered this in the timing 
and nature of future cost assumptions underpinning the 
valuation of land and work-in-progress under development. 
We did this by understanding how future cost estimates were 
included within the site margin calculation in respect of the 
costs of applying the Future Homes Standard for units without 
foundations constructed prior to June 2025.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

153

Governance

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Bellway p.l.c. continued 

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee 

We did not identify any 
evidence of material 
misstatement in revenue 
recognised in the year as 
a result of inappropriate 
revenue recognition, 
application of cut-off or 
management override.

Risk 

Inappropriate 
revenue recognition

Refer to the Audit Committee 
Report (page 118); Accounting 
policies and Note 1 and 8 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
(pages 170, 171 and 178)

The Group has reported: 

•  Revenues of £3,406.6m 

(2022: £3,536.8m) 

•  Trade receivables of £34.6m 

(2022: £47.5m). 

We identified a specific risk 
of fraud and error in respect 
of inappropriate revenue 
recognition arising from sales 
transactions being recorded 
ahead of performance obligations 
being satisfied, being legal or 
practical completion.

There is a risk that management 
may recognise revenue in 
advance of legal or practical 
completion of plot sale through 
inappropriate application of cut 
off or manual postings recording 
revenue in an earlier period 
than appropriate.

We focused our procedures on 
the occurrence of revenue and 
existence of trade receivables.

There is no change in our risk 
assessment from the prior year.

Our response to the risk

Walkthrough and controls

•  We performed walkthroughs of each significant class of 
revenue transactions which consists of private sales and 
housing association sales, and other income relating to part 
exchange sales and assessed the design effectiveness of key 
transaction controls.

Timing of revenue recognition 

•  We applied a data analytics approach which allowed us to 
evaluate full populations of revenue transactions across all 
divisions to focus on any anomalies and unusual trends in 
respect of timing. This work has also enabled us to obtain 
assurance through a 3-way correlation between sales, 
accounts receivables and cash postings. We tested this 
correlation through a sample of revenue transactions from 
cash entries to source documentation. We also searched 
for associated identification of transactions which were 
processed outside of the expected transaction flow. 

•  We reviewed the output of the work performed by internal 
audit in respect of revenue recognised on plot completions 
2 weeks prior and 2 weeks post the year end. We do not 
rely on the work performed by internal audit, therefore in 
line with our identified audit risk, we tested items classified as 
higher risk and agreed these items to completion statements 
to confirm the performance obligation was satisfied in 
advance of year end. 

•  We performed test of details in relation to unit sales at year 
end. We agreed a sample of transactions pre-year end and 
post year end to legal or practical completion statements or 
evidence of cash receipts. We selected these transactions 
randomly to incorporate unpredictability within our testing. 
We confirmed that revenue recognition is appropriate based 
on the performance obligation being satisfied when practical 
completion takes place.

Management override

•  We performed inquiries of management at Group and 
divisions regarding awareness of instances of fraud. 
We extended these inquiries beyond the finance team 
and inquired with Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary, Regional Chairs and the Divisional Director teams. 

•  We performed specific procedures in relation to manual 
journals impacting revenue. We focused on entries with 
specific characteristics, such as journals from outside normal 
revenue patterns and those with unusual descriptions. 
Examples of items reviewed were part exchange and Help-
to-Buy transactions. 

154

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee 

We are satisfied the cost 
of sales margin and 
valuation of work-in-
progress and land on 
sites under development 
is appropriate.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Risk 

Inappropriate cost of sales 
recognition and valuation of 
work-in-progress and land on 
sites under development

Refer to the Audit Committee 
Report (pages 118 and 119); 
Accounting policies and Notes 
3 and 7 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements (pages 173, 
177 and 178) 

The Group has reported: 

•  Cost of sales before net legacy 
building safety expense of 
£2,719.3m (2022: £2,749.8m) 

•  Land £2,578.8m 

(2022: £2,786.4m) 

•  Work-in-progress of £1,861.6m 

(2022: £1,524.8m). 
•  Showhomes £117.2m 

(2022: £107.0m).

The site margin applied to plot 
sales includes assumptions 
regarding forecast revenue 
and costs which are subject to 
estimation uncertainty. 

There is a risk that costs of sales 
and margin recognised in the 
financial statements and resulting 
valuation of work-in-progress 
including land in respect of sites 
under development, may be 
misstated if the site margin is 
incorrectly determined, whether 
arising from fraud or error.

There is no change in our risk 
assessment from the prior year.

Our response to the risk

Walkthrough and controls 

•  We performed a walkthrough of management’s transaction 
controls in place covering the monitoring and updating of 
certain site valuations to assess design effectiveness. 
•  We attended and observed the valuation meeting at 11 

divisions held closest to year end. As part of this, we observed 
the level of review applied by management in evaluating 
assumptions within site valuations. 

•  We confirmed that management action logs were reviewed 
at the valuation meetings attended. This included ensuring 
the process which is undertaken to challenge the margin, 
forecast costs to complete and any other factors that could 
impact on the margin was followed in accordance with the 
Group commercial policy. 

Testing appropriateness of assumption underpinning 
site margin

We utilised data analytics in order to identify higher risk 
sites based on certain risk indicators. We identified certain 
sites for testing and performed the following procedures 
where appropriate: 

•  We assessed management’s inputs into projected future 
selling prices by developing an expectation of revenue 
at a plot level, utilising historical sales experience and 
considering the impact of trends in house price inflation. 
We assessed this using the average selling price on 
sold plots, based on house types and square footage. 
Where necessary we further corroborated exceptions to 
advertised plot release prices and/or selling prices recorded 
in the Bellway sales system. 

•  We assessed management’s inputs into projected costs 

on a site by site basis. We did this by performing a detailed 
review of the cost estimate and sampling key elements to 
supporting documentation including sub-contractor orders, 
quotations, tender documentation and invoices. We also 
obtained supporting correspondence with suppliers in 
respect of price increases and variations where relevant.
•  We enquired of management regarding their assessment 
of the impact of climate change on the forecast costs to 
complete. In order to assess the reasonableness of their 
assumptions, we selected a sample of sites with construction 
phases beyond FY23. This was in order to assess for those 
sites impacted by the Future Homes Standard, that the 
application of future homes cost assumptions were 
appropriately reflected within the valuations. 

•  We performed specific procedures to assess whether there 

were material movements recorded in the final stages of site 
completion, the net impact of this was not material.

•  We tested a sample of developments where the last plot was 
sold during FY23 and compared the final site margin to the 
previous quarterly valuation to assess whether the previous 
quarterly valuation was reasonable.

•  We performed specific procedures to assess whether there 
have been any material movements in the site margins post-
year end. Where we identified sites with margin adjustments, 
the net impact of this was not material.

•  We performed inquiries of Regional Chair and the Divisional 
Director teams to further understand whether there are any 
other specific issues requiring evaluation.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

155

Governance

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Bellway p.l.c. continued 

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee 

Based on the procedures 
performed, including 
testing of key movements, 
direct inquiry of 
management’s expert and 
engaging EY Insurance 
Risk and Actuarial 
specialists in the audit of 
assumptions underpinning 
management’s provision 
calculation, we are satisfied 
that the resultant year end 
provision is fairly stated.

Risk 

Inappropriate recognition 
of legacy building safety 
improvement provisions 

Refer to the Audit Committee 
Report (page 120 and 121); 
Accounting policies and Notes 
2 and 10 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements (pages 172, 
180 and 181).

The Group has reported: 

•  SRT and associated review 

provision of £477.7m 
(2022: £441.5m)

•  Net legacy building 

safety expense of £38.6m 
(2022: £346.2m).

There is estimation uncertainty 
and subjectivity in determining 
the most likely costs which will 
be required in order to remediate 
affected properties based on the 
latest legal interpretation and 
government guidance.

There is no change in our risk 
assessment from the prior year.

Our response to the risk

Walkthrough and controls

•  We performed a walkthrough of management’s transaction 
controls in place over monitoring and updating the SRT and 
associated review provision to assess design effectiveness.

•  We attended the fire panel meeting closest to year end 

for divisions identified with actual or potential remediation 
obligations. As part of this, we observed the level of review 
applied by management in evaluating the status of live 
and pending projects (known claims) and challenging 
assumptions. This included estimates provided by third party 
consultants underpinning the amounts recognised relating 
to live projects within management’s provision calculation. 

 Understanding basis for recognition of provision

•  We read and understood the relevant laws and regulations 

including recently published government guidance. 

•  We reviewed management’s accounting paper to 

understand management’s rationale which supports the 
recognition of a provision. We obtained an understanding 
of management’s commitment through signing of the Self-
Remediation Terms with the Department for Levelling Up, 
Housing and Communities, to fund, undertake or procure, 
at its own cost, all necessary remediation or mitigation work 
to address life-critical fire safety. This is in respect of the 
design, construction or refurbishment defects on buildings 
above 11 metres which Bellway played a role in developing 
or refurbishing that have been built over the last 30 years.

•  We challenged management’s assessment of the 

basis of the provision against the requirements of IAS 
37, through understanding management’s process 
for identification of impacted sites, assessing action 
plans arising, and agreeing assumptions to third-party 
investigation reports, cost estimates and latest legal advice.

Testing the basis of management’s provision calculation

•   We obtained management’s fire provision schedule 

showing the brought forward fire provision, amounts spent 
and recovered, amounts further provided or released, 
and additional amounts recognised in respect of the 
Self-Remediation Terms and final year end provision, 
and understood significant movements.

•  We performed procedures on sites with known claims. 
We tested movements in the year, agreeing significant 
costs and recoveries to supporting documentation and 
agreed assumptions to third party support where available. 
We tested items of cash spend incurred in the year in excess 
of our testing threshold to supporting invoices, contractor 
certification or payment applications.

•  We obtained an understanding of the methodology used 
within valuation reports, through discussion with external 
consultants. This was in order to understand and challenge 
the basis of estimates made and to discuss the status of 
the most material provisions. We assessed the scope of 
the consultants work in accordance with government 
guidance. As part of our procedures, we assessed the 
objectivity, experience and competency of management’s 
external specialist. 

156

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Risk 

Our response to the risk

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee 

Inappropriate recognition 
of legacy building 
safety improvement 
provisions continued

Testing the basis of management’s provision 
calculation continued

•  We performed testing on management’s assumptions, 

with support from EY Insurance Risk and Actuarial specialists, 
regarding the costs of remediation per plot, the number 
of plots to be remediated, the time period for the work 
to be completed and the discount factor applied to the 
overall provision.

•  We performed sensitivity analysis on the provision in order to 
establish whether these could give rise to material variances.

•  We further performed divisional inquiries with all Regional 

Chairs and Divisional Finance teams to understand 
latest obligations. We did not identify any further known 
or potential issues to be included in management’s 
provision calculation.

Disclosures within the financial statements

•  We assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures included 

within the Financial Statements in relation to provisions 
and contingent liabilities, including the disclosure of the 
assumptions and associated sensitivities in relation to the key 
sources of estimation uncertainty.

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and 
performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified 
misstatements on the audit and in forming our audit opinion.

Materiality

The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, 
individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of the users 
of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for 
determining the nature and extent of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the Group to be £24.2m 
(2022: £30.7m), which is 5% (2022: 5%) of profit before taxation 
(2022: profit before taxation adjusted for the estimated one-
off impact of the £300.0m Building Safety Pledge recorded 
in the year). We believe that profit before taxation provides 
us with the most relevant performance measures to the 
stakeholders of the Group and is therefore an appropriate 
basis for materiality.

We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be 
£3.0m (2022: £2.2m), which is 0.5% (2022: 0.5%) of total assets. 

During the course of our audit, we reassessed initial Group 
materiality and modified it to reflect a reduction in actual 
trading performance versus the initial forecast.

Performance materiality

The application of materiality at the individual account 
or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to 
an appropriately low level the probability that the 
aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements 
exceeds materiality.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our 
assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, 
our judgement was that performance materiality was 75% 
(2022: 75%) of our planning materiality, namely £18.2m 
(2022: £23.0m). We have set performance materiality at this 
percentage due to the level of misstatements identified in 
prior years being low.

Audit work at component locations for the purpose of 
obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement 
accounts is undertaken based on a percentage of total 
performance materiality. The performance materiality set for 
each component is based on the relative scale and risk of 
the component to the Group as a whole and our assessment 
of the risk of misstatement at that component. In the current 
year, the range of performance materiality allocated to 
components was £4.3m to £20.2m (2022: £4.6m to £21.9m).

Reporting threshold

An amount below which identified misstatements are 
considered as being clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report 
to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of £1.2m 
(2022: £1.5m), which is set at 5% of planning materiality, 
as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the 
quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in 
light of other relevant qualitative considerations in forming 
our opinion.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

157

Governance

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Bellway p.l.c. continued 

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included 
in the annual report set out on pages 1 to 150, including the 
Strategic Report, Governance Reports, the Directors’ Report 
set out on pages 8 to 150, other than the financial statements 
and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible 
for the other information contained within the annual report. 

Corporate Governance Statement
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in relation to 
going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Group 
and Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code specified for our review by the 
Listing Rules.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover 
the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in this report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in 
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears 
to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are 
required to determine whether this gives rise to a material 
misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based 
on the work we have performed, we conclude that there 
is a material misstatement of the other information, we are 
required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report 
to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course 
of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the 

directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial 
statements; and 

•  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been 

prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report 
by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group 
and the Parent Company and its environment obtained 
in the course of the audit, we have not identified material 
misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters 
in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Parent Company financial statements and the part of 

the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by 

law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have 
concluded that each of the following elements of the 
Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent with 
the financial statements, or our knowledge obtained during 
the audit:

•  Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of 
adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified set out on page 77;

•  Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the 

Company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers 
and why the period is appropriate set out on page 77;

•  Director’s statement on whether it has a reasonable 

expectation that the Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meets its liabilities set out on pages 149 
and 150;

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable 

set out on page 150;

•  Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust 

assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on 
page 79 to 83;

•  The section of the annual report that describes the review 
of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems set out on pages 122 and 123; and;

•  The section describing the work of the audit committee set 

out on page 114 to 125.

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement set out on page 149 and 150, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and 
for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for 
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group and Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 

158

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

•  Based on this understanding we designed our audit 

procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws 
and regulations. Our procedures involved journal entry 
testing, with a focus on manual consolidation journals, 
and journals indicating large or unusual transactions 
based on our understanding of the business; enquiries 
of Group management and internal audit; and focused 
testing, as referred to in the key audit matters section above. 
In addition, we completed procedures to conclude on the 
compliance of the disclosures in the Annual Report and 
Accounts with the requirements of the relevant accounting 
standards, UK legislation and the UK Corporate Governance 
Code 2018.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters we are required to address 
•  Following the recommendation from the Audit Committee, 
we were appointed by the Company on 11 December 2020 
to audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 July 
2021 and subsequent financial periods.

•  The period of total uninterrupted engagement including 

previous renewals and reappointments is 3 years, covering 
the years ending 31 July 2021 to 31 July 2023.

•  The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to 

the Audit Committee.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report 
and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by 
law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

Mark Morritt (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor

Newcastle-upon-Tyne 
16 October 2023

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered 
capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures 
in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect 
irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of 
not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional 
misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to 
which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud is detailed below.

However, the primary responsibility for the prevention 
and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with 
governance of the Company and management. 

•  We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory 

frameworks that are applicable to the Group and 
determined that the most significant are those that relate 
to the reporting framework (UK adopted international 
accounting standards, the Companies Act 2006 and UK 
Corporate Governance Code), tax legislation, employment 
law, health and safety legislation, and the Self-Remediation 
Terms with the Department for Levelling Up, Housing and 
Communities in relation to historical fire safety issues.
•  We understood how the Group is complying with those 

frameworks by making inquiries with management, internal 
audit and those responsible for legal and compliance 
procedures and the Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary. We corroborated our enquiries through our 
review of Board minutes and review of Group compliance 
with policies and processes. We obtained and reviewed 
legal correspondence to support our audit procedures and 
to assess management positions reported in respect of 
legacy building safety improvements.

•  We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial 
statements to material misstatement, including how 
fraud might occur by meeting with management from 
various parts of the business to understand where it was 
considered there was a susceptibility to fraud. We also 
considered performance targets and their propensity 
to influence efforts made by management to manage 
earnings. We considered the programmes and controls that 
the Group has established to address risks identified, or that 
otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud; and how senior 
management monitors those programmes and controls. 
Where the risk was considered to be higher, we performed 
audit procedures to address each identified fraud risk. 
These procedures included testing manual journals and 
were designed to provide reasonable assurance that the 
financial statements were free from fraud and error.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

159

Accounts

The Oakmont 
showhome at 
Summerville 
Gardens, Dalkeith.

Disciplined  
financial 
management

We will maintain financial discipline and as previously 
demonstrated, our balance sheet strength provides the 
Group with the flexibility to respond to changes in the market, 
increase investment and capitalise on growth opportunities 
when they arise.

Couple outside their new 
home at our Cherry Meadow 
development, Derbyshire.

Street scene from our 
Sherwood Gate development, 
Nottingham. 

160

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Accounts

Primary statements

Group Income Statement

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income

Statements of Changes in Equity

Balance Sheets

Parent Company Income Statement

Cash Flow Statements

Accounting Policies

Basis of preparation

Going concern

Effect of new standards and interpretations effective  
for the first time 

Standards and interpretations in issue but not yet effective

Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

Performance for the year

1. 

Revenue

2.  Net legacy building safety expense

3. 

Cost of sales recognition

4.  Operating profit

4a.  Part-exchange properties

4b.  Operating profit is stated after charging

4c.  Auditor’s remuneration

5. 

Earnings per ordinary share

Taxation

6. 

Taxation

6a. 

Income tax recognised in the income statement

6b. 

 Tax recognised in equity and other 
comprehensive income

6c.  Deferred taxation

Working capital

7. 

8. 

9. 

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

10. 

Provisions and reimbursement assets

Investing activities

11. 

12.  

Property, plant and equipment

 Financial assets and equity accounted joint 
arrangements, and investments in subsidiaries

13. 

Joint arrangements

14.  Commitments

162

163

164

166

166

167

168

168

169

169

170

170

171

173

173

173

173

173

174

174

175

175

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

183

Financing

15.  Net cash

15a.  Reconciliation of net cash flow to net cash

15b.  Analysis of net cash

16. 

Finance income and expenses

17. 

Financial instruments

Shareholder capital

18. 

Issued capital

19.  Reserves

20.  Dividends on equity shares

Directors and employees

21.  Employee information

22.  Retirement benefit asset

23.  Share-based payments

Contingencies, related parties and subsidiaries

24.  Contingent liabilities

25.  Related party transactions

26.  Group undertakings

27.  Resident management companies

Other information

28.  Alternative performance measures

Five year record

184

184

184

185

185

188

188

189

189

190

192

195

195

196

197

205

209

Key to financial statement icons
Throughout the financial statements the below icons are 
used and they represent the following:

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Accounting policy

The accounting policies set out within the financial 
statements have, unless otherwise stated, been 
applied consistently to all periods presented in these 
consolidated financial statements.

Accounting estimate

The Directors consider these areas to be the major 
sources of estimation that have been made in these 
financial statements.

Accounting judgement

The Directors consider these to be the major 
judgements that could have a significant effect on 
the financial statements when applying the Group’s 
accounting policies.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

161

Accounts

Group Income Statement
for the year ended 31 July 2023

Revenue

Cost of sales

Analysed as:

Underlying cost of sales

Adjusting item: net legacy building safety expense

Gross profit

Other operating income

Other operating expenses

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance expenses

Analysed as:

Underlying finance expenses

Adjusting item: net legacy building safety expense

Share of result of joint ventures

Profit before taxation

Income tax expense

Profit for the year*

Earnings per ordinary share – Basic

Earnings per ordinary share – Diluted

*  All attributable to equity holders of the parent.

Adjusting items

Gross profit

Gross profit per the Group Income Statement

Adjusting item: net legacy building safety expense

Underlying gross profit

Operating profit

Operating profit per the Group Income Statement

Adjusting item: net legacy building safety expense

Underlying operating profit

Profit before taxation

Profit before taxation per the Group Income Statement

Adjusting item: net legacy building safety expense

Underlying profit before taxation

Profit for the year

Profit for the year per the Group Income Statement

Adjusting item: net legacy building safety expense

Adjusting item: income tax on net legacy building safety expense

Underlying profit for the year

162

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Note

1

3

2

4

4

4

16

16

2

13

6

5

5

Note

2

2

2

2

2

2023
£m

3,406.6

(2,757.9)

2022
£m

3,536.8

(3,094.0)

(2,719.3)

(38.6)

(2,749.8)

(344.2)

648.7

29.1

(30.3)

(142.2)

505.3

9.9

(30.8)

(19.8)

(11.0)

(1.4)

483.0

(118.0)

365.0

442.8

25.3

(25.1)

(134.0)

309.0

1.6

(15.7)

(13.7)

(2.0)

9.3

304.2

(61.6)

242.6

297.7p

296.3p

196.9p

196.2p

2023
£m

648.7

38.6

687.3

505.3

38.6

543.9

483.0

49.6

532.6

365.0

49.6

(12.4)

402.2

2022
£m

442.8

344.2

787.0

309.0

344.2

653.2

304.2

346.2

650.4

242.6

346.2

(70.3)

518.5

 
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 July 2023

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense

Items that will not be recycled to the income statement:

Remeasurement losses on defined benefit pension plans

Income tax on other comprehensive expense

Other comprehensive expense for the year, net of income tax
Total comprehensive income for the year*

*  All attributable to equity holders of the parent.

Note

22

6

2023
£m

365.0

2022
£m

242.6

(4.9)

1.4

(3.5)

(3.5)

0.5

(3.0)

361.5

239.6

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

163

 
Accounts

Statements of Changes in Equity
at 31 July 2023

Group

Note

Balance at 1 August 2021

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive expense*
Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Transactions with shareholders 
recorded directly in equity:

Dividends on equity shares

Purchase of own shares

Shares issued

Credit in relation to share 
options and tax thereon

Total contributions by and 
distributions to shareholders

20

19

18

6, 23

Issued 
capital 

£m 

15.4

Share  
premium 

£m

179.8

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

20.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.2

–

2.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Other  
reserves 

Retained 
earnings 

Total  
equity 

£m

£m

3,071.1

3,287.8

242.6

(3.0)

242.6

(3.0)

239.6

239.6

(157.2)

(157.2)

(7.4)

–

2.8

(7.4)

2.2

2.8

£m

1.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(161.8)

(159.6)

Balance at 31 July 2022

15.4

182.0

20.0

1.5

3,148.9

3,367.8

Total comprehensive income for 
the year

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive expense*
Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Transactions with shareholders 
recorded directly in equity:

Dividends on equity shares

Credit in relation to share 
options and tax thereon

Share buyback programme 
and cancellation of shares

Total contributions by and 
distributions to shareholders

20

6, 23

18, 19

–

–

–

–

–

(0.4)

(0.4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.4

0.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

365.0

(3.5)

365.0

(3.5)

361.5

361.5

(171.7)

(171.7)

4.5

4.5

(100.5)

(100.5)

(267.7)

(267.7)

Balance at 31 July 2023

15.0

182.0

20.4

1.5

3,242.7

3,461.6

*  An additional breakdown is provided in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income.

164

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
Company

Note

Balance at 1 August 2021

Issued 
capital 

£m 

15.4

Share  
premium 

£m

179.8

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

20.0

Other  
reserves 

Retained 
earnings 

£m

2.1

£m

388.0

Total  
equity 

£m

605.3

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Transactions with shareholders 
recorded directly in equity:

Dividends on equity shares

Purchase of own shares

Shares issued

Credit in relation to share options

Total contributions by and 
distributions to shareholders

20

19

18

23

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.2

–

2.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

159.9

–

159.9

–

159.9

159.9

(157.2)

(157.2)

(7.4)

–

3.1

(7.4)

2.2

3.1

(161.5)

(159.3)

Balance at 31 July 2022

15.4

182.0

20.0

2.1

386.4

605.9

Total comprehensive income for 
the year

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Transactions with shareholders 
recorded directly in equity:

Dividends on equity shares

Credit in relation to share options

20

23

Share buyback programme and 
cancellation of shares

18 ,19

Total contributions by and 
distributions to shareholders

–

–

–

–

–

(0.4)

(0.4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.4

0.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

171.5

–

171.5

–

171.5

171.5

(171.7)

4.5

(171.7)

4.5

(100.5)

(100.5)

(267.7)

(267.7)

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Balance at 31 July 2023

15.0

182.0

20.4

2.1

290.2

509.7

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

165

Accounts

Balance Sheets
at 31 July 2023

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments in subsidiaries

Financial assets

Equity accounted joint arrangements

Deferred tax assets

Retirement benefit assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Corporation tax receivable

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Non-current liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Current liabilities

Corporation tax payable

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Issued capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

Group
2023
£m

Group
2022
£m

Company
2023
£m

Company
2022
£m

11

12

12

12

6

22

7

8

15

15

9

6

10

9

10

18

19

19

31.7

–

38.6

4.9

1.7

2.5

79.4

4,575.6

88.3

8.8

362.0

5,034.7

5,114.1

130.0

107.3

6.2

403.5

647.0

–

900.8

104.7

1,005.5

1,652.5

3,461.6

15.0

182.0

20.4

1.5

3,242.7

3,461.6

34.2

–

20.9

9.3

0.1

7.1

71.6

4,423.6

114.6

–

375.3

4,913.5

4,985.1

130.0

106.6

8.9

400.8

646.3

0.1

930.2

40.7

971.0

1,617.3

3,367.8

15.4

182.0

20.0

1.5

3,148.9

3,367.8

–

48.0

–

–

–

–

–

43.5

–

–

–

–

48.0

43.5

–

443.8

–

52.9

496.7

544.7

–

–

–

–

–

0.4

34.6

–

35.0

35.0

–

509.7

–

52.8

562.5

606.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

–

0.1

0.1

509.7

605.9

15.0

182.0

20.4

2.1

290.2

509.7

15.4

182.0

20.0

2.1

386.4

605.9

Approved by the Board of Directors on 16 October 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

John Tutte 
Director   

Keith Adey
Director

Registered number 1372603

Parent Company Income Statement
In accordance with the provisions of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, a separate Income Statement for the Company 
has not been presented. The Company’s profit for the year was £171.5 million (2022 – £159.9 million). 

166

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flow Statements
for the year ended 31 July 2023

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit for the year

Depreciation charge

Finance income

Finance expenses

Share-based payment expense

Share of post tax result of joint ventures

Income tax expense

Increase in inventories

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

Decrease in trade and other payables

Increase in provisions

Cash from operations

Interest paid

Income tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Increase in loans to joint ventures

Repayment of loans by joint ventures

Dividends from joint ventures

Interest received

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Payment of lease liabilities

Proceeds from the issue of share capital on exercise of 
share options

Purchase of own shares

Share buyback programme

Dividends paid

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Group
2023
£m

Group
2022
£m

Company
2023
£m

Company
2022
£m

365.0

242.6

Note

11

16

16

23

13

6

12

12

12

6.0

(9.9)

30.8

4.5

1.4

118.0

(152.0)

28.7

(75.3)

55.7

372.9

(6.9)

(129.8)

236.2

(2.7)

0.1

(15.6)

–

3.0

6.9

(8.3)

17

(3.5)

–

–

(66.0)

(171.7)

(241.2)

(13.3)

375.3

362.0

19

20

15

6.1

(1.6)

15.7

3.1

(9.3)

61.6

(391.4)

(33.2)

(104.5)

325.5

114.6

(5.8)

(63.8)

45.0

(0.5)

0.1

(2.1)

21.6

15.7

0.5

35.3

(2.9)

2.2

(7.4)

–

(157.2)

(165.3)

(85.0)

460.3

375.3

171.5

–

(1.9)

–

–

–

0.4

–

66.5

–

–

159.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.6

(0.1)

–

236.5

162.4

–

–

–

–

236.5

162.4

–

–

–

–

–

1.3

1.3

–

–

–

(66.0)

(171.7)

(237.7)

0.1

52.8

52.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 

–

2.2

(7.4)

–

(157.2)

(162.4)

–

52.8

52.8

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

167

Accounts

Accounting Policies

Basis of preparation

Bellway p.l.c. (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated in England and Wales. 

Basis of consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the 
Company made up to 31 July. The Company controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from 
its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. In assessing 
control, potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are taken into account. The financial statements 
of these entities are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date 
that control ceases.

Joint arrangements are those entities over whose activities the Group has joint control, established by contractual 
agreement. A joint arrangement can take two forms:

(i)  Joint venture – these entities are consolidated using the equity method of accounting.

(ii)   Joint operation – the Group’s share of the assets, liabilities and transactions of such entities are accounted for 

directly as if they were assets, liabilities and transactions of the Group.

The consolidated Group financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance 
with UK adopted International Accounting Standards (‘IAS’) and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as 
applicable to companies reporting under those standards.

The parent company financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. On publishing the Company financial statements here 
together with the Group financial statements, which were approved for issue on 16 October 2023, the Company is 
taking advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income 
statement and related notes that form a part of these financial statements.

Other financial statement considerations

In preparing the Group and Company financial statements, management has considered the impact of climate 
change, and the possible impact of climate-related and other emerging business risks. A rigorous assessment of 
the impact of climate-related risks has been performed, and disclosed in the Strategic Report, in accordance with 
the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures. This included an assessment of 
inventories and how they could be affected by measures taken to address global warming. No issues were identified 
that would materially impact the carrying values of either the Group’s or Company’s assets or liabilities, or have any 
other material impact on the financial statements.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates 
and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about the 
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from 
these estimates.

The accounting policies set out within the notes to the financial statements have, except as noted below, been applied 
consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.

The Group recently acquired a number of contractual arrangements with landowners in order to promote their 
land through the planning process to obtain detailed planning permission, and to subsequently market the sites for 
residential property development on behalf of the landowner. These agreements are accounted for in inventory and 
the amended inventories policy of the Group is included in note 7.

Going concern

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and 
position, are set out in the Chief Executive’s Market and Operational Review on pages 30 to 33. The financial position 
of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the Group Finance Director’s 
Review on pages 34 to 37 and the Directors’ Report on pages 147 to 150. The Risk Management section on pages 
75 to 78 sets out the Group’s policies and processes for managing its capital, financial risk, and its exposure to credit, 
liquidity, interest rate and housing market risk.

The Group’s activities are financed principally by a combination of ordinary shares and cash in hand less debt. 
At 31 July 2023, Bellway had net cash of £232.0 million2 (note 15), having utilised cash of £13.3 million (note 15) during 
the year, including £372.9 million of cash generated from operations. 

168

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Going concern continued

The Group has operated within all its debt covenants throughout the year, and covenant compliance was considered 
as part of the going concern assessment. In addition, the Group had bank facilities of £400.0 million at 31 July 2023, 
expiring in tranches up to December 2027. Furthermore, in February 2021 the Group entered into a contractual 
arrangement to issue a sterling US Private Placement (‘USPP’) for a total amount of £130.0 million, as part of its ordinary 
course of business financing arrangements, which has maturity dates in 2028 and 2031. In aggregate, the Group had 
committed debt lines of £530.0 million at 31 July 2023.

Including committed debt lines and cash, Bellway had access to total funds of £762.0 million, along with net current 
assets (excluding cash) of £3,667.2 million at 31 July 2023, providing the Group with appropriate liquidity to meet its 
current liabilities as they fall due.

The Group’s internal forecasts have been regularly updated, incorporating our actual experience along with our 
expected future outturn. The latest available base forecast has been sensitised, setting out the Group’s resilience to 
the principal risks and uncertainties in the most severe but plausible scenario. The sensitivity includes a recession due 
to economic uncertainty and a deterioration in customer confidence. This could lead to a reduction in both the total 
number of legal completions and private average selling price, with overheads, land spend and construction spend 
reducing accordingly.

This sensitivity includes the following principal assumptions:

•  Private completions in H1 FY24 are supported by the forward order book, but still fall to 55% of that achieved in H1 of 
FY23. In the 12 months to 31 January 2025, private completions reduce by around 50% compared to the 12 month 
pre-stress peak achieved in FY22. This is followed by a gradual recovery based on the lower base position.

•  Private average selling price in H1 FY24 remains in line with internal forecasts due to the order book position. In the 
12 months to 31 January 2025, the private average selling price reduces by 10% compared to the latest achieved 
pricing. This is followed by a gradual recovery based on the lower base position.

•  These assumptions reflect the Group’s experience in the 2008–09 Global Financial Crisis.

A number of prudent mitigating actions within the Directors’ control were incorporated into the plausible but severe 
downside scenario, including:

•  Plots in the land bank only being replaced at the same rate that they are utilised.
•  Construction spend reducing in line with housing revenue.
•  Dividends reducing in line with earnings.

The sensitivity analysis was modelled over the period to 31 July 2025 for the going concern assessment, but extended 
to the 31 July 2027 for the Directors’ viability assessment. In addition to the above, several additional mitigating 
measures remain available to management that were not included in the scenario. These include withholding 
discretionary land spend and instead trading out of the substantial existing land holdings.

In the scenario, the Group had significant headroom in both its financial debt covenants and existing debt facilities 
and met its liabilities as they fall due. In relation to climate risks, and in particular the requirement of the Group to 
reduce carbon emissions, the going concern assessment is not considered to be materially affected by the Future 
Homes Standard.

The Directors consider that the Group is well placed to manage business and financial risks in the current economic 
environment. Consequently, the Directors are confident that the Group and Company will have sufficient funds 
to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due for the period to 31 July 2025, aligning with the first year end after 
the minimum 12 month assessment period, and have therefore prepared the financial statements on a going 
concern basis.

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Effect of new standards and interpretations effective for the first time
The Group adopted and applied the following amendments in the year, none of which had a material effect on the 
financial statements:

•  Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use – Amendments to IAS 16.
•  Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract – Amendments to IAS 37.
•  Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020.
•  Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3.
•  Pillar 2 minimum tax – Amendments to IAS 12.
Standards and interpretations in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements there were a number of standards and interpretations which were in 
issue but not yet effective. These have not been applied in these financial statements and are not expected to have a material 
effect when adopted.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

169

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements

Performance for the year
1. Revenue

Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable, net of incentives.

Private housing sales and land sales

Revenue is recognised in the income statement at a point in time when the performance obligation, being the 
transfer of a completed dwelling or land to a customer, has been satisfied. This is when legal title is transferred. 

Social housing

The Group reviews social housing contracts on a contract-by-contract basis and determines the appropriate revenue 
recognition based on the specific terms of each contract.

Where a contract with a housing association transfers both land and social housing on legal completion (‘turnkey and 
plot sale contracts’ which typically represents around one third of social housing revenue), there is one performance 
obligation and revenue is recognised in the income statement at a point in time when the homes are build complete 
and all material contractual obligations have been fulfilled. This is when legal title is transferred.

Where a contract with a housing association transfers legal title of land once foundations are in place (‘design and 
build’ contracts’ which typically represents around two thirds of social housing revenue) and separately transfers 
the social housing dwellings when they are build complete, there is a judgement as to whether the sale of land is 
a separate performance obligation for the purposes of revenue recognition and consequentially whether revenue 
should be recognised over time or on a point in time basis for the social housing units. Based on the contractual 
terms in the majority of such contracts, notably those that enable the Group to retain control over the land regardless 
of the transfer of title, the Group has determined that these contracts include one performance obligation which 
is appropriately recognised at a point in time, when the homes are build complete and all material contractual 
obligations have been fulfilled. 

The Group recognises revenue in the income statement over time for contracts where the control of land is 
irrevocably transferred to the customer before or during construction. Revenue is recognised from the point that 
control is irrevocably transferred to the customer.

Where revenue is recognised over time and the outcome of the contract can be estimated reliably, it is recognised 
based on the stage of completion of the contract at the balance sheet date. This is usually by reference to surveys 
of work performed to the balance sheet date. Variations to such contracts are included in revenue to the extent that 
they have been agreed with the customer. Where the outcome of such a contract cannot be measured reliably, 
revenue is recognised to the extent of costs incurred.

Incentives

Sales incentives are substantially cash in nature. Cash incentives are recognised as a reduction in housing revenue by 
the cost to the Group of providing the incentive.

Segmental analysis

The Executive Board (the Chief Operating Decision Maker as defined in IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’) regularly 
reviews the Group’s performance and balance sheet position at both a consolidated and divisional level. 
Each division is an operating segment as defined by IFRS 8 in that the Executive Board assess performance and 
allocates resources at this level. All of the divisions have been aggregated in to one reporting segment on the basis 
that they share similar economic characteristics including:

•  National supply agreements are in place for key inputs including materials.
•  Debt is raised centrally and the cost of capital is the same at each division.
•  Sales demand at each division is subject to the same macroeconomic factors, such as mortgage availability and 

government policy.

Additional information on average selling prices and the unit sales split between north, south, private and social has 
been included in the Group Finance Director’s Review on pages 34 to 37. The Board does not, however, consider these 
categories to be separate reportable segments as they review the entire operations at a consolidated and divisional 
level when assessing performance and making decisions about the allocation of resources.

170

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

1. Revenue continued
Revenue from contracts with customers
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

Housing revenue

Non-housing revenue

Total revenue

The Group’s housing revenue can be analysed as follows:

(a) Private/social

Private

Social

Total housing revenue

(b) North/South

North

South

Total housing revenue

2023
£m

3,396.3

10.3

3,406.6

2023
£m

2,931.3 

465.0 

3,396.3

2023
£m

1,608.8 

1,787.5

3,396.3

2022
£m

3,520.6 

16.2 

3,536.8

2022
£m

3,190.9 

329.7

3,520.6

2022
£m

1,543.9 

1,976.7 

3,520.6

2. Net legacy building safety expense

Exceptional items are those which, in the opinion of the Board, are material by size or nature and of such significance 
that they require separate disclosure on the face of the income statement. 

Exceptional items

While preparing these financial statements, a major judgement which the Directors consider could have a significant 
effect on the financial statements when applying the Group’s accounting policies is whether items should be treated 
as exceptional or not. The Directors assessed each possible exceptional item against a framework incorporating the 
Group’s accounting policy and the accounting requirements of IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ relating to 
the separate disclosure of material items of income or expense.

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

For the years ended 31 July 2023 and 31 July 2022, the Directors considered that the net legacy building safety 
expense satisfied the requirements to be separately disclosed on the face of the income statement. 

Profit before taxation for the years ended 31 July 2023 and 31 July 2022 has been arrived at after recognising the following items 
in the income statement: 

Provisions (note 10)

Reimbursement assets (note 10)

Net cost of sales 

Finance expenses (notes 10, 16)

Total net legacy building safety expense

2023 
SRT and 
associated 
review
£m

58.1

(50.0)

8.1

11.0

19.1

2023 
Structural 
defects

£m

30.5

–

30.5

–

30.5

2023 
Total

£m

88.6

(50.0)

38.6

11.0

49.6

2022 
SRT and 
associated 
review
£m

347.0

(2.8)

344.2

2.0

346.2

2022 
Structural 
defects

£m

–

–

–

–

–

2022 
Total

£m

347.0

(2.8)

344.2

2.0

346.2

The net legacy building safety expense has been expanded in the current financial year to include structural defects relating to 
a legacy building, as explained below. In previous years, the net legacy building safety expense only included items related to 
the SRT and associated review.

The income tax rate applied to the total net legacy building safety expense in the income statement is the Group’s standard rate 
of income tax, including both corporation tax and Residential Property Developer Tax (‘RPDT’), of 25.0% (2022 – 20.3%).

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

171

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

2. Net legacy building safety expense continued
SRT and associated review

Bellway’s continued commitment to act responsibly with regards to fire safety is reflected by the level of our prudent provisions 
and the actions the Group has taken since the tragic events at Grenfell in 2017. 

On 7 April 2022, as part of the Building Safety Pledge (the ‘Pledge’), we announced that this commitment would be extended 
to a 30-year period to include buildings constructed by the Group since 5 April 1992 and to reimburse the Building Safety Fund 
and the ACM Funds in accordance with the principles set out in the Pledge. The Group signed the Self-Remediation Terms 
(‘SRT’) on 13 March 2023 which converted the principles of the Pledge into a binding agreement for the housebuilding industry. 
On 25 May 2023, the Group also contractually committed to remediate its legacy buildings in Wales by signing the Pact with 
The Welsh Ministers (the ‘Pact’).

In total, for the year ended 31 July 2023 Bellway set aside a net exceptional pre-tax expense of £19.1 million (2022 – £346.2 million), 
in relation to the SRT and associated review. Of this expense, a net £8.1 million (2022 – £344.2 million) is recognised in cost of 
sales and an adjusting finance expense of £11.0 million (2022 – £2.0 million) in relation to the unwinding of the discount of the 
provision to present value. The net amount recognised in cost of sales includes £129.7 million (2022 – £349.5 million) relating to 
cost estimate increases, which are in part offset by both provision releases of £38.6 million (2022 – £2.5 million) and £33.0 million 
(2022 – £nil) following an increase in discount rates during the year (note 10). 

While the SRT and the Pact relates to developments in England and Wales, Bellway has taken a responsible, UK-wide approach to also 
provide for works in relation to the small number of apartment buildings the Group has developed in Scotland, where remediation 
is required. Taking this into consideration, the total amount Bellway has set aside in relation to the SRT and associated review since 
2017 is £582.8 million (2022 – £513.7 million). Costs have been provided regardless of whether Bellway still retains ownership of the 
freehold interest in the building or whether warranty providers have a responsibility to carry out remedial works. 

The provision has been calculated using cost estimates based on our extensive experience to date, using analysis of previously 
tendered works and prudent, professional estimates based on knowledge of known issues. In addition, on developments 
where full investigations have not yet been undertaken or cost reports obtained, costs to date on similar developments have 
been used to estimate the likely cost. We have also made assumptions with regards to the likely cost of resolving potential 
issues, that we have not yet been made aware of, on schemes covered by the extended 30-year period. 

The provision calculation uses the expected timings of cash outflows which are adjusted for future estimated cost inflation 
in accordance with the Build Cost Information Service (‘BCIS’) index, a leading provider of cost and price information to the 
construction industry. The provision is discounted back to a present value using UK gilt rates with maturities which reflect the 
expected timing of cash outflows. The unwinding of this discount is charged through the income statement as an adjusting 
finance expense.

The majority of the cash outflow is expected to be over the next four years, although there will be some residual expenditure 
beyond this. The anticipated timing reflects the complex issues around remediation including identifying the works required, 
design and planning obligations, interpretation of Publicly Available Specification (‘PAS’) 9980:2022, liaison and negotiations 
with building owners, and appointment of contractors. 

Notwithstanding these complexities the Group has made good progress with work now completed on 9 developments, 
underway on 12 developments and works due to commence on a further 2 developments in first half of the new financial year. 

The net exceptional cost of sales expense includes one-off cost recoveries of £50.0 million, across several sites, which have 
been pursued for several years.

Total recoveries recognised since 2017 are £80.0 million (2022 – £30.0 million). Reimbursement assets of £nil (2022 – £nil) 
remained outstanding at the year end. 

Structural defects

During the year a structural defect relating to the reinforced concrete frame was identified at a historical high-rise apartment 
scheme in Greenwich, London with the remediation work expected to cost £30.5 million. This cost estimate is based on an 
expert third-party report and reflects management’s expected scope of works. A provision has been recognised as Bellway 
has a legal obligation to undertake the remedial work.

The provision calculation uses the expected timings of cash outflows which are adjusted for future estimated cost inflation in 
accordance with the BCIS index. The provision is discounted back to a present value using UK gilt rates with maturities which 
reflect the expected timing of cash outflows. The unwinding of this discount is charged through the income statement as an 
adjusting finance expense.

The Group is carrying out a review of other buildings constructed by, or on behalf of Bellway, where the same third parties 
responsible for the design of the frame in the Greenwich development have been involved. To date, no other similar design 
issues with reinforced concrete frames have been identified.

We are actively seeking recoveries in relation to the structural defect identified, but as these are not virtually certain at the 
balance sheet date, no reimbursement assets have been recognised. 

The cash outflow is expected to be over the next two financial years.

172

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

3. Cost of sales recognition

Cost of sales recognition

Cost of sales is recognised for completed house sales as an allocation of the latest whole site/phase gross margin 
which is an output of the site/phase valuation. These valuations, which are updated at frequent intervals throughout 
the life of the site/phase, use actual and forecast selling prices, land costs and construction costs and are sensitive 
to future movements in both the estimated cost to complete and expected selling prices. Forecast selling prices are 
inherently uncertain due to changes in market conditions. This is a key estimate made in the financial statements.

To determine the amount of cost of sales that the Group should recognise on its sites/phases in the year, the Group 
needs to allocate site/phase wide costs between all plots, both those already sold, and those plots to be sold in 
future periods. The Group generally allocates site/phase wide costs based on expected total revenue unless this 
does not reflect an appropriate apportionment of the costs. It is also necessary to estimate costs to complete on such 
sites/phases. In addition, the Group makes estimates in relation to future sales prices on the site/phase. The Group 
has a number of internal controls to assess and review the reasonableness of estimates made. If housing gross 
margin decreased by 200 basis points, it is estimated that the quantum of housing cost of sales would increase by 
around 2.5%. 

4. Operating profit
4a. Part-exchange properties

Part-exchange properties 

The purchase and subsequent sale of part-exchange properties is an activity undertaken in order to achieve the 
sale of a new property. The original sale of private housing is recognised at the fair value of the part-exchange 
property plus the cash received or receivable (note 1). The fair value of the part-exchange property is equal to the 
amount assessed by external valuers. The onward sale of a part-exchange property is recognised at the fair value 
of consideration received or receivable. As it is not considered a principal activity of the Group the income and 
expenses associated with this are recognised in other operating income and other operating expenses. Income is 
recognised in the income statement at a point in time when the performance obligations have been satisfied. This is 
when legal title is transferred.

All other operating income relates to the sale of part-exchange properties and all other operating expenses relate to the 
associated fair value of the part-exchange properties less costs to sell.

4b. Operating profit is stated after charging

  Staff costs (note 21)

  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 11)

  Hire of plant and machinery

4c. Auditor’s remuneration

Audit of these financial statements

Amounts receivable by the auditor and its associates in respect of: 

  Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

  Pension scheme audit

2023
£m

223.2

6.0

17.6

2023
£000

84

408

20 

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2022
£m

193.1

6.1

17.1

2022
£000

64

370 

17 

Amounts paid to the Company’s auditor and their associates in respect of services to the Company, other than the audit of 
the Company’s financial statements, have not been disclosed as the information is required instead to be disclosed on a 
consolidated basis. The relevant amount paid to the auditor for the audit of financial statements of joint ventures is £0.021 million 
(2022 – £0.020 million).

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

173

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

5. Earnings per ordinary share
Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing earnings by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
during the year (excluding the weighted average number of ordinary shares held by the Company or Trust which are treated 
as cancelled).

Diluted earnings per ordinary share uses the same earnings figure as the basic calculation. The weighted average number of 
shares has been adjusted to reflect the dilutive effect of outstanding share options allocated under employee share schemes 
where the market value exceeds the option price. Diluted earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing earnings by the 
diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares.

Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculations are outlined below:

Earnings 

2023 
£m

Weighted 
average 
number of 
ordinary 
shares
2023 
Number

For basic earnings per ordinary share

365.0 122,593,350

Dilutive effect of options and awards

600,864

For diluted earnings per ordinary share

365.0 123,194,214

Earnings 
per share

Earnings 

Weighted 
average 
number of 
ordinary 
shares 
2022 
Number

2022
£m

242.6 123,227,544

416,029

242.6 123,643,573

Earnings per 
share 

2022 
p

196.9

(0.7)

196.2

Underlying basic and underlying diluted earnings per share exclude the effect of adjusting items and any associated net tax 
amounts. Reconciliations of these are outlined below:

Underlying 
earnings

2023
£m

Weighted 
average 
number of 
ordinary 
shares 
2023
Number

402.2 122,593,350

600,864

Underlying 
earnings per 
share 

Underlying 
earnings

Weighted 
average 
number of 
ordinary 
shares 
2022
Number

2022
£m

518.5 123,227,544

416,029

Underlying 
earnings per 
share 

2022
p

420.8

(1.4)

402.2 123,194,214

326.5

518.5 123,643,573

419.4

2023 
p

297.7

(1.4)

296.3

2023
p

328.1

(1.6)

For basic underlying earnings per 
ordinary share

Dilutive effect of options and awards

For diluted underlying earnings per 
ordinary share

Taxation
6. Taxation

Taxation 

The charge for taxation is based on the result for the year and takes into account current and deferred taxation. 
The charge is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to either items recognised in 
equity in which case it is recognised in equity or other comprehensive income in which case it is recognised in other 
comprehensive income.

Deferred taxation 

Deferred taxation is provided for all temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the 
expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted 
or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available 
against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to 
the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. 

174

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
6. Taxation continued
6a. Income tax recognised in the income statement

Current tax expense/(income):

UK corporation tax

Residential property developer tax 

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred tax (income)/expense:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Effect of introduction of residential property developer tax

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total income tax expense in income statement

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Profit before taxation

Tax calculated at UK income tax rate

Non-taxable income and enhanced deductions

Adjustments in respect of prior years – current tax

– deferred tax

Effect of residential property developer tax – deferred tax

Effective tax rate and tax expense for the year 

2023
£m

101.8 

18.6 

0.5

120.9

(1.6)

– 

(1.3)

(2.9)

118.0

2022
%

20.3

(0.2)

(0.1)

–

0.2

20.2

2022
£m

56.8 

3.5

(0.4)

59.9 

0.8

0.8

0.1

1.7

61.6

2022
£m

304.2

61.8

(0.7)

(0.4)

0.1

0.8

61.6

2023
%

2023
£m

25.0

(0.4)

0.1

(0.3)

–

24.4

483.0

120.8

(2.0)

0.5

(1.3)

–

118.0

The effective tax expense is 24.4% of profit before taxation (2022 – 20.2%). Both the standard tax rate and effective tax rate 
include RPDT.

As part of the UK adoption of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (‘OECD’) Pillar Two rules, the UK 
government announced two new taxes, the Multinational Top-up Tax and the Domestic Top-up Tax which are designed to 
ensure corporations pay tax at a rate of at least 15%. The Domestic Top-up Tax will apply to the Group from 1 August 2024. 
As the Group’s current effective tax rate is in excess of 15%, it is expected the introduction of this tax will not affect Bellway. 
The Multinational Top-up Tax is not expected to affect Bellway. 

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

It is currently expected that the Group’s standard rate of tax, including RPDT, for the year ending 31 July 2024 will be 29%.

6b. Tax recognised in equity and other comprehensive income

Deferred tax recognised directly in equity and other comprehensive income:

Credit relating to remeasurements on the defined benefit pension scheme

Charge relating to equity-settled transactions

2023
£m

1.4

–

2022
£m

0.5

(0.3)

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

175

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

6. Taxation continued
6c. Deferred taxation 

The following are the deferred tax assets/(liabilities) recognised by the Group and the movements thereon during the current 
and prior year:

Group

At 1 August 2021

Income statement charge

Credit to statement of comprehensive income

Charge to equity

At 31 July 2022

Income statement credit

Credit to equity

At 31 July 2023

Capital 
allowances
£m

Retirement 
benefit assets
£m

Share-based 
payments
£m

(1.1)

(0.5)

–

–

(1.6)

0.2

–

(1.4)

(2.6)

–

0.5

–

(2.1)

–

1.4

(0.7)

0.9

(0.5)

–

(0.3)

0.1

0.2

–

0.3

Inventory

£m

(4.5)

(0.7)

–

–

(5.2)

1.1

–

(4.1)

The following is an analysis of the deferred tax balances for financial reporting purposes:

Share-based payments

Unutilised tax losses

Deferred tax assets

Capital allowances

Retirement benefit assets

Inventory

Deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

Unutilised tax 
losses
£m

–

–

–

–

–

1.4

–

1.4

2023
£m

0.3

1.4

1.7

(1.4)

(0.7)

(4.1)

(6.2)

(4.5)

Total

£m

(7.3)

(1.7)

0.5

(0.3)

(8.8)

2.9

1.4

(4.5)

2022
£m

0.1 

–

0.1 

(1.6)

(2.1)

(5.2)

(8.9)

(8.8)

The carrying amount of the gross deferred tax assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date and are recognised to the extent 
that there will be sufficient taxable profits to allow the asset to be recovered.

The deferred tax assets/(liabilities) held by the Group at the start of the comparative year were revalued at the substantively 
enacted corporation tax rate that will be effective when they are expected to be realised. The deferred tax assets/(liabilities) 
were revalued at 29%, following the introduction of RPDT on 1 April 2022. The deferred tax assets/(liabilities) were previously 
recognised at 25% to take into account the increase in the UK corporation tax rate from 1 April 2023 that was substantively 
enacted in May 2021. 

There are no deferred tax balances in respect of the Company.

176

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
Working capital
7. Inventories

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost, in relation to work-in-progress and 
showhomes, comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour costs and those overheads, not including 
any general administrative overheads, that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location 
and condition. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion 
and overheads.

Land comprises: land held for development; options purchased in respect of land; investments in land without the 
benefit of planning consent; and, promotion agreements in respect of land without the benefit of planning consent.

Land held for development, including land in the course of development until legal completion of the sale of the 
asset, is initially recorded at cost. Regular reviews are carried out to identify any impairment in the value of the land 
by comparing the total estimated selling prices less estimated selling expenses against the book cost of the land plus 
estimated costs to complete. A provision is made for any irrecoverable amounts. Where, through deferred payment 
terms, the fair value of land purchased differs from the amount that will subsequently be paid in settling the liability, 
the difference is charged as a finance expense in the income statement over the period to settlement.

Options purchased in respect of land are capitalised initially at cost. Regular reviews are carried out for impairment in 
the value of these options and provisions made accordingly to reflect loss of value. The impairment reviews consider 
the period elapsed since the date of purchase of the option given that the option contract has not been exercised 
at the review date. Further, the impairment reviews consider the remaining life of the option, taking account of any 
concerns over whether the remaining time available will allow a successful exercise of the option. The carrying cost of 
the option at the date of exercise is included within the cost of land purchased as a result of the option exercise.

Investments in land without the benefit of planning consent, either through the purchase of land or non-refundable 
deposits paid on land purchase contracts subject to planning consent, are included initially at cost. Regular reviews 
are carried out for impairment in the values of these investments and provision made to reflect any irrecoverable 
element. The impairment reviews consider the existing use value of the land and assess the likelihood of achieving 
planning consent and the value thereof.

Promotion agreements in respect of land without the benefit of planning consent comprise initial costs of entering 
into the agreements. These costs are capitalised initially at cost. Regular reviews are carried out for impairment in 
the values of these costs incurred and provisions made accordingly to reflect loss of value. The impairment reviews 
consider the likelihood of securing planning permission, the successful marketing of the site and the remaining life of 
the promotion agreement.

Carrying amount of land held for development and work-in-progress

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated 
selling price (in the ordinary course of business) less all estimated costs of completion and overheads. Valuations of 
site/phase work-in-progress are carried out at regular intervals and estimates of the cost to complete a site/phase and 
estimates of anticipated revenues are required to enable a development profit to be determined. Management are 
required to employ judgement in estimating the profitability of a site/phase and in assessing any impairment 
provisions which may be required. If a 10% increase was applied to the inventories net realisable provision, this would 
not have a material effect on the carrying value of work-in-progress and land held for development at the year end.

For both the years ended 31 July 2023 and 31 July 2022, a full review of inventories has been performed and write 
downs have been made where cost exceeds net realisable value. Estimated selling prices have been reviewed on a 
site by site/phase by phase basis and have been amended based on local management and the Board’s assessment 
of current market conditions. 

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

177

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

7. Inventories continued

Group

Land

Work-in-progress 

Showhomes

Part-exchange properties

2023
£m

2,578.8

1,861.6

117.2

18.0

2022
£m

2,786.4

1,524.8

107.0

5.4

4,575.6

4,423.6

Inventories of £2,662.0 million were expensed in the year (2022 – £2,693.7 million).

In the ordinary course of business, inventories have been written down by a net £18.4 million in the year (2022 – £4.8 million). 

Land with a carrying value of £212.0 million (2022 – £295.6 million) was used as security for land payables (note 9).

Land includes £1,913.3 million (2022 – £1,812.3 million) which is owned or unconditionally contracted by the Group and where 
there is an implementable detailed planning permission.

During the current year, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of a private limited company to access land and work-
in-progress interests of £25.4 million. During the prior year, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of a private limited 
company to access land interests of £8.4 million. These acquisitions did not satisfy the requirements of a business combination, 
therefore the inventory relating to these amounts is included in ‘land’ and ‘work-in-progress’ in the above table.

The anticipated costs relating to the adoption of the Future Homes Standard in 2025, and the interim standard in 2023, 
are included within the carrying value of inventories as at 31 July 2023, where appropriate.

The Directors consider all inventories to be essentially current in nature although the Group’s operational cycle is such that 
a proportion of inventories will not be realised within 12 months. It is not possible to determine with accuracy when specific 
inventory will be realised as this is subject to a number of factors including consumer demand and planning permission delays. 

The Company has no inventory.

8. Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are stated at their fair value at the date of initial recognition and subsequently at 
amortised cost less allowances for impairment. Amounts recoverable on certain social housing contracts where 
revenue is recognised over time are included in trade receivables to the extent that they have been invoiced, 
or if not they are included within prepayments and accrued income, and are stated as the amount due less any 
foreseeable losses.

The loss allowance for amounts owed by Group undertakings is equal to the 12-month expected credit losses unless 
there has been a significant increase in credit risk since the date of initial recognition, in which case the loss allowance 
is equal to the lifetime expected credit loss. A significant increase in credit risk is deemed to have occurred if a review 
of available information indicates an increased probability of default. 

Current receivables

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Prepayments and accrued income

Group
2023
£m

34.6

36.5

–

17.2

88.3

Group
2022
£m

47.5

59.2

–

7.9

114.6

Company
2023
£m

Company
2022
£m

–

–

443.2

0.6

443.8

–

–

509.7

–

509.7

The Group assesses the ageing of trade receivables in accordance with the policy on page 76. None of the trade receivables 
are past their due dates (2022 – £nil), and are therefore all rated as low risk.

Other receivables includes £26.1 million (2022 – £43.7 million) in relation to VAT recoverable. 

Included within prepayments and accrued income are non-current prepayments of £0.4 million (2022 – £0.5 million). 

The Group has assessed expected credit losses and the loss allowance for trade and other receivables as immaterial.

The Company has assessed expected credit losses and the loss allowance for amounts owed by Group undertakings and other 
receivables as immaterial.

178

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

9. Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables 

Trade and other payables on normal terms are not interest-bearing and are stated at their nominal value. 
Trade payables on deferred terms, most notably in relation to land purchases, are recorded initially at the fair value of 
all expected future payments. The discount to nominal value is amortised over the period to settlement and charged 
to finance expenses.

Leases

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using 
the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. The lease term comprises the non-cancellable period of the contract, 
together with periods covered by an option to extend the lease where the Group is reasonably certain to exercise 
that option. Subsequently, the lease liability is measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the 
lease liability, and reducing it by the lease payments made. The lease liability is remeasured when the Group changes 
its assessment of whether it will exercise an extension or termination option. 

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, comprising the initial measurement of the lease liability, plus any 
initial direct costs and an estimate of asset retirement obligations, less any lease incentives. Subsequently, right-of-use 
assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses, and are 
adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the 
length of the lease. 

The Group has elected to apply exemptions for short-term leases and leases for which the underlying asset is of low 
value. For these leases, payments are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
relevant lease. 

Right-of-use assets are presented in property, plant and equipment on the balance sheet and lease liabilities are 
shown on the balance sheet in trade and other payables in current liabilities and non-current liabilities.

Payments on account

Payments on account, measured at amortised cost, are recorded as a liability on receipt and are released to the 
income statement when revenue is recognised in accordance with the Group’s revenue recognition policy.

Non-current liabilities

Land payables

Lease liabilities

Group
2023
£m

95.4

11.9

107.3

Group
2022
£m

92.3

14.3

106.6

Company
2023
£m

Company
2022
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Land payables of £68.8 million (2022 – £60.8 million) are secured on the land to which they relate.

The carrying value of the land used for security is £65.4 million (2022 – £59.9 million).

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Land payables

Social security and other taxes

Other payables

Lease liabilities

Accrued expenses

Payments on account

Share buyback obligation

Group
2023
£m

306.2

273.4

7.7

5.0

3.1

147.0

123.9

34.5

900.8

Group
2022
£m

284.0

301.1

7.2

9.2

2.9

147.6

178.2

–

930.2

Company
2023
£m

Company
2022
£m

–

–

–

0.1

–

–

–

34.5

34.6

–

–

–

0.1

–

–

–

–

0.1

Land payables of £151.7 million (2022 – £240.1 million) are secured on the land to which they relate.

The carrying value of the land used for security is £146.6 million (2022 – £235.7 million).

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

179

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

9. Trade and other payables continued
Payments on account comprises deposits received in advance which are contract liabilities. Deposits received in advance 
are typically held for up to 18 months before the associated performance obligations are satisfied and the revenue is 
recognised. The majority of these contract liabilities as at 31 July 2022 have been recognised as revenue in the current year. 
The approximate transaction value allocated to the performance obligations that are unsatisfied at 31 July 2023 is £1,193.5 million2 
(2022 – £2,114.3 million), the majority of which is expected to be recognised as revenue during the next financial year.

On 19 June 2023, the Group entered into an irrevocable non-discretionary share buyback programme to purchase up to 
£50.0 million of shares as part of Tranche 2 of our share buyback programme. The remaining share buyback of £34.5 million 
outstanding at 31 July 2023 was recognised as a financial liability.

10. Provisions and reimbursement assets

Provisions

A provision is recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past 
transaction or event, and it is probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation either due to known 
data or based on historical data and a weighting of possible outcomes against their associated probabilities. 
Provisions are measured at the Directors best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the 
balance sheet date and are discounted to the present value using a UK risk free discount rate reflecting the period of 
the expected cashflow, where the effect is material.

SRT and associated review

The Directors consider that their assessment and judgement of the SRT and associated review provision, in accordance 
with the Group’s accounting policies, could have a significant effect on the Group’s financial statements.

The Directors have established whether any remedial works are required to be performed on certain sites and if so, 
have then assessed whether there is a legal or constructive obligation at the balance sheet date. A legal obligation, 
assessed on a site-by-site basis, is present if Bellway is the responsible person for the site or if the building was 
constructed within a specified time period. A constructive obligation is present if Bellway has communicated to the 
involved parties (such as residents and building owners) that it will undertake the remedial works. If the Group has 
identified that it has a legal or constructive obligation then a provision has been recognised for the latest estimated 
cost of the remedial works.

This is a highly complex area with judgements in respect of the extent of those properties within the scope of Bellway’s 
SRT and associated review provision, the scope of the works and the provision could be extended should the scope of 
the SRT or latest interpretation of government guidance further evolve (note 24).

SRT and associated review

The SRT and associated review provision has been established to carry out remedial corrective works on a number 
of schemes. Management have estimated the cost of the corrective works for the current anticipated scope, 
but this is inherently uncertain as the improvement works are at an early or investigative stage on most affected 
sites. These estimates may change over time as further information is assessed, building works progress and the 
interpretation of the scope of the SRT or fire safety regulations further evolve. If: 

•  cost estimates increase by 5%, the provision at 31 July 2023 would increase by around £24 million.
•  the discount rate increases by 100 bps, the provision at 31 July 2023 would decrease by around £11 million.

180

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

10. Provisions and reimbursement assets continued

SRT and associated review

Structural defects

Total legacy building safety improvements

Reimbursement 
assets
£m

Total
£m

Provision
£m

Reimbursement 
assets
£m

Total
£m

Provision
£m

Reimbursement 
assets
£m

Total
£m

Provision
£m

(441.5)

– (441.5)

–

At 1 August 2022

Adjusting item – cost of sales 
(note 2)

Analysed as: 

Additions

Released

Change in discount rate

Utilised/(received)

Unwinding of discount 
(notes 2, 16)

At 31 July 2023

(58.1)

50.0

(8.1)

(30.5)

(129.7)

50.0

(79.7)

(30.5)

38.6

33.0

32.9

(11.0)

(477.7)

–

–

38.6

33.0

(50.0)

(17.1)

–

(11.0)

–

–

–

–

– (477.7)

(30.5)

The provision is classified as follows:

Current 

Non-current

Total

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(441.5)

–

(441.5)

(30.5)

(88.6)

50.0

(38.6)

(30.5)

(160.2)

50.0

(110.2)

–

–

–

–

38.6

33.0

32.9

(11.0)

(30.5)

(508.2)

–

–

(50.0)

38.6

33.0

(17.1)

–

–

(11.0)

(508.2)

SRT and 
associated 
review
£m

(99.6)

(378.1)

(477.7)

Structural 
defects

£m

(5.1)

(25.4)

(30.5)

Total legacy 
building safety 
improvements
£m

(104.7)

(403.5)

(508.2)

The Group has established a provision for the cost of performing fire remedial works on a number of legacy developments and 
a structural defect relating to a historical high rise apartment scheme (note 2). 

The Company has no provisions.

Investing activities
11. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment

Items are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation on property, plant and 
equipment is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives over the 
following number of years:

•  Plant, fixtures and fittings – 3 to 10 years.
•  Freehold buildings – 40 years.

Freehold land is not depreciated.

Right-of-use assets 

The accounting policy for leases is included in note 9.

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

181

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

11. Property, plant and equipment continued

Group

Cost 

At 1 August 2021

Additions

Disposals

At 1 August 2022

Additions

Disposals

At 31 July 2023

Depreciation

At 1 August 2021

Charge for year

On disposals

At 1 August 2022

Charge for year

On disposals

At 31 July 2023

Net book value

At 31 July 2023

At 31 July 2022

At 31 July 2021

Land and
property

£m

16.6

0.3

–

16.9

1.3

–

18.2

2.9

0.4

–

3.3

0.4

–

3.7

14.5
13.6

13.7

Plant,
fixtures 
and fittings
£m

17.3

1.9

(3.2)

16.0

1.4

(1.3)

16.1

10.7

2.4

(2.4)

10.7

2.3

(1.2)

11.8

4.3
5.3

6.6

Right-of-use
assets

£m

23.7

3.2

(1.7)

25.2

1.0

(1.5)

24.7

8.3

3.3

(1.7)

9.9

3.3

(1.4)

11.8

12.9
15.3

15.4

Total

£m

57.6

5.4

(4.9)

58.1

3.7

(2.8)

59.0

21.9

6.1

(4.1)

23.9

6.0

(2.6)

27.3

31.7
34.2

35.7

The Company has no property, plant and equipment.

12. Financial assets and equity accounted joint arrangements, and investments in subsidiaries

Investments in subsidiaries

Interests in subsidiary undertakings are valued in the Company financial statements at cost less impairment. 

The subsidiary undertakings and joint arrangements in which the Group has interests are incorporated in England and Wales. 
In each case their principal activity is related to housebuilding. At 31 July 2023, the Group was made up of 24 subsidiaries and 
8 joint arrangements. Further details are included in note 26.

Where Bellway owns 100% of the voting rights of a business, the company is considered to be controlled by Bellway and is 
treated as a subsidiary.

The Group and Company had the following investments or financial assets in subsidiaries and joint arrangements at 31 July:

Subsidiary undertakings

Interest in subsidiary undertakings’ shares at cost

–

–

48.0

43.5

Group
2023
£m

Group
2022
£m

Company
2023
£m

Company
2022
£m

Financial assets and equity accounted joint arrangements

Financial assets – loan to joint ventures

Interest in joint ventures – equity

38.6 

4.9

43.5

43.5

20.9 

9.3 

30.2 

30.2

–

– 

–

– 

– 

–

48.0

43.5

182

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

12. Financial assets and equity accounted joint arrangements, and investments in subsidiaries continued
The movement on both the equity accounted joint ventures and related financial assets during the year is as follows:

At the start of the year

Increase in loans

Repayment of loans

Dividends received from equity accounted joint ventures

Share of result

At the end of the year

2023
£m

30.2

17.7

–

(3.0)

(1.4)

43.5

2022
£m

55.3

2.9

(21.6)

(15.7)

9.3

30.2

13. Joint arrangements
DFE TW Residential Limited, Cramlington Developments Limited, Leebell Developments Limited and Langley Sustainable Urban 
Extension Limited are classified as joint operations as the shareholders have substantially all of the economic benefit of the 
assets and fund the liabilities of the entities.

Ponton Road LLP, Fradley Residential LLP, Lambeth Regeneration LLP and Bellway Latimer Cherry Hinton LLP are classified as 
joint ventures as the Group has rights to the net assets of the arrangements rather than the individual assets and liabilities.

The Group’s share of the joint ventures’ net assets/(liabilities) and income/(expenses) are made up as follows: 

Ponton 
Road 
LLP

Fradley 
Residential 
LLP

£m

0.7 

(0.9) 

–

£m 

16.3

(1.7)

(4.6)

2023

Bellway 
Latimer 
Cherry 
Hinton 
LLP
£m

43.8

(42.9)

(5.8)

(0.2) 

10.0

(4.9)

3.9 

(3.5) 

0.4 

0.1 

0.5 

(3.0) 

6.7

(5.4)

1.3

–

1.3

–

–

(0.6)

(0.6)

(2.6)

(3.2)

–

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Share of net assets/
(liabilities) of joint 
ventures

Revenue

Costs

Operating profit

Interest

Share of result of 
joint ventures

Share of dividends paid to 
joint venture partners

£m

4.7

(4.7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Other joint 
ventures 

Total 

Ponton 
Road 
LLP

Fradley 
Residential 
LLP

£m

65.5

(50.2)

(10.4)

£m

4.7 

(2.4)

–

£m 

15.9

(1.8)

(5.4)

2022

Bellway 
Latimer 
Cherry 
Hinton 
LLP
£m

36.9

(26.6)

(12.0)

4.9

2.3

8.7

(1.7)

10.6

(9.5)

1.1

(2.5)

(1.4)

49.0 

(40.2)

8.8

–

8.8

9.2

(7.2)

2.0

(0.1)

–

–

–

(1.4)

1.9

(1.4)

(3.0)

(15.7)

–

–

Other joint 
ventures 

Total

£m

2.8

(2.8)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

£m

60.3

(33.6)

(17.4)

9.3

58.2

(47.4)

10.8

(1.5)

9.3

(15.7)

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Guarantees relating to the overdrafts of the joint arrangements have been given by the Company (see note 24).

The Group has assessed expected credit losses and the loss allowance for joint venture financial assets as immaterial.

14. Commitments
Capital commitments

Group

Contracted not provided

Authorised not contracted

Company

The commitments of the Company were £nil (2022 – £nil).

2023
£m

–

–

2022
£m

–

1.5

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

183

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Financing 
15. Net cash

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash balances in hand and in the bank (including short-term cash 
deposits). The Group utilises bank overdraft facilities, which are repayable on demand, as part of its cash management 
policy. As a consequence, bank overdrafts are included as a component of net cash and cash equivalents within the 
cash flow statement.

Where bank agreements include a legal right of offset for in hand and overdraft balances, and the Group intends to 
settle the net outstanding position, the related balances are offset to record the net position in the balance sheet.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings are stated at their fair value at the date of initial recognition and subsequently 
at amortised cost.

15a. Reconciliation of net cash flow to net cash

Group

Decrease in net cash and cash equivalents

Decrease in net cash from cash flows

Net cash at 1 August

Net cash at 31 July

Company

Increase in net cash and cash equivalents

Increase in net cash from cash flows

Net cash at 1 August

Net cash at 31 July

2023
£m

(13.3)

(13.3)

245.3

232.0

2023
£m

0.1

0.1

52.8

52.9

2022
£m

(85.0)

(85.0)

330.3

245.3

2022
£m

–

–

52.8

52.8

The Group is party to banking agreements that include a legal right of offset, which enables the overdraft balances within 
subsidiary entities of £7.8 million (2022: £7.6 million) to be settled net with in hand cash balances.

15b. Analysis of net cash

Group

Cash and cash equivalents

Fixed rate sterling USPP notes

Net cash

Company

Cash and cash equivalents

Net cash

At 1 August
2022
£m

375.3

(130.0)

245.3

At 1 August
2022
£m

52.8

52.8

Cash 
flows
£m

(13.3)

–

(13.3)

Cash 
flows
£m

0.1

0.1

At 31 July
2023
£m

362.0

(130.0)

232.0

At 31 July
2023
£m

52.9

52.9

184

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

16. Finance income and expenses

Finance income and expenses

Finance income includes interest receivable on bank deposits.

Finance expenses includes interest on bank borrowings and fixed rate sterling USPP notes. The discounting of both 
the deferred payments for land purchases and provisions produces a notional interest payable amount and this is 
also charged to finance expenses. 

Interest receivable on bank deposits

Net interest on defined benefit asset

Other interest receivable

Finance income

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

Interest payable on fixed rate sterling USPP notes 

Interest on deferred term land payables

Unwinding of the discount on the SRT and associated review provision

Interest payable on leases

Finance expenses

2023
£m

7.2

0.3

2.4

9.9

2023
£m

2.8

3.4

13.1

11.0

0.5

30.8

2022
£m

0.5 

0.1

1.0

1.6

2022
£m

2.5

3.4

7.3

2.0

0.5

15.7

The unwinding of the discount on the SRT and associated review provision is an adjusting item (note 2).

17. Financial instruments

Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired, or when the 
Group has transferred those rights and substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset. Financial liabilities are 
derecognised when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired.

Land purchased on deferred terms

The Group sometimes acquires land on deferred payment terms. In accordance with IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ the 
creditor is initially recorded at fair value, being the price paid for the land discounted to present day, and subsequently 
at amortised cost. The difference between the nominal value and the initial fair value is amortised over the deferred 
term to finance expenses, increasing the land creditor to its full cash settlement value on the payment date.

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Financial guarantee contracts

Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies 
within the Group, the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements in accordance with IFRS 9 and 
accounts for them as such. In this respect, the Company treats the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until 
such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee.

The maturity profile of the total contracted cash payments in respect of amounts due on land creditors at the balance sheet 
date is as follows:

At 31 July 2023

At 31 July 2022

Balance at 
31 July 
£m

Total contracted 
cash payment
£m 

Within 1 year or
on demand
£m

368.8
393.4

381.1
401.5

276.0
304.6

1–2
years
£m

61.6
72.2

2–5
years
£m

26.0
18.7

More than
5 years
£m

17.5
6.0

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

185

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

17. Financial instruments continued
The maturity profile of the total contracted payments in respect of financial liabilities (excluding amounts due on land creditors 
shown separately above) is as follows:

Trade and other payables 
(excluding lease liabilities)

Fixed rate sterling USPP notes

Lease liabilities

Share buyback obligation

At 31 July 2023

Trade and other payables 
(excluding lease liabilities)

Fixed rate sterling USPP notes

Lease liabilities

At 31 July 2022

Balance at 
31 July 
£m

Total 
contracted 
cash payment
£m 

Within 1 year or
on demand
£m

311.2

130.0

15.0

34.5

490.7

293.2

130.0

17.2

440.4

311.2

149.8

17.5

34.5

513.0

293.2

153.2

18.9

465.3

311.2

3.4

3.6

34.5

352.7

293.2

3.4

3.3

299.9

1–2
years
£m

–

3.4

3.6

–

7.0

–

3.4

3.3

6.7

2–5
years
£m

–

89.4

6.5

–

95.9

–

10.3

7.1

17.4

More than
5 years
£m

–

53.6

3.8

–

57.4

–

136.1

5.2

141.3

The imputed interest rate on land payables reflects market interest rates available to the Group on floating rate bank loans at the 
time of acquiring the land. 

At the year end, the Group had £400.0 million (2022 – £400.0 million) of undrawn bank facilities available. 

Cash and cash equivalents 

This comprises cash held by the Group and short-term bank deposits with a maturity date of less than one month. 

The amount of cash and cash equivalents for the years ended 31 July 2023 and 31 July 2022 for both the Group and the 
Company are shown in note 15.

The average interest rate earned on the cash and cash equivalents balance as at 31 July 2023, excluding joint ventures, 
was 4.16% (2022 – 0.43%).

Fair values

The carrying values of financial assets and liabilities reasonably approximate their fair values.

Financial assets and liabilities by category

The carrying values and fair values of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group and the Company are as follows:

Loans and receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities
Net
 cash flows
£m 

At 1 August  
£m

Group

Group
2023
£m

109.7

362.0

(859.5)

(387.8)

Group
2022
£m

127.6

375.3

(833.8)

(330.9)

Company
2023
£m

443.2

52.9

(34.6)

461.5

Company
2022
£m

509.7

52.8

(0.1)

562.4

New leases
£m

Share buyback 
programme
£m

Disposals
£m

Interest
£m

At 31 July
£m

Fixed rate sterling USPP notes

Lease liabilities

Share buyback obligation

At 31 July 2023

Fixed rate sterling USPP notes

Lease liabilities

At 31 July 2022

130.0

17.2

–

147.2

130.0

17.2

147.2

(3.4)

(3.5)

(66.0)

(72.9)

(3.4)

(2.9)

(6.3)

–

1.0

–

1.0

–

3.2

3.2

–

–

100.5

100.5

–

–

–

–

(0.2)

–

(0.2)

–

(0.8)

(0.8)

3.4

0.5

–

3.9

3.4

0.5

3.9

130.0

15.0

34.5

179.5

130.0

17.2

147.2

Cash flows relating to interest are included within interest paid in cash flows from operating activities, within the cash flow statement.

There were no liabilities arising from financing activities within the Company. 

186

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

17. Financial instruments continued
Bank facilities 

The Group had bank facilities of £400.0 million as at 31 July 2023 (2022 – £400.0 million) which expire during the course of the 
following financial years: 

By 31 July 2023

By 31 July 2024

By 31 July 2025

By 31 July 2026

By 31 July 2027

By 31 July 2028

Group
2023
£m

–

–

50.0

100.0

100.0

150.0

400.0

Group
2022
£m

50.0

245.0

30.0

75.0

–

–

400.0

Company
2023
£m

Company
2022
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Fixed rate sterling USPP notes

During 2021, the Group entered a contractual arrangement to issue fixed rate sterling USPP notes for a total amount of £130.0 million, 
as part of its ordinary course of business financing arrangements. This USPP debt has a weighted average fixed coupon of 2.7%, 
is fully drawn down at year end and expires during the course of the following financial years: 

By 31 July 2028

By 31 July 2031

Capital management 

Group
2023
£m

80.0

50.0

130.0

Group
2022
£m

80.0

50.0

130.0

Company
2023
£m

Company
2022
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

The Group is financed through the proceeds of issued ordinary shares, reinvested profits and cash in hand less debt. 
The following table analyses the capital structure:

Equity

Net debt

Capital employed

Risks 

Group
2023
£m

Group
2022
£m

3,461.6

3,367.8

–

–

3,461.6

3,367.8

Company
2023
£m

509.7

–

509.7

Company
2022
£m

605.9

–

605.9

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Details of the risks relating to financial instruments are set out in the Risk Management section on page 76.

Company
Relating to subsidiaries 

The Company is a guarantor to bank and USPP indebtedness of other companies within the Group. Based on the liquidity and 
expected cash generation of these other companies, the expected credit loss in respect of these financial guarantees, as at 
31 July, is not expected to be significant. As a result, no liability has been recognised in these financial statements (2022 – nil). 
A potential liability may arise if one of the companies that is part of the cross-guarantee defaults. Each guarantor, including the 
Company, would be liable to cover any outstanding amounts. 

Relating to joint arrangements 

The Company has guaranteed the overdrafts of joint arrangements up to a maximum of £0.3 million (2022 – £0.3 million). It is the 
Directors’ expectation that the possibility of cash outflow on these liabilities is considered minimal and no provision is required.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

187

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Shareholder capital 
18. Issued capital

Classification of equity instruments and financial liabilities issued by the Group

Equity instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they meet the following 
two conditions:

(a)   they include no contractual obligations upon the Company (or Group as the case may be) to deliver cash or other 
financial assets or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are 
potentially unfavourable to the Company (or Group); and

(b)   where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative 

that includes no obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a 
derivative that will be settled by the Company’s exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a 
fixed number of its own equity instruments.

To the extent that this definition is not met, the proceeds of issue are classified as a financial liability. Where the 
instrument so classified takes the legal form of the Company’s own shares, the amounts presented in these financial 
statements for called up share capital and share premium exclude amounts in relation to those shares. 

Group and Company

Allotted, called up and fully paid 12.5p ordinary shares

At start of year

Issued on exercise of options

Cancellation of shares

At end of year

2023
Number
000

123,486

2

(2,929)

120,559

2023

£m

15.4

–

(0.4)

15.0

2022
Number
000

2022

£m

123,396

15.4

90

–

–

–

123,486

15.4

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per 
share at meetings of the Company.

During the year, the Company purchased 2,928,794 of its own ordinary shares for a total consideration of £66.0 million, 
including transaction costs of £0.5 million. All shares purchased were for cancellation, as part of the £100.0 million share buyback 
programme entered into on 28 March 2023. During the year 2,928,794 shares were cancelled and nil were held in treasury by 
the Company.

19. Reserves

Own shares held by ESOP trust

Transactions of the Company-sponsored ESOP trust are included in both the Group financial statements and the 
Company’s own financial statements. The purchase of shares in the Company by the trust are charged directly to equity.

Share premium

This reserve is not distributable.

Own shares held 

The Group and Company holds shares within the Bellway Employee Share Trust (1992) (the ‘Trust’) for participants of certain 
share-based payment schemes as outlined in note 23. The cost of these is charged to retained earnings. During the period nil 
(2022 – 268,240) shares were purchased by the Trust and the Trust transferred 3,913 (2022 – 38,978) shares to employees and 
Directors. The number of shares held within the Trust and on which dividends have been waived, at 31 July 2023 was 327,202 
(2022 – 331,115). These shares are held within the financial statements at a cost of £8.8 million (2022 – £8.9 million). The market 
value of these shares at 31 July 2023 was £7.3 million (2022 – £8.1 million).

Capital redemption reserve 

On 7 April 2014 the Company redeemed 20,000,000 £1 preference shares, being all of the preference shares in issue. An amount 
of £20.0 million, equivalent to the nominal value of the shares redeemed, was transferred to a capital redemption reserve on the 
same date.

During the year, the Company purchased 2,928,794 of its own shares which it cancelled. On cancellation of the shares, 
the aggregate nominal value of £0.4 million was transferred from share capital to the capital redemption reserve.

This reserve is not distributable.

188

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

20. Dividends on equity shares

Dividends

Dividends on equity shares are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are approved by the shareholders. 
Interim dividends are recognised when paid.

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 July 2022 of 95.0p per share (2021 – 82.5p)

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 July 2023 of 45.0p per share (2022 – 45.0p)

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 July 2023 of 95.0p per share (2022 – 95.0p)

2023
£m

117.0

54.7

171.7

114.5

2022
£m

101.8

55.4

157.2

117.0

The 2023 proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 15 December 
2023 and, in accordance with IAS 10 ‘Events after the Reporting Period’, has not been included as a liability in these financial 
statements. At the record date for the final dividend for the year ended 31 July 2022, shares were held by the Bellway Employee 
Share Trust (1992) (the ‘Trust’) on which dividends had been waived (see note 19).

The level of distributable reserves are sufficient in comparison to the proposed dividend.

Directors and employees
21. Employee information
Group employment costs, including directors, comprised:

Wages and salaries

Social security

Pension costs (note 22)

Share-based payments (note 23)

2023
£m

191.5

18.4

8.8

4.5

2022
£m

167.0

16.2

6.8

3.1

223.2

193.1

The average number of persons employed by the Group during the year was 3,130 (2022 – 2,978) comprising 1,170 (2022 – 1,116) 
administrative and 1,960 (2022 – 1,862) production and others employed in housebuilding and associated trading activities.

The Executive Directors and the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary are the only employees of the Company and 
the emoluments of the Executive Directors are disclosed in the Report of the Board on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 126 
to 138.

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Key management personnel remuneration, including directors, comprised:

Salaries and fees

Taxable benefits

Annual cash bonus

Pension costs

Share-based payments

2023
£m

3.3

0.2 

0.6 

0.1 

1.7 

5.9

2022
£m

3.1 

0.2 

2.7 

0.1 

1.6 

7.7

Key management personnel, as disclosed under IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’, comprises the Directors and other senior 
operational management.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

189

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

22. Retirement benefit assets

Employee benefits – retirement benefit costs

The net defined benefit scheme asset or liability is the fair value of scheme assets less the present value of the 
defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the 
projected unit credit method. All remeasurement gains and losses are recognised immediately in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income (‘SOCI’). Net interest income/(cost) is calculated on the defined benefit asset/(liability) for the 
period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit liability at the start of the year. Return on 
plan assets in excess of the amounts included in the net interest cost are recognised in the SOCI. 

Defined contribution pension costs are charged to the income statement in the period for which contributions 
are payable.

(a) Retirement benefit assets

The Group sponsors the Bellway plc 1972 Pension Scheme (the ‘Scheme’) which has a funded final salary defined benefit 
arrangement which is closed to new members and to future service accrual. The Group also sponsors the Bellway plc 2008 
Group Self Invested Personal Pension Plan (‘GSIPP’) which is a defined contribution contract-based arrangement.

Contributions of £8.8 million (2022 – £6.8 million) were charged to the income statement for the GSIPP.

(b) Role of Trustees

The Scheme is managed by the Trustees, who are appointed by either the Company or the members. The role of the Trustees is 
to manage the Scheme in line with the Scheme trust deed and rules, to act prudently, responsibly and honestly, impartially and in 
the interests of all beneficiaries. The main responsibilities of the Trustees are to agree with the employer the level of contributions 
to the Scheme and to make sure these are paid, to decide how the Scheme’s assets are invested so the Scheme is able to meet 
its liabilities, and to oversee that the payment of benefits, record keeping and administration of the Scheme complies with the 
Scheme trust deed and rules and legislation.

(c) Funding 

UK legislation requires that pension schemes are funded prudently (i.e. to a level in excess of the current expected cost of 
providing benefits). The last full actuarial valuation of the Scheme was carried out by a qualified independent actuary as at 
31 July 2020 and updated on an approximate basis to 31 July 2023.

With regard to the Scheme, regular contributions made by the employer over the financial year were £nil (2022 – £nil). 
The employer paid no special contributions (2022 – £nil) and reimbursed the pension fund £nil (2022 – £0.3 million) for expenses 
incurred by the fund.

The Group is expected to make no regular contributions during the year ending 31 July 2024.

(d) Regulation 

The UK pensions market is regulated by the Pensions Regulator whose key statutory objectives in relation to UK defined benefit 
plans are:

•  to protect the benefits of members of occupational pension schemes;
•  to promote, and to improve understanding of the good administration of work-based pension schemes;
•  to reduce the risk of situations arising which may lead to compensation being payable from the Pension Protection Fund, and

•  to maximise employer compliance with employer duties and the employment safeguards introduced by the Pensions 

Act 2008.

(e) Risk

The Scheme exposes the Group to a number of risks, the most significant are:

Risk

Description

Asset volatility

Inflation risk

The Scheme’s defined benefit obligation is calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate 
bond yields. However, a significant proportion of the Scheme’s assets are invested in growth assets, such 
as equities, that would be expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long-term but create volatility 
and risk in the short-term.

A significant proportion of the Scheme’s defined benefit obligation is linked to inflation, with higher 
inflation increasing the liabilities. However, there are caps of either a 3% (CPI) or 5% p.a. (RPI) increase in 
place to limit the effect of higher inflation.

Life expectancy

The majority of the Scheme’s liabilities are to provide a pension for the life of the member, with any 
increase in life expectancy also increasing the Scheme’s defined benefit obligation.

The Group and Trustees have agreed a long-term strategy for reducing investment risk as and when appropriate. This includes 
liability driven investment funds which invest in assets such as gilts, swaps and repurchase agreements. The purpose of the 
liability driven investment funds is to significantly reduce the volatility of the Plan’s funding level by mitigating inflation and 
interest rate risks, as the liability driven investment funds match the movements in interest rates and inflation closely.

190

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

22. Retirement benefit asset continued
Movements in net defined benefit assets

Defined benefit obligation

Fair value of Scheme assets

Net defined benefit asset

Balance at 1 August 

Included in the income statement

Interest (expense)/income

Included in other comprehensive 
income/(expense)

Remeasurement gain arising from:

–  Change in demographic and 

financial assumptions

– Experience adjustments

Return on plan assets excluding 
interest income

Other

Contributions paid by the employer

Benefits paid

2023
£m

(48.9)

(1.7)

(1.7)

8.8

(2.1)

–

6.7

–

2.4

2.4

2022
£m

(63.6)

(1.1)

(1.1)

14.5

(0.6)

–

13.9

–

1.9

1.9

Balance at 31 July

(41.5)

(48.9)

2023
£m

56.0

2.0

2.0

–

–

(11.6)

(11.6)

–

(2.4)

(2.4)

44.0

2022
£m

73.8

1.2

1.2

–

–

(17.4)

(17.4)

0.3

(1.9)

(1.6)

56.0

2023
£m

7.1

0.3

0.3

8.8

(2.1)

(11.6)

(4.9)

–

–

–

2.5

2022
£m

10.2

0.1

0.1

14.5

(0.6)

(17.4)

(3.5)

0.3

–

0.3

7.1

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period is 12 years (2022 – 14 years).

Scheme assets

The fair value of the Scheme assets is:

Diversified growth fund

Government bonds

Corporate bonds

Liability driven instruments

Insurance policies annuities

Cash and cash equivalents

Total

2023
£m

14.7

–

5.2

18.7

5.2

0.2

44.0

2022
£m

21.5

8.9

7.8

11.3

6.0

0.5

56.0

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

None of the assets have a quoted market price in an active market.

Diversified growth funds are pooled funds invested across a diversified range of assets with the aim of giving long-term investment 
growth with lower short-term volatility than equities. Liability driven instruments are a portfolio of funds designed to hedge the 
majority of the interest rate and inflation risks associated with the schemes’ obligations.

Actuarial assumptions

The following are the principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date:

Discount rate

Future salary increases

Allowance for pension in payment increases of RPI or 5% p.a. if less

Allowance for deferred pension increases of CPI or 3% p.a. if less

Allowance for commutation of pension for cash at retirement

.

2023
% per annum

2022
% per annum

5.10

3.60

2.90

3.50

3.50

2.80

2.10
15% of 
pension

2.00
15% of 
pension

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

191

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

22. Retirement benefit asset continued
The mortality assumptions adopted at 31 July 2023 are based on the S3PxA tables and allow for future improvement in mortality. 
The tables used imply the following life expectancies at age 65:

Male retiring in 2023

Female retiring in 2023

Male retiring in 2043

Female retiring in 2043

22.3 years
24.2 years
23.6 years
25.6 years

The mortality assumptions adopted at 31 July 2022 were based on the S3PxA tables and allow for future improvement in 
mortality. The tables used imply the following life expectancies at age 65:

Male retiring in 2022

Female retiring in 2022

Male retiring in 2042

Female retiring in 2042

Sensitivities

22.8 years
24.6 years
24.1 years
26.1 years

The calculation of the defined benefit obligation is sensitive to the assumptions set out above. The following table summarises 
the effect on the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period if different assumptions were used:

Assumption

Discount rate

Inflation – RPI

Mortality

Change in assumption

Change in liabilities (%)

+0.10% p.a.
+0.10% p.a.
+1 year life expectancy

Decrease by 1.1%
Increase by 1.0%
Increase by 3.2%

The calculations for the sensitivity analysis are not as accurate as a full valuation carried out using these assumptions. 
Each assumption change is considered in isolation, which in practice is unlikely to occur, as changes in some of the 
assumptions are correlated.

23. Share-based payments

Employee benefits – share-based payments

The fair value of equity settled share options granted is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding 
increase in equity. The fair value is measured as at the date the options are granted and the charge is only amended 
if vesting does not take place due to non-market conditions not being met. Various option pricing models are used 
according to the terms of the option scheme under which the options were granted. The fair value is spread over 
the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. At the balance sheet date, 
if it is expected that non-market conditions will not be satisfied, the cumulative expense recognised in relation to the 
relevant options is reversed.

With respect to share-based payments, a deferred tax asset is recognised on the relevant tax base. The tax base is 
then compared to the cumulative share-based payment expense recognised in the income statement. Deferred tax 
arising on the excess of the tax base over the cumulative share-based payment expense recognised in the income 
statement has been recognised directly in equity outside the SOCI as share-based payments are considered to be 
transactions with shareholders.

Where the Company grants options over its own shares to employees of its subsidiaries it recognises, in its individual 
financial statements, an increase in the cost of investment in its subsidiaries equivalent to the equity settled share-
based payment charge recognised in its consolidated financial statements, with the corresponding credit being 
recognised in equity.

The Group operates a long-term incentive plan (‘LTIP’), a deferred bonus plans (‘DBP’), an employee share option scheme and 
Savings Related Share Option Schemes (‘SRSOS’), all of which are detailed below. 

Awards under the LTIP have been made to Executive Directors, the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary, and senior 
employees, with awards under the DBP also made to senior employees. The awards take the form of ordinary shares in 
the Company.

The Bellway p.l.c. (2014) Employee Share Option Scheme (‘2014 ESOS’) is an approved discretionary scheme which provides 
for the grant of options over ordinary shares to employees and Executive Directors. It is, however, the current intention that no 
Executive Directors of the Company should be granted options under this scheme. Awards will be available to vest after three 
years, subject to objective performance targets. As at 31 July 2023 no options had been granted under this scheme.

192

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

23. Share-based payments continued
Options issued under the SRSOS are offered to all employees including the Executive Directors. 

An outline of the performance conditions in relation to the LTIP is detailed under the long-term incentive scheme section on 
pages 131 to 135 within the Remuneration Report. 

Share-based payments have been valued by an external third party using various models detailed below, based on publicly 
available market data at the time of the grant, which the Directors consider to be the most appropriate method of determining 
their fair value.

The number and weighted average exercise price of share-based payments is as follows:

LTIP, DBP

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2023
Weighted 
average  
exercise price 
p

–

–

–

–

 –

–

2023
Number of 
options 

No.

329,279

222,974

(88,717)

(3,913)

459,623

88

2022
Weighted 
average  
exercise price 
p

–

–

–

–

–

–

2022
Number of 
options 

No.

316,427

121,569

(69,742)

(38,975)

329,279

451

The options outstanding at 31 July 2023 have a weighted average contractual life of 1.5 years (2022 – 1.4 years). The weighted 
average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was 1,906.6p (2022 – 3,148.4p).

SRSOS

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

2023
Weighted 
average  
exercise price 
p

2,445.4

1,550.0

2,337.5

1,892.8

1,686.5

2023
Number of 
options 

No.

442,082

684,517

(371,508)

(1,107)

753,984

2022
Weighted 
average  
exercise price 
p

2,404.8

2,535.0

2,450.3

2,357.3

2,445.4

2022
Number of 
options 

No.

525,421

158,154

(151,655)

(89,838)

442,082

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Exercisable at the end of the year

2,528.0

356

2,185.5

2,522

The options outstanding at 31 July 2023 have an exercise price in the range of 1,550.0p to 2,535.0p (2022 – 1,892.8p to 2,934.4p) 
and have a weighted average contractual life of 3.3 years (2022 – 2.4 years). The weighted average share price at the date of 
exercise for share options exercised during the year was 2,445.7p (2022 – 2,825.1p).

Valuation methodology

For LTIP options granted prior to October 2021, half of the performance criteria is based on TSR against comparator 
companies with the other half based on TSR measured against the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts and financial 
service companies).

For LTIP options granted in October 2021, one third of the performance criteria is based on the achievement of a level of 
EPS, one third of the performance criteria is based on TSR against comparator companies with the other third based on TSR 
measured against the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts and financial service companies).

For LTIP options granted from October 2022, 20% of the performance criteria is based on TSR against comparator companies, 
20% is based on TSR measured against the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts and financial service companies), 
20% is based on EPS, 20% is based on ROCE, with the final 20% split evenly between ESG targets on Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
and waste per unit.

A simplified Monte Carlo simulation method has been used to determine the Group’s TSR performance against the FTSE 
250 Index (excluding investment trusts and financial service companies). In the case of the DBP, there are no market-related 
performance conditions and awards will be eligible to vest upon reaching a date set out in the Deed of the award. As dividends 
are not reinvested, the fair value of these awards is equal to the share price at the date of the grant. The Black Scholes method is 
used for the SRSOS due to the relatively short exercise window of six months.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

193

 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

23. Share-based payments continued
The fair value of services received in return for share options granted is measured by reference to the fair value of the share 
options granted. The inputs into the models for the various grants in the current and previous year were as follows:

Scheme description

Grant date 

Risk free interest rate 

Exercise price

Share price at date of grant

Expected dividend yield

Expected life

Vesting date

Expected volatility

Fair value of option

Scheme description

Grant date 

Risk free interest rate 

Exercise price

Share price at date of grant

Expected dividend yield

Expected life

Vesting date

Expected volatility

Fair value of option

November
2022

LTIP

November
2022

LTIP

November
2022

DBP

November
2022

DBP

2023

December
2022

3 Year 
SRSOS

December
2022

5 Year 
SRSOS

11-Nov-22

28-Nov-22

28-Nov-22

28-Nov-22

07-Dec-22

07-Dec-22

0.0%

–

0.0%

–

0.0%

–

0.0%

–

2,093.0p

1,996.0p

1,996.0p

1,996.0p

0.0%

5.0%

5.0%

5.0%

3 years

3 years

3 years

4 years

3.3%

1,550.0p

1,940.0p

5.0%

3.2%

1,550.0p

1,940.0p

5.0%

3 years 
2 months

5 years 
2 months

11-Nov-25

28-Nov-25

28-Nov-25

28-Nov-26

01-Feb-26

01-Feb-28

40%

40%

40%

40%

1,560.6p

1,412.6p

1,508.0p

1,432.0p

40%

574.0p

35%

537.0p

October
2021

LTIP

November
2021

LTIP

2022

November
2021

DBP

November
2021

DBP

December
2021

3 year 
SRSOS

December
2021

5 year 
SRSOS

26-Oct-21

11-Nov-21

11-Nov-21

11-Nov-21

02-Dec-21

02-Dec-21

0.0%

– 

0.0%

– 

0.0%

– 

0.0%

0.5%

0.6%

– 

 2,535.0p 

 2,535.0p 

 3,319.0p 

 3,220.0p 

 3,220.0p 

 3,220.0p 

 3,130.0p 

 3,130.0p 

0.0%

5.0%

5.0%

5.0%

5.0%

5.0%

3 years

3 years

3 years

4 years

3 years 
2 months

5 years 
2 months

26-Oct-24

11-Nov-24

11-Nov-24

11-Nov-25

01-Feb-25

01-Feb-27

35%

35%

35%

35%

2,124.3p

1,867.0p

2,474.0p

2,350.0p

35%

734.0p

30%

638.0p

The expected volatility for all models was determined by considering the volatility levels historically for the Group. Volatility levels 
for more recent years were considered to have more relevance than earlier years for the period reviewed.

The Group recognised total expenses of £4.5 million (2022 – £3.1 million) in relation to equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

194

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contingencies, related parties and subsidiaries
24. Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities of the Group are disclosed unless the possibility of an outflow in settlement is remote. 

Group
SRT and associated review

We continue to take a proactive approach to nationwide concerns with regards to fire safety in high-rise buildings across the 
UK. Bellway recognises its responsibilities in its legacy apartment portfolio and continues to review combustion risks, in external 
wall systems, on past high-rise developments. 

As detailed in note 2, Bellway has identified a number of developments, which obtained building regulation approval at the time 
of construction, where the building materials used may not fully comply with the most recent government guidance or where 
remedial works may need to be performed in line with the SRT. For these developments we have established that the cost of 
the remedial works satisfies the accounting requirements of a provision at the balance sheet date. While a prudent approach 
has been taken, the extent of the provision could increase or reduce, in line with normal accounting practice if new issues are 
identified or if estimates change, as Bellway and building owners continue to undertake their own investigative works on these 
and other schemes within the legacy portfolio.

25. Related party transactions 
The Board and certain members of senior management are related parties within the definition of IAS 24 ‘Related Party 
Disclosures’. Summary information of the transactions with key management personnel is provided in note 21. Detailed disclosure 
of individual remuneration of Board members is included in the Remuneration Report on pages 126 to 138. 

Transactions between fellow subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed.

Group

During the year the Group entered into the following related party transactions with its joint arrangements:

Invoiced to joint arrangements in respect of accounting, management fees, interest on loans, 
land purchases and infrastructure works

Amounts owed to joint arrangements in respect of land purchases and management fees at the 
year end

Amounts owed by joint arrangements in respect of accounting, management fees, interest, 
land purchases and infrastructure works

Company

2023
£m

22.4

(4.3)

45.4

2022
£m

31.6

(4.5)

27.0

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

During the year the Company entered into the following related party transactions with its subsidiaries and joint arrangements:

Amounts received in the year from subsidiaries for share options exercised by subsidiary company 
employees, dividends received and finance income

Amounts paid in the year by subsidiaries on behalf of the Company in respect of dividends, finance 
expenses and share purchases, and receivable from subsidiaries on disposal of investments

Amounts owed by subsidiaries in respect of dividends and shares issued net of amounts paid on 
behalf of the Company

Investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures

2023
£m

2022
£m

171.2

162.1

(237.7)

(164.7)

443.2

48.0

509.7

43.5

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

195

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

26. Group undertakings
The Directors set out below information relating to the Group undertakings (excluding resident management companies 
presented in note 27) as at 31 July 2023. All of these Group undertakings are registered in England and Wales unless otherwise 
stated. They are engaged in housebuilding and associated activities, have coterminous year ends with the Group, 100% of their 
ordinary share capital is held by the Company and the registered address is the same as the Company (unless otherwise stated). 

Subsidiaries – trading

Bellway Homes Limited

Bellway Housing Trust Limited

Bellway Properties Limited

Bellway (Services) Limited

Litrose Investments Limited
Woolsington One Limited ^^
Rosconn Strategic Land Limited ^^
Joint arrangements
Cramlington Developments Limited (50% owned, year end of 30 June) ^^ a
Fradley Residential LLP (50% owned) ^^
Leebell Developments Limited (50% owned, year end of 30 June) ^^ a
Ponton Road LLP (50% owned) ^^
Lambeth Regeneration LLP (50% owned) ^^
Bellway Latimer Cherry Hinton LLP (50% owned) ^^ 
DFE TW Residential Limited (50% owned, year end of 29 June) ^^ c
Langley Sustainable Urban Extension Limited (33% owned, year end of 30 April) ^^ e
Subsidiaries – dormant ^ 
Ashberry Homes Limited

Bellway (Builders) Limited

Bellway Financial Services Limited

Bellway London Limited

Bellway Trustee Company Limited

Bulldog Premium Growth I Limited

George Blackett Limited

Homes2Let Limited

J. T. B. (Chapel Farm) Estates Limited

Other entities
HBF Insurance PCC Limited b
MI New Home Insurance PCC Limited b
Artex Insurance (Guernsey) PCC Limited d

Notes:
^  Dormant
^^ These shares are held indirectly.

a  Registered address is Persimmon House, Fulford, York, YO19 4FE
b  Registered address is PO Box 155, Mill Court, La Charroterie, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 4ET
c  Registered address is 5 Temple Square, Temple Street, Liverpool, L2 5RH
d  Registered address is PO Box 230, Heritage Hall, Le Marchant Street, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 4JH
e  Registered address is One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, B3 2HJ

196

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

J. T. B. Estates Limited

John T. Bell & Sons (1976) Limited

Nixons Kitchens Limited

Seaton GR SPV 12 Limited

Seaton GR SPV 13 Limited

Seaton GR SPV 14 Limited

Seaton Thirteen Limited

Seaton Eleven Limited

27. Resident management companies
The Directors set out below information relating to resident management companies which are currently held by the Group as 
at 31 July 2023. 

Control is exercised by the Group’s power to appoint directors and the Group’s voting rights in these companies. All the resident 
management companies listed below are limited by guarantee, unless otherwise indicated, without share capital and are 
incorporated in the UK. 

The capital, reserves and profit or loss for the year have not been stated for the resident management companies listed below 
as the beneficial interest in any assets or liabilities of these companies is held by the residents. The Group does not have 
exposure, or rights to variable returns from these companies and therefore they are not included in the consolidated financial 
statements. They are temporary members of the Group and will be handed over to residents in due course.

Company Name

Registered Office

Abbey Heights Residents Management Company Limited

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle upon Tyne, United Kingdom, NE3 2ER

Abbotswood Park Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, Wiltshire, SP2 7QY

Abingworth Meadows Management Company Limited

Suite No. 1 Stubbings House, Henley Road, Maidenhead, Berkshire, England, SL6 6QL

Admiral Park (Tongham) Management Company Limited

1st Floor Regent House, 1–3 Queensway, Redhill, England, RH1 1QT

Alkerden Heights (Parcel 5a) Management Company Limited

C/O Trinity Estates Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, 
United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Amen Corner (Binfield) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, Wiltshire, SP2 7QY

Area F1 (Kings Hill) Management Company Limited

Gateway House, 10 Coopers Way, Southend-On-Sea, Essex, United Kingdom, SS2 5TE

Arrowe Brook Park (Greasby) Residents Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, England, CW6 9DL

Aspects Management Company Limited

100 Avebury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, England, MK9 1FH*

Aspen Apartments (Colchester) Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, United Kingdom, BH25 5NR

Aspen Walk (Eight Ash Green) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Astley Management Company Limited

Bellway Homes Limited (West Midlands) 1 Centurion Court, Centurion Way, Wilnecote, 
Tamworth, Staffordshire, United Kingdom, B77 5PN

Avondale (Cressing) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Azalea (Medstead) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Badbury Reach Management Company Limited

Trinity, Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, 
HP2 7DN

Barley Fields (Tamworth) Management Company Limited

11 Little Park Farm Road, Fareham, Hampshire, United Kingdom, PO15 5SN

Bartley Square Management Company Limited

PO Box 4385, 12471695 – Companies House Default Address, Cardiff, CF14 8LH

Barleycorn Way Residents Management Company Limited

C/O Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Barleywoods Residential Management Limited

C/O Mlm Property Management 2nd Floor, Premiere House, Elstree Way, 
Borehamwood, United Kingdom, WD6 1JH

Barton Manor (Barton) Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, NG1 6HH

Barton Meadows Residents Management Company Limited

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE3 2ER

Barton Quarter (Horwich) Residents Management Company Limited

C/O Rmg House, Essex Road, Hoddesdon, United Kingdom, EN11 0DR

Bassingbourne Fields Management Company Limited

C/O Michael Laurie Magar Ltd, Elstree Way, Borehamwood, England, WD6 1JH

Baswich Grange Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, England, SP2 7QY

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Beckton Parkside Management Company Limited

C/O Pinnacle Housing Ltd As Agent For Beckton Parkside Management Company 
Limited, 8th Floor Holborn Tower, 137–144 High Holborn, London, England, WC1V 6PL

Bellway at Rosewood Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, England, SP2 7QY

Bellway Whitehouse Farm Management Company Limited

Marlborough House, 298 Regents Park Road, London, United Kingdom, N3 2UU

Belmont Park (Maidenhead) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Bentall Place (Heybridge) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Berwick Green Bristol Managemet Company Limited*

1st Floor 2540 The Quadrant, Aztec West, Almondsbury, Bristol, United Kingdom, BS32 4AQ

Bicknor Wood Ltd

Blenheim Green Management Company Limited

Bluebell Walk (Harrietsham) Management Company Ltd

C/O Djc Secretarial And Maintenance Limited Woodland Place, Hurricane Way, 
Wickford, Essex, England, SS11 8YB

C/O Trustmgt Ltd Unit 7, Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, 
United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

C/O Gateway Property Management Limited Gateway House, 10 Coopers Way, 
Southend-On-Sea, Essex, United Kingdom, SS2 5TE

Bluebells (Witham) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Bluecoats Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England, 
SY1 3BF

Bluenote Apartments Management Company Limited 

395 Centennial Park, Centennial Avenue, Elstree, Borehamwood, England, WD6 3TJ

Boorley Gardens Residents Management Company Limited

2 Centro Place, Pride Park, Derby, Derbyshire, United Kingdom, DE24 8RF*

Bourne View (Ipswich) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Bower Place Management Company Limited 

Marlborough House, 298 Regents Park Road, London, N3 2UU

Bowood View (Melksham) Management Company Limited

11 Little Park Farm Road, Fareham, England, PO15 5SN

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

197

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

27. Resident management companies continued
Company Name

Registered Office

Brambleside Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Brampton Gate Management Company Limited

Marlborough House, 298 Regents Park Road, London, N3 2UU

Bridleway Grange Residents Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, Wiltshire, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Broadleaf Ashby Management Company Limited

100 Avebury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, MK9 1FH

Broadleaf Management Company Limited

100 Avebury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, MK9 1FH

Brook View (Wixams) Residents Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Brookvale Management Company Limited

Trinity Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, 
HP2 7DN

Buckland Rise (Peters Village) Management Company Ltd 

Woodland Place, Hurricane Way, Wickford, United Kingdom, SS11 8YB

Buckthorn Grange Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Burdon Rise Residents Management Company Limited

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle Upon Tyne, United Kingdom, NE3 2ER

Byron Heights Residents Management Company Limited

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE3 2ER

Castlegate (Skelton) Management Company Limited

Cathedral Park (Chichester) Management Company Limited

Cecilly Mills Management Company Limited

Alexander House 1 Mandarin Road, Houghton Le Spring, Sunderland, United Kingdom, 
DH4 5RA

Remus Management Limited Fisherton House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, 
United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Chailey Gardens Management Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, England, HP2 7DN

Chalfont Drive Residents Management Company Limited

406a Birmingham Road, Sutton Coldfield, England, B72 1YJ

Chamberlains Bridge Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Charters Hill Residents Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Cherry Orchard (Bevere) Management Company Limited

Chestnut Vale Residents Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

C/O Crabtree Pm Limited Head Office, Marlborough House, 298 Regents Park Road, 
London, United Kingdom, N3 2UU

Clarence Gate Residents Management Company Limited

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle–upon Tyne, NE3 2ER

Clifford Gardens (Skipton) Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, United Kingdom, SY1 3BF

Coed Derw Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Cooper Square (Maidenhead) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Copperfields Resident Management Company Limited 

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, Wiltshire, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Copperhouse Green Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Copthorne Keep Management Company Limited

Corallian Heights Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Bellway House Embankment Way, Castleman Business Centre, Ringwood, Hampshire, 
United Kingdom, BH24 1EU

Cornelia Gardens Management Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Cornfield’s Residents Management Company Limited

Cortlands Management Company Limited

Romulus Court Meridian East, Meridian Business Park, Leicester, Leicestershire, 
United Kingdom, LE19 1YG

C/O Mlm Property Management 2nd Floor, Premiere House, Elstree Way, 
Borehamwood, United Kingdom, WD6 1JH

Cotton Woods (Preston) Residents Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, England, CW6 9DL

Crossways Quarter Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Crown Fields (Chatham) Management Company Limited 

Gateway House, 10 Coopers Way, Southend-On-Sea, SS2 5TE

Curzon Park (Residents) Management Company Limited

One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ

Cuttle Brook Management Company Ltd

One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, B3 2HJ

Dacres Wood Court Management Company Limited

Woodland Place Wickford Business Park, Hurricane Way, Wickford, Essex, United 
Kingdom, SS11 8YB

Dalesway (Harrogate) Management Company Limited

RMG House, Essex Road, Hoddesdon, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, EN11 0DR

De Havilland Place (Kings Hill) Management Company Limited

C/O 30 Tower View, Kings Hill, West Malling, Kent, United Kingdom, ME19 4UY

Devonshire Place (Grays) Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Dickens Manor Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Digby Court (Birmingham) Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, NG1 6HH

Dove Manor Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Dunton Fields (Laindon) Management Company Limited

8 Hemmells, Basildon, Essex, England, SS15 6ED

Earlsfield Park (Knowsley) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, England, SP2 7QY

East Middle Callerton Residents Management Company Limited

Kingston Property Services Limited Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle 
Upon Tyne, United Kingdom, NE3 2ER

198

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

27. Resident management companies continued
Company Name

Registered Office

Eastbrook Village East Phase 1 (Site H) Management Company Limited 

8th Floor Holborn Tower, 137–144 High Holborn, London, United Kingdom, WC1V 6PL

Eastbrook Village East Phase 2 (Site H) Management Company Limited 

8th Floor Holborn Tower, 137–144 High Holborn, London, United Kingdom, WC1V 6PL

Eastside Quarter Management Company Limited

Ebbsfleet Cross (Phase 2) Management Company Limited

Woodland Place Wickford Business Park, Hurricane Way, Wickford, Essex, 
United Kingdom, SS11 8YB

Woodland Place Wickford Business Park Hurricane Way, Wickford, Essex, United 
Kingdom SS11 8YB   

Ebbsfleet Cross Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Elder brook Residents Management Company Limited

C/O Mlm Property Management 2nd Floor, Premiere House, Elstree Way, Borehamwood, 
Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, WD6 1JH

Elements Residents Management Company Limited

One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ

Essendene Residential Management Company Limited

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle upon Tyne, United Kingdom, NE3 2ER**

Eve Meadows (Haughley) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Fairfields (Calcot) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Farriers Court Residents Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Fellows Gardens Management Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Fielders Crescent Management Company Limited

C/O Pinnacle Housing Ltd As Agent For Fielders Crescent Management Company 
Limited, 8th Floor Holborn Tower, 137–144 High Holborn, London, England, WC1V 6PL

Fielders Crescent Phase 3 (209A) Management Company Limited

8th Floor Holborn Tower, 137–144 High Holborn, London, United Kingdom, WC1V 6PL

Fielders Quarter Phase 4 (209B) Management Company Limited 

8th Floor Holborn Tower, 137–144 High Holborn, London, United Kingdom, WC1V 6PL

Fielders Quarter Phase 5 (208A) Management Company Limited 

8th Floor Holborn Tower, 137–144 High Holborn, London, United Kingdom, WC1V 6PL

Forest Chase Management Company Ltd

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, England, HP2 7DN

Forest Oak Management Company Limited

Faulkner & Company 1a, George Street, Hinckley, Leicestershire, England, LE10 0AL

Four Oaks (Oxted) Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Foxhill (Brackley) Management Company Limited

Marlborough House, 298 Regents Park Road, London, N3 2UU

Foxlow Grange Berryfields Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Foxmill Gardens (Willand) Management Company Limited 

C/O Principle Estate Management, 137 Newhall Street, Birmingham, United Kingdom, B3 1SF

Frobisher Court (Finningley) Management Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, United Kingdom, SY1 3BF

Furlong Park Residents Management Company Limited

North Point, Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England, 
SY1 3BF

Fusion (Harlow) Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Gloster Chase Management Company Limited

C/O 30 Tower View, Kings Hill, West Malling, Kent, United Kingdom, ME19 4UY

Goodsyard (No 1) Management Company Limited

11 Little Park Farm Road, Fareham, Hampshire, UK, PO15 5SN

Grammar School Gardens Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England, 
SY1 3BF

Greensands Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Grey Gables Farm Residents Management Company Limited

One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, B3 2HJ

Greystone Meadows (Undy) Management Company Limited

7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, England, CW6 9DL 

Grove Meadows Management Company Limited

Marlborough House, 298 Regents Park Road, London, N3 2UU

Halewood Oaks Resident Management Company Limited

C/O Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Hall Road (Rochford) Management Company Limited

C/O Pod Group Services Limited First Floor, Unit 1, Elstree Gate, Elstree Way, 
Borehamwood, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, WD6 1JD

Halyards Residents Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Hampden Gardens (Thame) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Hampton Trove Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Hanwell View Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, England, HP2 7DN

Harbour Village (Ebbsfleet) Management Company Limited 

Woodland Place Wickford Business Park, Hurricane Way, Wickford, England, SS11 8YB

Hardintone Court Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, NG1 6HH

Harnham Park Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Hartshorne Residents Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Hartside View (Hartlepool) Residents Management Company Limited

2 Centro Place, Pride Park, Derby, Derbyshire, DE24 8RF*

Harvard Place (Earls Colne) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Harvino Residents Management Company Limited

Hatfield Grove (Hatfield Peveral) Management Company Limited

Hathaway Gardens Management Limited

Trustmgt (Rfs) Limited 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, United Kingdom, 
CW6 9DL

C/O Pod Group Services Limited First Floor, Unit 1, Elstree Gate, Elstree Way, 
Borehamwood, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, WD6 1JD

Alexander Faulkner Partnership Limited, 11 Little Park Farm Road, Fareham, England, 
PO15 5SN

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

199

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

27. Resident management companies continued
Company Name

Registered Office

Hathaway Gardens Ph2 Residents Management Company Limited 

100 Avebury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, United Kingdom, MK9 1FH

Hawthorne Rise Management Company Limited

Trinity, Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, 
HP2 7DN

Hazel Fold Residents Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, Wiltshire, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Hazelrigg Residents Management Company Limited

2 Centro Place, Pride Park, Derby, Derbyshire, DE24 8RF*

Heatherley Wood Residents Management Company Limited

Rmg House, Essex Road, Hoddesdon, England, EN11 0DR

Heathlands Rmc Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Helios Park Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, England, HP2 7DN

Helliers Lane (Cheddar) Management Company Limited

1st Floor 2540 The Quadrant Aztec West, Almondsbury, Bristol, United Kingdom, BS32 4AQ

Hellingly (Hailsham) Management Company Ltd

C/O Djc Secretarial And Maintenance Limited Woodland Place, Hurricane Way, 
Wickford, Essex, England, SS11 8YB

Henderson Park (Thorpe le Soken) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

High Point Residents Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, England, SP2 7QY

Hinxhill Park (Ashford) Management Company Limited 

Woodland Place, Hurricane Way, Wickford, Essex, United Kingdom, SS11 8YB

Hollytree Walk (Colchester) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Holmwood Residents Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Hugglescote Grange Management Company Limited

Bellway Homes Limited (East Midlands) Romulus Court, Meridian East, Leicester, 
United Kingdom, LE19 1YG

Huntercombe Walk (Taplow) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, Wiltshire, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Ikon (Croydon) Management Company Limited

Aquarium, Suite 7b Mayor Cuttle & Co., 101 Lower Anchor Street, Chelmsford, England, 
CM2 0AU

Imperial Gardens (Howden) Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, CW6 9DL

Imperial Park (Maidstone) Management Company Limited

Gateway House, 10 Coopers Way, Southend On Sea, Essex, United Kingdom, SS2 5TE

Indigo Park (Chichester) Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Ivy Hill Residential Management Company Limited 

Jameson Manor Residents Management Company Limited

C/O Mlm Property Management 2nd Floor, Premiere House, Elstree Way, 
Borehamwood, United Kingdom, WD6 1JH

Kingston Property Services Limited Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle 
upon Tyne, United Kingdom, NE3 2ER

Jellicoe Gardens (Moreton) Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, England, CW6 9DL

Jubilee Green Management Company Limited

Bellway Homes Limited (South Midlands) Oak House, Eastwood Business Village, Harry 
Weston Road, Binley, Coventry, United Kingdom, CV3 2UB

Jubilee Park Residents Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, UK, SY1 3BF

Keephatch Chase Management Limited

Pacific House, Imperial Way, Reading, Berkshire, United Kingdom, RG2 0TD

Keephatch Gardens (Wokingham) Management Company Limited 

Kingfisher Green (Rainham) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, 
HP2 7DN

Woodland Place Wickford Business Park, Hurricane Way, Wickford, Essex, 
United Kingdom, SS11 8YB

Kingsland Gate Management Company Limited 

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Kingsreach (Slough) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, SP2 7QY

Kingswood (High Wycombe) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, SP2 7QY

Kingswood Heath (Colchester) Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR*

Ladden Garden Village Pl 24–27 (Leasehold Apartments) Management 
Company Limited

2nd Floor 2540 The Quadrant, Aztec West, Almondsbury, Bristol, United Kingdom, 
BS32 4AQ

Lakeside Park Management Company Limited

137 Newhall Street, Birmingham, England, B3 1SF

Langford Park Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Latitude Residents Limited

Latitude Residents No 3 Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, England, HP2 7DN

New Kings Court Tollgate, Chandler’s Ford, Eastleigh, Hampshire, United Kingdom, 
SO53 3LG

Legacy Wharf (Phase 2) Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Legacy Wharf Management Company Limited

Woodland Place, Hurricane Way, Wickford, England, SS11 8YB

Lestone Mews Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Liberty Quarter Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, England, SP2 7QY

Linkside (Burton) Management Company Limited

Unit 7, Astra Centre, Edinburgh Way, Harlow, Essex, England, CM20 2BN

Linmere Gateway Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Linmere Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, England, HP2 7DN

Lion Wharf (Isleworth) Management Company Limited

395 Centennial Park, Centennial Avenue, Elstree, Borehamwood, England, WD6 3TJ

Little Acres Residents Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, SP2 7QY

200

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

27. Resident management companies continued
Company Name

Registered Office

Little Meadows (Cranleigh) Management Company Limited

C/O A W Associates Regus, Building 2, Guildford Business Park Road, Guildford, Surrey, 
GU2 8XG

Littlebrook (Cutbush Lane) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, England, HP2 7DN

Lockharts Rmc Limited 

7 Astra Centre, Edinburgh Way, Harlow, Essex, England, CM20 2BN

Lockwood Place (Bramford) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Long Acre (Shinfield) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Long Lane (Beverley) Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, United Kingdom, 
SY1 3BF

Longfield Place (Sherfield) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Longholme Park Residents Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, England, SY1 3BF

Longwood Copse Residents Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Lucas Green Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Lydiate Gate Residents Management Company Limited

C/O Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Lysander Fields Management Company Limited

C/O Djc Property Management Woodland Place, Wickford Business Park, Hurricane 
Way, Wickford, United Kingdom, SS11 8YB

Maes Y Rhedyn Fern Meadow Residents Management Company Limited Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, England, CW6 9DL*

Mallard Walk Management Company Limited

11 Little Park Farm Road, Fareham, England, PO15 5SN

Malvern Chase (Tewkesbury) Management Company Limited

Bellway Homes 2540 The Quadrant, Aztec West, Bristol, BS32 4AQ

Maple Creek Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Marconi (Chelmsford) Management Company Limited

C/O Pinnacle Housing Ltd As Agent For Marconi (Chelmsford) Management Company 
Limited, 8th Floor Holborn Tower, 137–144 High Holborn, London, England, WC1V 6PL

Marlborough Road Wroughton (Swindon) Management 
Company Limited 

1st Floor 2540 The Quadrant, Aztec West, Almondsbury, Bristol, United Kingdom, 
BS32 4AQ

Maybrey Works Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Mead Fields (Phase 2) Weston Parklands Management Company Limited

1st Floor, 2540 The Quadrant Aztec West, Almondsbury, Bristol, England, BS32 4AQ

Mead Fields Phase 2 (Leasehold Apartments) Management 
Company Limited

1st Floor 2540 The Quadrant, Aztec West, Almondsbury, Bristol, United Kingdom, 
BS32 4AQ

Meadow Rise (Heighington) Management Company Limited

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE3 2ER

Meadow View (Romsey) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, England, SP2 7QY

Merchants Gate Cottingham Limited

Mill Fields (Wingerworth) Management Company Limited

North Point, Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England, 
SY1 3BF

C/O Trust Green Management Company Unit 7, Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, 
Tarporley, Cheshire, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Milldown Residents Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Millstone Park Residents Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Millworks, K Langley Management Company Limited

395 Centennial Park, Centennial Avenue, Elstree, Borehamwood, England, WD6 3TJ

Montague Green (Rowland’s Castle) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

Mousley Park Hilton Management Company Limited 

One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, United Kingdom, B3 2HJ

Mulberry Park Apartments (Management Company) Limited

2540 The Quadrant Aztec West, Almondsbury, Bristol, BS32 4AQ

New Cardington Estate Management Company Limited

Rmg House, Essex Road, Hoddesdon, England, EN11 0DR

New Cardington Hangars Block Residents Management 
Company Limited

C/O Crabtree Pm Limited Head Office, Marlborough House, 298 Regents Park Road, 
London, United Kingdom, N3 2UU

New Cardington Hangars Estate Residents Management 
Company Limited

C/O Crabtree Pm Limited Head Office, Marlborough House, 298 Regents Park Road, 
London, United Kingdom, N3 2UU

New Gimsons Place (Witham) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Nightingale Rise (Hoo) Management Company Limited

Woodland Place, Hurricane Way, Wickford, Essex, England, SS11 8YB

Northdene Residents Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Novello Management Company Limited

Oak Hill Park (Chinnor) Management Company Limited

Oakfields Park (Halstead) Management Company Limited

C/O Pod Group Services Limited First Floor, Unit 1, Elstree Gate, Elstree Way, 
Borehamwood, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, WD6 1JD

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, 
HP2 7DN

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, 
HP2 7DN

Oakley Park (Edenbridge) Management Company Limited

Woodland Place Wickford Business Park, Hurricane Way, Wickford, England, SS11 8YB

Old Forest Road (Winnersh) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Old School Gardens Residents Management Company

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE3 2ER

Oxenden Park (Thornden Wood) Management Company Limited

Unit 7, Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Oxlease Residents Limited

New Kings Court Tollgate, Chandler’s Ford, Eastleigh, Hampshire, England, SO53 3LG

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

201

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

27. Resident management companies continued
Company Name

Registered Office

P.R.P. Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England, 
SY1 3BF

Park Gate Village Residents Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, England, CW6 9DL

Parsonage Place (Otham) Management Company Limited

Woodland Place Wickford Business Park, Hurricane Way, Wickford, Essex, United 
Kingdom, SS11 8YB

Parsons Croft Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Tarporley, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Pasture Walk Management Company Limited

Castleman Business Centre, Embankment Way, Ringwood, England, BH24 1EU

Penmire Rise Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Phase 1A Parc Mawr (Penllergaer) Management Company Limited 

Building 1 Eastern Business Park, St Mellons, Cardiff, United Kingdom, CF3 5EA

Phoenix Park (Thame) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Pinchbeck Fields Management Company Limited

Pine Walk Guisborough Management Company Limited

Pinewood Grange (Stowmarket) Management Company Limited

C/O Mlm Property Management 2nd Floor, Premiere House, Elstree Way, 
Borehamwood, United Kingdom, WD6 1JH

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England, 
SY1 3BF

Second Floor, Premier House, Elstree Way, Borehamwood, Hertfordshire, United 
Kingdom, WD6 1JH

Pipits Residents Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Pirton Fields (Churchdown) Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Eaton Lane, Tarporley, England, CW6 9DL

Platts Meadow (Winsford) Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Plummers Meadow (Halewood) Residents Management Company 
Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Tarporley, England, CW6 9DL

Poppy Field Residents Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, United Kingdom, SY1 3BF

Poppy Fields (Cholsey) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Poppy View (Saffron Walden) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Porters Grove (St. Leonards) Management Company Limited

C/O 30 Tower View, Kings Hill, West Malling, Kent, United Kingdom, ME19 4UY

Portland Gardens (Wouldham) Management Company Ltd

Gateway House, 10 Coopers Way, Southend On Sea, Essex, United Kingdom, SS2 5TE

Priory Grange (Hatfield Peverel) Management Company Limited

Qe2 (Welwyn Garden City) Management Company Limited

C/O Pod Group Services Limited First Floor, Unit 1, Elstree Gate, Elstree Way, 
Borehamwood, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, WD6 1JD

Aquarium, Suite 7b Mayor Cuttle & Co., 101 Lower Anchor Street, Chelmsford, England, 
CM2 0AU

Quakers Walk (Devizes) Management Company Limited

1st Floor 2540 The Quadrant, Aztec West, Bristol, United Kingdom, BS32 4AQ

Quantock Heights (Banwell) Management Company Limited

1st Floor, 2540 The Quadrant Aztec West, Almondsbury, Bristol, England, BS32 4AQ

Queenshead Park Management Company Limited

North Point, Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England, 
SY1 3BF

Rainbow Fields (Waddicar) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, Wiltshire, England, SP2 7QY

Redlands Grove Management Limited

Reflections Residents Limited

13a, Building Two, Canonbury Yard, 190 New North Road, London, England, N1 7BJ

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Renaissance (Reading) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, England, SP2 7QY

Renovo (West Thurrock) Management Company Limited

8 Hemmells, C/O Accordant Estates Company Ltd., Hemmells, Basildon, England, SS15 6ED

Ridleys Orchard (Whitton) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Riverbrook Place (Crawley) Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Rolleston Manor Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Roman Fields (Corbridge) Management Company Limited

2 Centro Place, Pride Park, Derby, Derbyshire, United Kingdom, DE24 8RF

Roman Gate (Melton Mowbray) Management Company Limited

80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, England, NG1 6HH

Roman Walk Residents Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Rookerey Park Management Company Limited

Remus Management Limited Fisherton House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, 
United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Rose Meadow (Northwich) Residents Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, England, CW6 9DL

Rosedale Park Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, England, SP2 7QY

Rowley Fields Residents Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, England, SY1 3BF

Royal Bowland Park Residents Management Company Limited

C/O Rmg House, Essex Road, Hoddesdon, United Kingdom, EN11 0DR

Sandstone Brook Residents Management Company Limited 

One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ

Sandwell College Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, NG1 6HH**

Sapphire Fields & Beaumont Park Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, England, SP2 7QY

Saxon Heath (Marham Park) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Scholars Place Management Company Limited

Unit 7, Astra Centre, Edinburgh Way, Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BN

Seaford Grange (Newlands) Management Company Limited

Woodland Place Wickford Business Park, Hurricane Way, Wickford, England, SS11 8YB

202

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

27. Resident management companies continued
Company Name

Registered Office

Sheasby Park Management Company Limited

Silkmakers Court Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, 
HP2 7DN

Sixty Three Management Company Limited 

Gateway House, 10 Coopers Way, Southend-On-Sea, Essex, SS2 5TE

Sky Plaza (Farnborough) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Snelsmoor Village Management Company Limited

Bellway Homes East Midlands 3 Romulus Court, Meridian Business Park, Braunstone 
Town, Leicester, United Kingdom, LE19 1YG

Solomon’s Seal (Horsham) Management Company Limited

25 Carfax, Horsham, West Sussex, RH12 1EE

Somerford Gate (Congleton) Residents Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, England, CW6 9DL

Sovereign Place (Horley) Management Company Limited 

C/O Woodland Place Wickford Business Park, Hurricane Way, Wickford, Essex, United 
Kingdom, SS11 8YB

Spofforth Park Management Company Limited

RMG House, Essex Road, Hoddesdon, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, EN11 0DR

St George’s Park (Phase 2) Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

St George’s Walk Residential Management Company Limited

North Point, Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England, 
SY1 3BF

St James Park (Parcels B and C) Management Company Limited

Bellway House, Bury Street, Ruislip, Middlesex, United Kingdom, HA4 7SD

St John’s View (Menston) Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, United Kingdom, SY1 3BF

St Lythans Park (Culverhouse Cross) Management Company Limited

11 Little Park Farm Road, Fareham, England, PO15 5SN

St Mary’s Hill (Blandford) Management Company Limited

C/O Remus Management Limited Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, United 
Kingdom, SP2 7QY

St Mary’s Stannington Management Company Limited

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle Upon Tyne, England, NE3 2ER****

St Wilfrid’s Place (Litherland) Residents Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, England, CW6 9DL

St. George’s Park Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

St. James Mews (Charfield) Management Company Limited

11 Little Park Farm Road, Fareham, England, PO15 5SN

Staverton Lodge Residents Management Company Limited

Bellway Homes South Midlands, Oak House, Binley Business Park, Harry Weston Road, 
Binley, Coventry, Warwickshire, CV3 2U

Steeds Farm (Fern Hill Gardens) Management Co Limited

Bellway Homes 2540 The Quadrant, Aztec West, Bristol, BS32 4AQ

Steeple Chase (Frisby) Management Company Limited

7 Astra Centre, Edinburgh Way, Harlow, Essex, England, CM20 2BN

Stilton Gate Management Company Limited

Premiere House, Elstree Way, Borehamwood, England, WD6 1JH

Stonebridge View Residents Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, UK, SY1 3BF

Stoughton Park Management Company Limited

One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, West Midlands, United Kingdom, B3 2HJ

Summerhill View Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Summers Bridge (SAB) Management Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL*

Summers Bridge Residents Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL*

Swanland Grange Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, Cheshire, CW6 9DL

Tattenhoe Park (Parcel 4) Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

The Abbey Fields Grange Management Company Limited

80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, England, NG1 6HH

The Alders (Wolverhampton) Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, NG1 6HH

The Avenue (Medburn) Residents Management Company Limited

Kingston Property Services Limited Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle 
Upon Tyne, United Kingdom, NE3 2ER

The Beeches (Stanton Cross) Management Company Limited

Marlborough House, 298 Regents Park Road, London, N3 2UU

The Brackens Residents Management Company Limited

R M G House, Essex Road, Hoddesdon, England, EN11 0DR

The Bridles Residential Management Company Limited

Bellway Homes 2540 The Quadrant, Aztec West, Bristol, BS32 4AQ

The Chase Residents Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, 
HP2 7DN

The Cherry Meadow & Hatton Court Management Company Limited

11 Little Park Farm Road, Fareham, England, PO15 5SN

The Coppice Heights & Amber Rise Management Company Limited

80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, England, NG1 6HH

The Fairways (Basingstoke) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

The Foundry (Hemel Hempstead) Management Company Limited

395 Centennial Park, Centennial Avenue, Elstree, WD6 3TJ

The Furlongs (Gt.Leighs) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

The Furrows (Warboys) Residents Management Company Limited

Marlborough House, 298 Regents Park Road, London, N3 2UU

The Gateford Quarter Management Company Limited

80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, England, NG1 6HH

The Grange (Fenham) Resident Management Company Limited

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle, Tyne and Wear, United Kingdom, 
NE3 2ER

The Haven (Emsworth) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

The Long Shoot Management Company Limited

11 Little Park Farm Road, Fareham, England, PO15 5SN

The Mount Prestwich Residents Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, Wiltshire, United Kingdom, SP2 7QY

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

203

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

27. Resident management companies continued
Company Name

Registered Office

The Oaks (Parsons Hill) Management Company Limited

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

The Oaks (Witham) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, England, SP2 7QY

The Orchards (Colchester) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, England, HP2 7DN

The Pastures (Telford) Management Company Limited

80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, NG1 6HH

The Printworks (Reading) Residents Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, England, HP2 7DN

The Residence (Nine Elms) Management Company Limited

The Residence (Phase 2) Management Park Company Limited

The Ridgeway (Chinnor) Management Company Limited

The Rosehips (Lower Howsell Road) Residents Management 
Company Limited

C/O Pinnacle Housing Ltd As Agent For The Residence (Nine Elms) Management 
Company Ltd, 8th Floor Holborn Tower, 137–144 High Holborn, London, England, 
WC1V 6PL

C/O Pinnacle Housing Ltd As Agent For The Residence (Phase 2) Management 
Company Limited, 8th Floor Holborn Tower, 137–144 High Holborn, London, England, 
WC1V 6PL

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, 
HP2 7DN**

11 Queensway House Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

The Spinney (Oteley Road) Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, Wiltshire, England, SP2 7QY

The Vale (Bottesford) Management Company Limited

One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, United Kingdom, B3 2HJ

The Vickers (Witchford) Residents Management Company Limited

C/O Michael Laurie Magar Ltd, Elstree Way, Borehamwood, England, WD6 1JH

The Willows (Swallowfield) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

The Willows Residents Management Company Limited

C/O Mlm Property Management 2nd Floor, Premiere House, Elstree Way, 
Borehamwood, United Kingdom, WD6 1JH

The Withers (Netherton Residents Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Tarporley, England, CW6 9DL

The Woodlands (Adel) Management Company Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, UK, SY1 3BF

The Woodlands (Watnall) Management Company Limited

Unit 7, Astra Centre, Edinburgh Way, Harlow, Essex, England, CM20 2BN

Thomas Road Management Company Limited

Tidbury Heights Management Company Limited

C/O Pinnacle Housing Ltd As Agent For Thomas Road Management Company Limited, 
8th Floor Holborn Tower, 137–144 High Holborn, London, England, WC1V 6PL  

Cumberland Court, 80 Mount Street, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom, 
NG1 6HH

Tindale Reach (Wickwar) Management Company Limited

11 Little Park Farm Road, Fareham, England, PO15 5SN

Tranby Park Residential Management Company Limited

Rmg House, Essex Road, Hoddesdon, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, EN11 0DR

Tylman Place (Faversham) Management Company Limited

Woodland Place, Hurricane Way, Wickford, Essex, England, SS11 8YB

Vicarage Gardens (South Marston Swindon) Management 
Company Limited

1st Floor 2540 The Quadrant Aztec West, Almondsbury, Bristol, England, BS32 4AQ

Victoria Gardens (Peters Village) Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Waltham Heights Resident’s Management Company Limited

100 Avebury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, United Kingdom, MK9 1FH

Walton Park Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Waterhouse Mill Residents Management Company Limited

One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, B3 2HJ

Waterside At Riverwell (Block E) Management Company Limited

395 Centennial Avenue, Elstree, Borehamwood, England, WD6 3TJ

Wavendon Chase Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Wavendon View Residents Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Weaver Green Residents Management Company Limited

C/O Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL

Weavers Meadow (Trowbridge) Management Company Limited

1st Floor, 2540 The Quadrant Aztec West, Almondsbury, Bristol, United Kingdom, BS32 4AQ

Wellfield Rise Residents Management Company Limited

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE3 2ER

Wellington Gardens (Aldershot) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, England, HP2 7DN

Wellington Grange (Pocklington) Management Limited

North Point Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, United Kingdom, SY1 3BF

West End Quarter (Folkestone) Management Company Limited

C/O Gateway Property Management Limited Gateway House, 10 Coopers Way, 
Southend-On-Sea, Essex, United Kingdom, SS2 5TE

Westbrook Moorings Management Company Limited

395 Centennial Park, Centennial Avenue, Elstree, Borehamwood, England, WD6 3TJ

Westland Place Management Company Limited

C/O 30 Tower View, Kings Hill, West Malling, Kent, United Kingdom, ME19 4UY

Westminster Road Management Company Limited

One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, B3 2HJ

Wharf Farm (Rugby) Residents Management Company Limited

Unit 7 Portal Business Park, Eaton Lane, Tarporley, United Kingdom, CW6 9DL*

Whitehill Gardens Residential Management Company Limited 

Whitehouse Park Residents Management Company Limited

Wickfields (Longwick) Management Company Limited

C/O Mlm Property Management 2nd Floor, Premiere House, Elstree Way, 
Borehamwood, United Kingdom, WD6 1JH

C/O Trinity (Estates) Property Management Limited Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, 
Hemel Hempstead, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Aquarium, Suite 7b Mayor Cuttle & Co., 101 Lower Anchor Street, Chelmsford, England, 
CM2 0AU

Wildflower Meadow Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, England, HP2 7DN

Willow Park (Halstead) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Willow Rise Management Company Limited

Bellway Homes Limited (East Midlands) Romulus Court, Meridian East, Leicester, 
United Kingdom, LE19 1YG

204

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

27. Resident management companies continued
Company Name

Registered Office

Windgreen Gardens Management Company Limited

Fisher House, 84 Fisherton Street, Salisbury, England, SP2 7QY

Wolds View Residents Management Company Limited

North Point, Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England, 
SY1 3BF

Woodcroft Park Management Company Limited

Queensway House, 11 Queensway, New Milton, Hampshire, England, BH25 5NR

Woodgreen (Blyth) Residents Management Company Limited

Cheviot House, Beaminster Way East, Newcastle upon Tyne, Tyne And Wear, England, 
NE3 2ER

Wyvern Grange Management Company Limited

11 Little Park Farm Road, Fareham, England, PO15 5SN

Yellowfields Phase 3B Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

Yew Tree Gardens (Cholsey) Management Company Limited

Vantage Point, 23 Mark Road, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire, United Kingdom, HP2 7DN

  Company is a 50/50 Joint venture

* 
**    Company limited by shares wholly owned by Bellway Homes Limited
***   Company limited by shares wholly owned by an employee of Bellway Homes Limited
****  Company limited by shares.

Other information
28. Alternative performance measures
Bellway uses a variety of alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) which, although financial measures of either historical or 
future performance, financial position or cash flows, are not defined or specified by IFRSs. The Directors use a combination of 
APMs and IFRS measures when reviewing the performance, position and cash of the Group.

The APMs used by the Group are defined below:

•  Underlying gross profit and underlying operating profit – Both of these measures are stated before net legacy building 
safety expense and exceptional items, and are reconciled to total gross profit and total operating profit on the face of the 
consolidated income statement. The Directors consider that the removal of the net legacy building safety expense provides 
a better understanding of the underlying performance of the Group.

•  Underlying gross margin – This is gross profit before net legacy building safety expense and exceptional items, divided by 
total revenue. The Directors consider this to be an important indicator of the underlying trading performance of the Group.

•  Administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue – This is calculated as the total administrative overheads divided 
by total revenue. The Directors consider this to be an important indicator of how efficiently the Group is managing its 
administrative overhead base.

•  Underlying operating profit margin – This is operating profit before net legacy building safety expense and exceptional items 
divided by total revenue. The Directors consider this to be an important indicator of the operating performance of the Group.

•  Net underlying finance expense – This is the net finance expense before any directly attributable finance expense or 

finance income relating to the net legacy building safety expense and exceptional items. The Directors consider this to be an 
important measure when assessing whether the Group is using the most cost effective source of finance.

•  Net finance expense – This is finance expenses less finance income. The Directors consider this to be an important measure 

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

when assessing whether the Group is using the most cost effective source of finance.

•  Underlying profit before taxation – This is the profit before taxation before net legacy building safety expense and 

exceptional items. The Directors consider this to be an important indicator of the profitability of the Group before taxation.

•  Underlying profit for the year – This is the profit for the year before net legacy building safety expense and exceptional items. 

The Directors consider this to be an important indicator of the profitability of the Group.

•  Underlying earnings per share – This is calculated as underlying profit for the year divided by the weighted average number 
of ordinary shares in issue during the year (excluding the weighted average number of ordinary shares held by the Company 
or Trust which are treated as cancelled).

•  Underlying dividend cover – This is calculated as underlying profit for the year per ordinary share for the period divided by 

the dividend per ordinary share relating to that period. At the half year the dividend per ordinary share is the proposed interim 
ordinary dividend, and for the full year it is the interim dividend paid plus the proposed final dividend. The Directors consider 
this an important indicator of the proportion of underlying earnings paid to shareholders and reinvested in the business.
•  Dividend cover – This is calculated as earnings per ordinary share for the period divided by the dividend per ordinary share 
relating to that period. At the half year the dividend per ordinary share is the proposed interim ordinary dividend, and for the 
full year it is the interim dividend paid plus the proposed final dividend. The Directors consider this an important indicator of 
the proportion of earnings paid to shareholders and reinvested in the business.

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

205

Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

28. Alternative performance measures continued
•  Capital invested in land, net of land creditors, and work-in-progress – This is calculated as shown in the table below. 
The Directors consider this as an indicator of the net investment by the Group in the period to achieve future growth.

Per balance sheet

Land

Work-in-progress

Increase in capital invested in land
and work-in-progress in the year

2023
£m

2,578.8

1,861.6

2022
£m

2,786.4

1,524.8

Land creditors

(368.8)

(393.4)

Increase in capital invested in land, 
net of land creditors, and work-in-
progress in the year

2022
£m

2,786.4

1,524.8

2021
£m

2,483.9

1,431.4

(393.4)

(455.8)

Mvt
£m

(207.6)

336.8

129.2

24.6

153.8

Mvt
£m

302.5

93.4

395.9

62.4

458.3

•  Net asset value per ordinary share (‘NAV’) – This is calculated as total net assets divided by the number of ordinary shares in 
issue at the end of each period (see note 18). The Directors consider this to be a proxy when reviewing whether value, on a 
share by share basis, has increased or decreased in the period.

•  Capital employed – Capital employed is defined as the total of equity and net debt. Equity is not adjusted where the Group 

has net cash. The Directors consider this to be an important indicator of the operating efficiency and performance of 
the Group.

•  Underlying return on capital employed (‘underlying RoCE’) – This is calculated as operating profit before net legacy building 

safety expense and exceptional items divided by the average capital employed. Average capital employed is calculated 
based on opening, half year and closing capital employed. The calculation is shown in the table below. The Directors 
consider this to be an important indicator of whether the Group is achieving a sufficient return on its investments.

Underlying operating profit

Capital employed/land creditors:

  Opening

  Half year

  Closing

  Average

2023
Capital 
employed

2023
Land 
creditors

£m

543.9

3,367.8

3,481.4

3,461.6

3,436.9

£m

393.4

372.4

368.8

378.2

2023
Capital 
employed 
including land 
creditors
£m

543.9

3,761.2

3,853.8

3,830.4

3,815.1

2022
Capital 
employed

£m

653.2

3,287.8

3,429.8

3,367.8

3,361.8

Underlying return on capital employed

15.8%

14.3%

19.4%

2022
Land 
creditors

£m

2022
Capital 
employed 
including land 
creditors
£m

653.2

455.8

349.0

393.4

399.4

3,743.6

3,778.8

3,761.2

3,761.2

17.4%

•  Return on capital employed (‘RoCE’) – This is calculated as operating profit divided by the average capital employed. 

Average capital employed is calculated based on opening, half year and closing capital employed. The calculation is shown 
in the table below. The Directors consider this to be an important indicator of whether the Group is achieving a sufficient 
return on its investments. 

2023
Capital 
employed

2023
Land 
creditors

£m

393.4

372.4

368.8

378.2

£m

505.3

3,367.8

3,481.4

3,461.6

3,436.9

14.7%

2023
Capital 
employed 
including land 
creditors
£m

505.3

3,761.2

3,853.8

3,830.4

3,815.1

2022
Capital 
employed

£m

309.0

3,287.8

3,429.8

3,367.8

3,361.8

13.2%

9.2%

2022
Land 
creditors

£m

2022
Capital 
employed 
including land 
creditors
£m

309.0

455.8

349.0

393.4

399.4

3,743.6

3,778.8

3,761.2

3,761.2

8.2%

Operating profit

Capital employed/land creditors:

  Opening

  Half year

  Closing

  Average

Return on capital employed

206

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28. Alternative performance measures continued
•  Underlying post tax return on equity – This is calculated as profit for the year before net legacy building safety expense and 
exceptional items, divided by the average of the opening, half year and closing net assets. The Directors consider this to be a 
good indicator of the operating efficiency of the Group.

Underlying profit for the year

Net assets:

  Opening

  Half year

  Closing

  Average

2023
£m

402.2

3,367.8

3,481.4

3,461.6

3,436.9

2022
£m

518.5

3,287.8

3,429.8

3,367.8

3,361.8

Underlying post tax return on equity

11.7%

15.4%

•  Post tax return on equity – This is calculated as profit for the year divided by the average of the opening, half year and closing 

net assets. The Directors consider this to be a good indicator of the operating efficiency of the Group.

Profit for the year

Net assets:

  Opening

  Half year

  Closing

  Average

Post tax return on equity

2023
£m

365.0

3,367.8

3,481.4

3,461.6

3,436.9

2022
£m

242.6

3,287.8

3,429.8

3,367.8

3,361.8

10.6%

7.2%

•  Total growth in value per ordinary share – The Directors use this as a proxy for the increase in shareholder value since 31 July 

2020. A period of 3 years is used to reflect medium-term growth.

Net asset value per ordinary share:

  At 31 July 2023

  At 31 July 2020

Net asset value growth per ordinary share

Dividend paid per ordinary share:

  Year ended 31 July 2023

  Year ended 31 July 2022

  Year ended 31 July 2021

Cumulative dividends paid per ordinary share

Total growth in value per ordinary share

2,871p
2,427p

140.0p
127.5p
85.0p

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

444p

352.5p
796.5p

•  Annualised accounting return in NAV and dividends paid since 31 July 2020 – This is calculated as the annualised increase 

in net asset value per ordinary share plus cumulative ordinary dividends paid per ordinary share since 31 July 2020 (as detailed 
above) divided by the net asset value per ordinary share at 31 July 2020. The Directors use this as a proxy for the increase in 
shareholder value since 31 July 2020.

Net asset value growth per ordinary share

Cumulative dividends paid per ordinary share

Total growth in value per ordinary share

Net asset value per ordinary share at 31 July 2020

Total value per ordinary share

Annualised accounting return = 

3,223.5
2,427.0

^(1/3) –1

444p
352.5p
796.5p
2,427p
3,223.5p

9.9%

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

207

 
 
 
 
Accounts

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

28. Alternative performance measures continued
•  Underlying capital growth in the period – This is calculated as capital growth in the period before net legacy building safety 

expense and exceptional items per share.

Capital growth in the period

Net legacy building safety expense per share

Underlying capital growth in the period

Net asset value at 31 July 2022

Underlying capital growth 

314.9p
2,727p

284.0p
30.9p
314.9p
2,727p

11.5%

•  Capital growth in the period – This is calculated as the increase in NAV in the period combined with the ordinary dividend 

paid in the year.

Net asset value per ordinary share:

  At 31 July 2023

  At 31 July 2022

Net asset value growth per ordinary share

Dividend paid per ordinary share:

  Year ended 31 July 2023

Capital growth in the period

2,871p
2,727p

144p

140.0p
284.0p

•  Net cash/(debt) – This is the cash and cash equivalents less bank debt and fixed rate sterling USPP notes. Net cash/(debt) 
does not include lease liabilities, which are reported within trade and other payables on the balance sheet. The Directors 
consider this to be a good indicator of the financing position of the Group. This is reconciled in note 15.

•  Average net cash/(debt) – This is calculated by averaging the net cash/(debt) position at 1 August and each month end 

during the year. The Directors consider this to be a good indicator of the financing position of the Group throughout the year. 
•  Cash generated from operations before investment in land, net of land creditors, and work-in-progress – This is calculated 

as shown in the table below. The Directors consider this as an indicator of whether the Group is generating cash before 
investing in land and work-in-progress to achieve future growth.

Cash from operations

Add: increase in capital invested in land, net of land creditors, and work-in-progress 
(as described above)

Cash generated from operations before investment in land, net of land creditors,
and work-in-progress

2023
£m

372.9

2022
£m

114.6

153.8

458.3

526.7

572.9

•  Adjusted gearing – This is calculated as the total of net cash/(debt) and land creditors divided by total equity. The Directors 

believe that land creditors are a source of long-term finance so this provides an alternative indicator of the financial stability of 
the Group.

•  Gearing – This is calculated as net debt divided by total equity. The Directors consider this to be a good indicator of the 

financial stability of the Group.

•  Order book – This is calculated as the total expected sales value of current reservations that have not legally completed. 

The Directors consider this to be an important indicator of the likely future operating performance of the Group.

208

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
Five Year Record

Income statement

Revenue

Operating profit 

Net finance expenses

Share of results of joint ventures

Profit before taxation 

Income tax expense

2019
£m

2020
£m

2021
£m

2022
£m

2023
£m

3,213.2

674.9

(14.4)

2.1

662.6

(124.0)

2,225.4 
321.73

(13.4)

1.0
309.33
(57.6)3

3,122.5

531.53 

(11.1)

10.4 
530.83 
(98.1)3

3,536.8
653.23
(12.1)3

9.3
650.43
(131.9)3

3,406.6 
543.93
(9.9)3

(1.4)
532.63
(130.4)3

Profit for the year (all attributable to equity holders 
of the parent)

538.6

251.73

432.73

518.53

402.23

Balance sheet

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Current assets

LIABILITIES

Non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

EQUITY

Total equity

Statistics

Number of homes sold

Average price of new homes
Underlying gross margin2

Gross margin
Underlying operating margin2

Operating margin

Basic earnings per ordinary share

Dividend per ordinary share
Underlying return on capital employed2
Return on capital employed2
Gearing2
Net asset value per ordinary share2

Land portfolio – plots with implementable DPP

Weighted average number of ordinary shares 

Number of ordinary shares in issue at end of year

Notes:
2  APM.
3  Stated before net legacy building safety expense and exceptional item.

83.2

99.3 

102.1 

71.6

3,806.7

3,984.3 

4,574.7 

4,913.5

79.4

5,034.7

(99.4)

(869.3)

(133.8)

(955.8)

(316.9)

(1,072.1)

(646.3)

(971.0)

(647.0) 

(1,005.5) 

2,921.2

2,994.0

3,287.8

3,367.8

3,461.6

10,892 
£292.0k

24.6%

24.6%

21.0%

21.0%
437.8p
150.4p

24.7%

24.7%

7,522
£293.1k
19.0%3

15.7%
14.5%3

11.2%
156.6p
50.0p
10.8%3

8.3%

10,138 
£306.5k
20.9%3

19.2%
17.0%3

15.4%
316.9p
117.5p
16.9%3

15.2%

11,198
£314.4k
22.3%3

12.5%
18.5%3

8.7%
196.9p
140.0p
19.4%3

9.2%

10,945
£310.3k
20.2%3

19.0%
16.0%3

14.8%
297.7p
140.0p
15.8%3

14.7%

A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

–
2,372p

–
2,427p

–
2,871p 
32,229
123,012,723 123,205,211 123,306,035 123,227,544 122,593,350
123,167,828 123,345,834 123,396,422  123,486,260 120,558,573

–
2,727p 

–
2,664p

28,289 

26,421 

32,344

30,933

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

209

 
Other 
Information

Glossary

Advisors and Group General  
Counsel and Company Secretary

Shareholder Analysis  
and Financial Calendar

211

213

214

210

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Glossary

Affordable Housing
Social rented and intermediate housing provided to specified 
eligible households whose needs are not met by the market, 
at a cost low enough for them to afford, determined with 
regard to local incomes and local house prices. It is generally 
provided by councils and not-for-profit organisations such as 
housing associations.

Average Selling Price
Calculated by dividing the total price of homes sold by the 
number of homes sold.

Biodiversity Net Gain (‘BNG’)
Is an approach to development and land management, 
that aims to leave the natural environment in a measurably 
better state than it was beforehand.

Brownfield
Land which has been previously used for other purposes.

Cancellation Rate
The rate at which customers withdraw from a house purchase 
after paying the reservation fee, but before contracts are 
exchanged, usually due to difficulties in obtaining mortgage 
finance. Reservation fees are refunded in accordance with the 
Consumer Code for Home Builders.

Community Infrastructure Levy (‘CIL’)
The CIL is a tool for local authorities in England and Wales 
to help deliver infrastructure to support the development of 
the area.

COVID-19
COVID-19 is a disease caused by a new strain of coronavirus. 
‘CO’ stands for corona, ‘VI’ for virus, and ‘D’ for disease. 
Formerly, this disease was referred to as ‘2019 novel coronavirus’ 
or ‘2019–nCoV’. COVID-19 has been characterised as a 
pandemic by the World Health Organization. 

DLUHC
Department for Levelling up, Housing and Communities.

DEFRA
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs.

Earnings per Share (‘EPS’)
Profit attributable to ordinary equity shareholders divided by 
the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
during the financial year, excluding the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares held by the Bellway Employee 
Trust (1992) which are treated as cancelled.

Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme (‘ESOS’)
The ESOS is a mandatory energy assessment scheme for 
large organisations in the UK. 

Executive Board
The Executive Board is made up of the Executive Directors of 
Bellway p.l.c.

Global Reporting Initiative (‘GRI’)
GRI standards are global standards for sustainability reporting.

Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’)
GHGs are gases that contribute to the greenhouse effect 
by absorbing infrared radiation. Carbon dioxide and 
chlorofluorocarbons are examples of greenhouse gases.

Home Builders’ Federation (‘HBF’)
The HBF is an industry body representing the homebuilding 
industry in England and Wales. It represents member interests 
on a national and regional level to create the best possible 
environment in which to deliver new homes.

Help-to-Buy
The Help-to-Buy equity loan scheme is a government 
scheme which provides equity loans to both first-time buyers 
and home movers on newly constructed homes, subject to 
regional price caps. Buyers have to contribute at least 5% of 
the property price as a deposit and obtain a mortgage of up 
to 75% (55% in London) and the government provides a loan 
for up to 20% (40% in London) of the price.

Landbank
The landbank is comprised of three tiers: (i) owned or 
unconditionally contracted land with an implementable detailed 
planning permission (‘DPP’); (ii) medium-term ‘pipeline’ land 
owned or controlled by the Group, pending an implementable 
DPP; (iii) strategic long-term plots which currently have a positive 
planning status and are typically held under option.

Land with DPP
Plots owned or unconditionally contracted by the Group where 
there is an implementable detailed planning permission.

Legacy Building Safety Provision
Included within this provision, there are two components (i) 
SRT and associated review, and (ii) Structural defects provision.

Mortgage Market Review (‘MMR’)
The MMR was a comprehensive review of the mortgage 
market which introduced reforms to deliver a mortgage 
market that is sustainable and works better for consumers.

National Planning Policy Framework (‘NPPF’)
The NPPF sets out the government’s planning policies 
for England and how these are expected to be applied. 
It provides a framework within which local people and their 
accountable councils can produce their own distinctive 
local and neighbourhood plans, which reflect the needs and 
priorities of their communities.

National House Building Council (‘NHBC’)
The NHBC is the leading warranty insurance provider and 
body responsible for setting standards of construction for UK 
housebuilding for new and newly converted homes.

Net Legacy Building Safety Expense 
This contains the income statement movements in relation 
to the legacy building safety provision and any associated 
reimbursement assets.

New Homes Bonus (‘NHB’)
The NHB was introduced in 2011 by the coalition government 
with the aim of encouraging local authorities in England 

O
t
h
e
r

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

211

 
Other Information

Glossary continued

to grant planning permissions for the building of new 
houses in return for additional revenue. Under the scheme, 
the government has been matching the council tax raised on 
each new home built in England. 

Self-Remediation Terms (‘SRT’)
Is a commitment to remediate buildings over 11 metres in 
height with identified life critical fire safety issues, which were 
constructed in England and Wales since 5 April 1992.

New Homes Ombudsman Service (‘NHOS’)
Has been introduced with the aim to provide dispute resolution 
for, and determine complaints by, buyers of new build homes.

New Homes Quality Board (‘NHQB’)
An independent not-for-profit body which was established 
for the purpose of developing a new framework to oversee 
reforms in the build quality of new homes and the customer 
service provided by developers.

New Homes Quality Code (‘NHQC’)
An industry code of practice that lays out a mandatory set of 
requirements which must be adopted and observed by all 
registered developers.

Pipeline
Plots which are either owned or contracted by the Group, 
pending an implementable detailed planning permission, 
with development generally expected to commence within 
the next three years.

Planning Permission
Usually granted by the local planning authority, this permission 
allows a plot of land to be built on, change its use or for an 
existing building to be redeveloped or altered. Permission is 
either ‘outline’ when detailed plans are still to be approved, or 
‘detailed’ when detailed plans have been approved.

Residential Property Developer Tax (‘RPDT’)
RPDT is a tax, introduced in April 2022, which is charged at 
a rate of 4% on certain profits of companies carrying out 
residential property development.

RIDDOR
RIDDOR refers to the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and 
Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 2013. The regulations 
require an employer to report any absence by an employee 
of seven days or more caused by an accident at work to the 
Health and Safety Executive.

Science Based Target initiative (‘SBTi’)
Science-based targets provide companies and financial 
institutions with a clearly defined pathway to future-proof 
growth by specifying how much and how quickly they need 
to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions.

Section 75 and Section 106 Planning Agreements
These are legally-binding agreements or planning obligations 
entered into between a landowner and a local planning 
authority, under section 75 of the Town and Country 
Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 or section 106 of the Town and 
Country Planning Act 1990. These agreements are a way of 
delivering or addressing matters that are necessary to make 
a development acceptable in planning terms. They are 
increasingly used to support the provision of services and 
infrastructure, such as highways, recreational facilities, 
education, health and affordable housing.

212

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Site/Phase
A site is a concise area of land on which homes are being 
constructed. Larger sites may be divided into a number of 
phases which are developed at different times.

Social Housing
Housing that is let at low rents and on a secure basis to 
people in housing need. It is generally provided by councils 
and not-for-profit organisations such as housing associations.

SONIA
SONIA is the Sterling Overnight Index Average, and is an 
important interest rate benchmark. It is calculated and 
published by the Bank of England.

Strategic Plots
Longer-plots which are typically held option. 

Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’)
SASB have developed a set of industry standards which identify 
the minimal set of financially material sustainability topics and 
their associated metrics for the typical company in an industry 
to report against.

Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (‘TCFD’)
TCFD was created by the Financial Stability Board to develop 
consistent climate-related financial risk disclosures.

Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’)
The total return of a stock to an investor, or the capital gain 
plus dividends.

The 5% Club
Members of The 5% Club aspire to achieve 5% of their 
workforce in ‘earn and learn’ positions (including apprentices, 
sponsored students and graduates on formalised training 
schemes) within 5 years of joining.

Underlying
Throughout the Annual report and Accounts, underlying 
refers to any statutory performance measure or alternative 
performance measure which is before net legacy building 
safety expenses and exceptional items. The Group believes 
that underlying metrics are useful for investors as these 
measures are closely monitored by the Directors in assessing 
Bellway’s operating performance, thereby allowing investors 
to understand and evaluate performance on the same basis 
as management. 

See also Alternative Performance Measures section on pages 
205 to 208.

United Nations Sustainable Development 
Goals (‘SDGs’)
The SDGs are a collection of 17 interlinked global goals 
designed to be a ‘shared blueprint for peace and prosperity 
for people and the plant, now and into the future’.

Advisers and Group General Counsel and Company Secretary

Group General Counsel and Company Secretary 
and Registered Office
Simon Scougall

Bellway p.l.c. 
Woolsington House 
Woolsington 
Newcastle Upon Tyne 
NE13 8BF

Registered number 1372603

Registrars, Transfer Office and 
Shareholder Queries
Link Group 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL

E-mail: enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk 

Tel +44 (0) 371 664 0300 Calls are charged at the standard 
geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United 
Kingdom are charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are 
open 9.00am – 5.30pm Monday to Friday excluding bank holidays 
in England and Wales

Financial Adviser
Citigroup Global Markets Limited

Stockbrokers
Citigroup Global Markets Limited 
Numis Securities Limited

Bankers
Barclays Bank PLC  
HSBC Holdings plc 
Lloyds Banking Group plc 
National Westminster Bank plc 
Santander UK plc 
Svenska Handelsbanken AB

Auditor
Ernst & Young LLP

Solicitor
Slaughter and May

O
t
h
e
r

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

213

 
Holdings

Number

1,577

323

161

210

Shares

Holding

832,292

1,403,978

4,099,094

114,223,209

%

70

14

7

9

2,271

100

120,558,573

Holdings

Number

1,567

8

24

580

36

28

28

Shares

Holding

2,473,486

620

20,653

102,083,551

128,543

14,016,698

1,835,122

%

69
<1
1

26

1

1

1

%

1

1

4

94

100

%

2
<1
<1
85
<1
12

1

2,271

100

120,558,753

100

30 November 2023

01 December 2023

15 December 2023

15 December 2023

10 January 2024

09 February 2024

26 March 2024

Other Information

Shareholder Analysis and Financial Calendar

Shareholders by size of holding at 31 July 2023

0 – 2,000

2,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 50,000

50,001 and over

Total

Shareholders by type at 31 July 2023

Private shareholders

Investment trusts

Deceased Accounts

Nominee companies

Limited companies

Bank and bank nominees

Other institutions

Total

Financial Calendar

Final 2022/23 dividend – ex-dividend date

Final 2022/23 dividend – record date

AGM

DRIP election date for final 2022/23 dividend

Final 2022/23 dividend – payment date

Trading update

Announcement of 2023/24 interim results

214

Bellway p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar www.ry.com

Bellway p.l.c. are committed to caring for the environment and looking for sustainable 
ways to minimise our impact on it.

Printed by L&S Printing Company Ltd who are certified to ISO 14001 environmental 
management system.

Printed using vegetable oil based inks.

This report is printed on Revive Coated, which is manufactured from FSC® Recycled certified 
fibre derived from 100% pre and post-consumer waste.

Made from FSC® Recycled certified post-consumer waste pulp.

Manufactured in accordance with ISO certified standards for environmental, quality and 
energy management.

Carbon Balanced.

FSC™ – Forest Stewardship Council™. This ensures that there is an audited chain of custody  
from the tree in the well-managed forest through to the finished document in the printing factory.

ISO 14001. A pattern of control for an environmental management system against which 
an organisation can be accredited by a third party.

Bellway p.l.c. 
Woolsington House, Woolsington 
Newcastle upon Tyne, NE13 8BF

Tel: (0191) 217 0717

www.bellwayplc.co.uk